forked from AuroraMiddleware/gtk
37633985bd
No need to ship empty headers.
12832 lines
387 KiB
C
12832 lines
387 KiB
C
/* GTK - The GIMP Toolkit
|
||
* Copyright (C) 1995-1997 Peter Mattis, Spencer Kimball and Josh MacDonald
|
||
*
|
||
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||
* version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||
*
|
||
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||
*
|
||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||
* License along with this library. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Modified by the GTK+ Team and others 1997-2000. See the AUTHORS
|
||
* file for a list of people on the GTK+ Team. See the ChangeLog
|
||
* files for a list of changes. These files are distributed with
|
||
* GTK+ at ftp://ftp.gtk.org/pub/gtk/.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
#include "config.h"
|
||
|
||
#include "gtkwidgetprivate.h"
|
||
|
||
#include "gtkaccelgroupprivate.h"
|
||
#include "gtkaccessible.h"
|
||
#include "gtkapplicationprivate.h"
|
||
#include "gtkbuildable.h"
|
||
#include "gtkbuilderprivate.h"
|
||
#include "gtkconstraint.h"
|
||
#include "gtkcssboxesprivate.h"
|
||
#include "gtkcssfiltervalueprivate.h"
|
||
#include "gtkcsstransformvalueprivate.h"
|
||
#include "gtkcssfontvariationsvalueprivate.h"
|
||
#include "gtkcssnumbervalueprivate.h"
|
||
#include "gtkcssstylepropertyprivate.h"
|
||
#include "gtkcsswidgetnodeprivate.h"
|
||
#include "gtkdebug.h"
|
||
#include "gtkgesturedrag.h"
|
||
#include "gtkgestureprivate.h"
|
||
#include "gtkgesturesingle.h"
|
||
#include "gtkgestureswipe.h"
|
||
#include "gtkgestureprivate.h"
|
||
#include "gtkintl.h"
|
||
#include "gtklayoutmanagerprivate.h"
|
||
#include "gtkmain.h"
|
||
#include "gtkmarshalers.h"
|
||
#include "gtknative.h"
|
||
#include "gtkpopover.h"
|
||
#include "gtkprivate.h"
|
||
#include "gtkrenderbackgroundprivate.h"
|
||
#include "gtkrenderborderprivate.h"
|
||
#include "gtkrootprivate.h"
|
||
#include "gtkscrollable.h"
|
||
#include "gtksettingsprivate.h"
|
||
#include "gtkshortcut.h"
|
||
#include "gtkshortcutcontrollerprivate.h"
|
||
#include "gtkshortcutmanager.h"
|
||
#include "gtkshortcutmanagerprivate.h"
|
||
#include "gtkshortcuttrigger.h"
|
||
#include "gtksizegroup-private.h"
|
||
#include "gtksnapshotprivate.h"
|
||
#include "gtkstylecontextprivate.h"
|
||
#include "gtktooltipprivate.h"
|
||
#include "gsktransformprivate.h"
|
||
#include "gtktypebuiltins.h"
|
||
#include "gtkversion.h"
|
||
#include "gtkwidgetpaintableprivate.h"
|
||
#include "gtkwindowgroup.h"
|
||
#include "gtkwindowprivate.h"
|
||
|
||
#include "a11y/gtkwidgetaccessibleprivate.h"
|
||
#include "inspector/window.h"
|
||
|
||
#include "gdk/gdkeventsprivate.h"
|
||
#include "gdk/gdkprofilerprivate.h"
|
||
#include "gsk/gskdebugprivate.h"
|
||
#include "gsk/gskrendererprivate.h"
|
||
|
||
#include <cairo-gobject.h>
|
||
#include <gobject/gobjectnotifyqueue.c>
|
||
#include <gobject/gvaluecollector.h>
|
||
#include <locale.h>
|
||
#include <math.h>
|
||
#include <stdarg.h>
|
||
#include <string.h>
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* SECTION:gtkwidget
|
||
* @Short_description: Base class for all widgets
|
||
* @Title: GtkWidget
|
||
*
|
||
* GtkWidget is the base class all widgets in GTK+ derive from. It manages the
|
||
* widget lifecycle, states and style.
|
||
*
|
||
* # Height-for-width Geometry Management # {#geometry-management}
|
||
*
|
||
* GTK+ uses a height-for-width (and width-for-height) geometry management
|
||
* system. Height-for-width means that a widget can change how much
|
||
* vertical space it needs, depending on the amount of horizontal space
|
||
* that it is given (and similar for width-for-height). The most common
|
||
* example is a label that reflows to fill up the available width, wraps
|
||
* to fewer lines, and therefore needs less height.
|
||
*
|
||
* Height-for-width geometry management is implemented in GTK+ by way
|
||
* of two virtual methods:
|
||
*
|
||
* - #GtkWidgetClass.get_request_mode()
|
||
* - #GtkWidgetClass.measure()
|
||
*
|
||
* There are some important things to keep in mind when implementing
|
||
* height-for-width and when using it in widget implementations.
|
||
*
|
||
* If you implement a direct #GtkWidget subclass that supports
|
||
* height-for-width or width-for-height geometry management for
|
||
* itself or its child widgets, the #GtkWidgetClass.get_request_mode()
|
||
* virtual function must be implemented as well and return the widget's
|
||
* preferred request mode. The default implementation of this virtual function
|
||
* returns %GTK_SIZE_REQUEST_CONSTANT_SIZE, which means that the widget will only ever
|
||
* get -1 passed as the for_size value to its #GtkWidgetClass.measure() implementation.
|
||
*
|
||
* The geometry management system will query a widget hierarchy in
|
||
* only one orientation at a time. When widgets are initially queried
|
||
* for their minimum sizes it is generally done in two initial passes
|
||
* in the #GtkSizeRequestMode chosen by the toplevel.
|
||
*
|
||
* For example, when queried in the normal
|
||
* %GTK_SIZE_REQUEST_HEIGHT_FOR_WIDTH mode:
|
||
* First, the default minimum and natural width for each widget
|
||
* in the interface will be computed using gtk_widget_measure() with an orientation
|
||
* of %GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL and a for_size of -1.
|
||
* Because the preferred widths for each widget depend on the preferred
|
||
* widths of their children, this information propagates up the hierarchy,
|
||
* and finally a minimum and natural width is determined for the entire
|
||
* toplevel. Next, the toplevel will use the minimum width to query for the
|
||
* minimum height contextual to that width using gtk_widget_measure() with an
|
||
* orientation of %GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL and a for_size of the just computed
|
||
* width. This will also be a highly recursive operation.
|
||
* The minimum height for the minimum width is normally
|
||
* used to set the minimum size constraint on the toplevel
|
||
* (unless gtk_window_set_geometry_hints() is explicitly used instead).
|
||
*
|
||
* After the toplevel window has initially requested its size in both
|
||
* dimensions it can go on to allocate itself a reasonable size (or a size
|
||
* previously specified with gtk_window_set_default_size()). During the
|
||
* recursive allocation process it’s important to note that request cycles
|
||
* will be recursively executed while widgets allocate their children.
|
||
* Each widget, once allocated a size, will go on to first share the
|
||
* space in one orientation among its children and then request each child's
|
||
* height for its target allocated width or its width for allocated height,
|
||
* depending. In this way a #GtkWidget will typically be requested its size
|
||
* a number of times before actually being allocated a size. The size a
|
||
* widget is finally allocated can of course differ from the size it has
|
||
* requested. For this reason, #GtkWidget caches a small number of results
|
||
* to avoid re-querying for the same sizes in one allocation cycle.
|
||
*
|
||
* If a widget does move content around to intelligently use up the
|
||
* allocated size then it must support the request in both
|
||
* #GtkSizeRequestModes even if the widget in question only
|
||
* trades sizes in a single orientation.
|
||
*
|
||
* For instance, a #GtkLabel that does height-for-width word wrapping
|
||
* will not expect to have #GtkWidgetClass.measure() with an orientation of
|
||
* %GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL called because that call is specific to a
|
||
* width-for-height request. In this
|
||
* case the label must return the height required for its own minimum
|
||
* possible width. By following this rule any widget that handles
|
||
* height-for-width or width-for-height requests will always be allocated
|
||
* at least enough space to fit its own content.
|
||
*
|
||
* Here are some examples of how a %GTK_SIZE_REQUEST_HEIGHT_FOR_WIDTH widget
|
||
* generally deals with width-for-height requests:
|
||
*
|
||
* |[<!-- language="C" -->
|
||
* static void
|
||
* foo_widget_measure (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
* GtkOrientation orientation,
|
||
* int for_size,
|
||
* int *minimum_size,
|
||
* int *natural_size,
|
||
* int *minimum_baseline,
|
||
* int *natural_baseline)
|
||
* {
|
||
* if (orientation == GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL)
|
||
* {
|
||
* // Calculate minimum and natural width
|
||
* }
|
||
* else // VERTICAL
|
||
* {
|
||
* if (i_am_in_height_for_width_mode)
|
||
* {
|
||
* int min_width, dummy;
|
||
*
|
||
* // First, get the minimum width of our widget
|
||
* GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->measure (widget, GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL, -1,
|
||
* &min_width, &dummy, &dummy, &dummy);
|
||
*
|
||
* // Now use the minimum width to retrieve the minimum and natural height to display
|
||
* // that width.
|
||
* GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->measure (widget, GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL, min_width,
|
||
* minimum_size, natural_size, &dummy, &dummy);
|
||
* }
|
||
* else
|
||
* {
|
||
* // ... some widgets do both.
|
||
* }
|
||
* }
|
||
* }
|
||
* ]|
|
||
*
|
||
* Often a widget needs to get its own request during size request or
|
||
* allocation. For example, when computing height it may need to also
|
||
* compute width. Or when deciding how to use an allocation, the widget
|
||
* may need to know its natural size. In these cases, the widget should
|
||
* be careful to call its virtual methods directly, like in the code
|
||
* example above.
|
||
*
|
||
* It will not work to use the wrapper function gtk_widget_measure()
|
||
* inside your own #GtkWidgetClass.size-allocate() implementation.
|
||
* These return a request adjusted by #GtkSizeGroup, the widget's align and expand flags
|
||
* as well as its CSS style.
|
||
* If a widget used the wrappers inside its virtual method implementations,
|
||
* then the adjustments (such as widget margins) would be applied
|
||
* twice. GTK+ therefore does not allow this and will warn if you try
|
||
* to do it.
|
||
*
|
||
* Of course if you are getting the size request for
|
||
* another widget, such as a child widget, you must use gtk_widget_measure().
|
||
* Otherwise, you would not properly consider widget margins,
|
||
* #GtkSizeGroup, and so forth.
|
||
*
|
||
* GTK+ also supports baseline vertical alignment of widgets. This
|
||
* means that widgets are positioned such that the typographical baseline of
|
||
* widgets in the same row are aligned. This happens if a widget supports baselines,
|
||
* has a vertical alignment of %GTK_ALIGN_BASELINE, and is inside a widget
|
||
* that supports baselines and has a natural “row” that it aligns to the baseline,
|
||
* or a baseline assigned to it by the grandparent.
|
||
*
|
||
* Baseline alignment support for a widget is also done by the #GtkWidgetClass.measure()
|
||
* virtual function. It allows you to report both a minimum and natural size.
|
||
*
|
||
* If a widget ends up baseline aligned it will be allocated all the space in the parent
|
||
* as if it was %GTK_ALIGN_FILL, but the selected baseline can be found via gtk_widget_get_allocated_baseline().
|
||
* If this has a value other than -1 you need to align the widget such that the baseline
|
||
* appears at the position.
|
||
*
|
||
* # GtkWidget as GtkBuildable
|
||
*
|
||
* The GtkWidget implementation of the GtkBuildable interface supports a
|
||
* custom <accelerator> element, which has attributes named ”key”, ”modifiers”
|
||
* and ”signal” and allows to specify accelerators.
|
||
*
|
||
* An example of a UI definition fragment specifying an accelerator:
|
||
* |[
|
||
* <object class="GtkButton">
|
||
* <accelerator key="q" modifiers="GDK_CONTROL_MASK" signal="clicked"/>
|
||
* </object>
|
||
* ]|
|
||
*
|
||
* In addition to accelerators, GtkWidget also support a custom <accessible>
|
||
* element, which supports actions and relations. Properties on the accessible
|
||
* implementation of an object can be set by accessing the internal child
|
||
* “accessible” of a #GtkWidget.
|
||
*
|
||
* An example of a UI definition fragment specifying an accessible:
|
||
* |[
|
||
* <object class="GtkLabel" id="label1"/>
|
||
* <property name="label">I am a Label for a Button</property>
|
||
* </object>
|
||
* <object class="GtkButton" id="button1">
|
||
* <accessibility>
|
||
* <action action_name="click" translatable="yes">Click the button.</action>
|
||
* <relation target="label1" type="labelled-by"/>
|
||
* </accessibility>
|
||
* <child internal-child="accessible">
|
||
* <object class="AtkObject" id="a11y-button1">
|
||
* <property name="accessible-name">Clickable Button</property>
|
||
* </object>
|
||
* </child>
|
||
* </object>
|
||
* ]|
|
||
*
|
||
* If the parent widget uses a #GtkLayoutManager, #GtkWidget supports a
|
||
* custom <layout> element, used to define layout properties:
|
||
*
|
||
* |[
|
||
* <object class="MyGrid" id="grid1">
|
||
* <child>
|
||
* <object class="GtkLabel" id="label1">
|
||
* <property name="label">Description</property>
|
||
* <layout>
|
||
* <property name="left-attach">0</property>
|
||
* <property name="top-attach">0</property>
|
||
* <property name="row-span">1</property>
|
||
* <property name="col-span">1</property>
|
||
* </layout>
|
||
* </object>
|
||
* </child>
|
||
* <child>
|
||
* <object class="GtkEntry" id="description_entry">
|
||
* <layout>
|
||
* <property name="left-attach">1</property>
|
||
* <property name="top-attach">0</property>
|
||
* <property name="row-span">1</property>
|
||
* <property name="col-span">1</property>
|
||
* </layout>
|
||
* </object>
|
||
* </child>
|
||
* </object>
|
||
* ]|
|
||
*
|
||
* Finally, GtkWidget allows style information such as style classes to
|
||
* be associated with widgets, using the custom <style> element:
|
||
* |[
|
||
* <object class="GtkButton" id="button1">
|
||
* <style>
|
||
* <class name="my-special-button-class"/>
|
||
* <class name="dark-button"/>
|
||
* </style>
|
||
* </object>
|
||
* ]|
|
||
*
|
||
* # Building composite widgets from template XML ## {#composite-templates}
|
||
*
|
||
* GtkWidget exposes some facilities to automate the procedure
|
||
* of creating composite widgets using #GtkBuilder interface description
|
||
* language.
|
||
*
|
||
* To create composite widgets with #GtkBuilder XML, one must associate
|
||
* the interface description with the widget class at class initialization
|
||
* time using gtk_widget_class_set_template().
|
||
*
|
||
* The interface description semantics expected in composite template descriptions
|
||
* is slightly different from regular #GtkBuilder XML.
|
||
*
|
||
* Unlike regular interface descriptions, gtk_widget_class_set_template() will
|
||
* expect a <template> tag as a direct child of the toplevel <interface>
|
||
* tag. The <template> tag must specify the “class” attribute which must be
|
||
* the type name of the widget. Optionally, the “parent” attribute may be
|
||
* specified to specify the direct parent type of the widget type, this is
|
||
* ignored by the GtkBuilder but required for Glade to introspect what kind
|
||
* of properties and internal children exist for a given type when the actual
|
||
* type does not exist.
|
||
*
|
||
* The XML which is contained inside the <template> tag behaves as if it were
|
||
* added to the <object> tag defining @widget itself. You may set properties
|
||
* on @widget by inserting <property> tags into the <template> tag, and also
|
||
* add <child> tags to add children and extend @widget in the normal way you
|
||
* would with <object> tags.
|
||
*
|
||
* Additionally, <object> tags can also be added before and after the initial
|
||
* <template> tag in the normal way, allowing one to define auxiliary objects
|
||
* which might be referenced by other widgets declared as children of the
|
||
* <template> tag.
|
||
*
|
||
* An example of a GtkBuilder Template Definition:
|
||
* |[
|
||
* <interface>
|
||
* <template class="FooWidget" parent="GtkBox">
|
||
* <property name="orientation">horizontal</property>
|
||
* <property name="spacing">4</property>
|
||
* <child>
|
||
* <object class="GtkButton" id="hello_button">
|
||
* <property name="label">Hello World</property>
|
||
* <signal name="clicked" handler="hello_button_clicked" object="FooWidget" swapped="yes"/>
|
||
* </object>
|
||
* </child>
|
||
* <child>
|
||
* <object class="GtkButton" id="goodbye_button">
|
||
* <property name="label">Goodbye World</property>
|
||
* </object>
|
||
* </child>
|
||
* </template>
|
||
* </interface>
|
||
* ]|
|
||
*
|
||
* Typically, you'll place the template fragment into a file that is
|
||
* bundled with your project, using #GResource. In order to load the
|
||
* template, you need to call gtk_widget_class_set_template_from_resource()
|
||
* from the class initialization of your #GtkWidget type:
|
||
*
|
||
* |[<!-- language="C" -->
|
||
* static void
|
||
* foo_widget_class_init (FooWidgetClass *klass)
|
||
* {
|
||
* // ...
|
||
*
|
||
* gtk_widget_class_set_template_from_resource (GTK_WIDGET_CLASS (klass),
|
||
* "/com/example/ui/foowidget.ui");
|
||
* }
|
||
* ]|
|
||
*
|
||
* You will also need to call gtk_widget_init_template() from the instance
|
||
* initialization function:
|
||
*
|
||
* |[<!-- language="C" -->
|
||
* static void
|
||
* foo_widget_init (FooWidget *self)
|
||
* {
|
||
* // ...
|
||
* gtk_widget_init_template (GTK_WIDGET (self));
|
||
* }
|
||
* ]|
|
||
*
|
||
* You can access widgets defined in the template using the
|
||
* gtk_widget_get_template_child() function, but you will typically declare
|
||
* a pointer in the instance private data structure of your type using the same
|
||
* name as the widget in the template definition, and call
|
||
* gtk_widget_class_bind_template_child_private() with that name, e.g.
|
||
*
|
||
* |[<!-- language="C" -->
|
||
* typedef struct {
|
||
* GtkWidget *hello_button;
|
||
* GtkWidget *goodbye_button;
|
||
* } FooWidgetPrivate;
|
||
*
|
||
* G_DEFINE_TYPE_WITH_PRIVATE (FooWidget, foo_widget, GTK_TYPE_BOX)
|
||
*
|
||
* static void
|
||
* foo_widget_class_init (FooWidgetClass *klass)
|
||
* {
|
||
* // ...
|
||
* gtk_widget_class_set_template_from_resource (GTK_WIDGET_CLASS (klass),
|
||
* "/com/example/ui/foowidget.ui");
|
||
* gtk_widget_class_bind_template_child_private (GTK_WIDGET_CLASS (klass),
|
||
* FooWidget, hello_button);
|
||
* gtk_widget_class_bind_template_child_private (GTK_WIDGET_CLASS (klass),
|
||
* FooWidget, goodbye_button);
|
||
* }
|
||
*
|
||
* static void
|
||
* foo_widget_init (FooWidget *widget)
|
||
* {
|
||
*
|
||
* }
|
||
* ]|
|
||
*
|
||
* You can also use gtk_widget_class_bind_template_callback() to connect a signal
|
||
* callback defined in the template with a function visible in the scope of the
|
||
* class, e.g.
|
||
*
|
||
* |[<!-- language="C" -->
|
||
* // the signal handler has the instance and user data swapped
|
||
* // because of the swapped="yes" attribute in the template XML
|
||
* static void
|
||
* hello_button_clicked (FooWidget *self,
|
||
* GtkButton *button)
|
||
* {
|
||
* g_print ("Hello, world!\n");
|
||
* }
|
||
*
|
||
* static void
|
||
* foo_widget_class_init (FooWidgetClass *klass)
|
||
* {
|
||
* // ...
|
||
* gtk_widget_class_set_template_from_resource (GTK_WIDGET_CLASS (klass),
|
||
* "/com/example/ui/foowidget.ui");
|
||
* gtk_widget_class_bind_template_callback (GTK_WIDGET_CLASS (klass), hello_button_clicked);
|
||
* }
|
||
* ]|
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
#define GTK_STATE_FLAGS_DO_SET_PROPAGATE (GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE | \
|
||
GTK_STATE_FLAG_BACKDROP)
|
||
#define GTK_STATE_FLAGS_DO_UNSET_PROPAGATE (GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE | \
|
||
GTK_STATE_FLAG_BACKDROP | \
|
||
GTK_STATE_FLAG_PRELIGHT | \
|
||
GTK_STATE_FLAG_ACTIVE)
|
||
|
||
typedef struct {
|
||
gchar *name; /* Name of the template automatic child */
|
||
gboolean internal_child; /* Whether the automatic widget should be exported as an <internal-child> */
|
||
gssize offset; /* Instance private data offset where to set the automatic child (or 0) */
|
||
} AutomaticChildClass;
|
||
|
||
typedef struct {
|
||
gchar *callback_name;
|
||
GCallback callback_symbol;
|
||
} CallbackSymbol;
|
||
|
||
enum {
|
||
DESTROY,
|
||
SHOW,
|
||
HIDE,
|
||
MAP,
|
||
UNMAP,
|
||
REALIZE,
|
||
UNREALIZE,
|
||
STATE_FLAGS_CHANGED,
|
||
DIRECTION_CHANGED,
|
||
GRAB_NOTIFY,
|
||
MNEMONIC_ACTIVATE,
|
||
MOVE_FOCUS,
|
||
KEYNAV_FAILED,
|
||
QUERY_TOOLTIP,
|
||
LAST_SIGNAL
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
enum {
|
||
PROP_0,
|
||
PROP_NAME,
|
||
PROP_PARENT,
|
||
PROP_ROOT,
|
||
PROP_WIDTH_REQUEST,
|
||
PROP_HEIGHT_REQUEST,
|
||
PROP_VISIBLE,
|
||
PROP_SENSITIVE,
|
||
PROP_CAN_FOCUS,
|
||
PROP_HAS_FOCUS,
|
||
PROP_CAN_TARGET,
|
||
PROP_FOCUS_ON_CLICK,
|
||
PROP_FOCUSABLE,
|
||
PROP_HAS_DEFAULT,
|
||
PROP_RECEIVES_DEFAULT,
|
||
PROP_CURSOR,
|
||
PROP_HAS_TOOLTIP,
|
||
PROP_TOOLTIP_MARKUP,
|
||
PROP_TOOLTIP_TEXT,
|
||
PROP_OPACITY,
|
||
PROP_OVERFLOW,
|
||
PROP_HALIGN,
|
||
PROP_VALIGN,
|
||
PROP_MARGIN_START,
|
||
PROP_MARGIN_END,
|
||
PROP_MARGIN_TOP,
|
||
PROP_MARGIN_BOTTOM,
|
||
PROP_HEXPAND,
|
||
PROP_VEXPAND,
|
||
PROP_HEXPAND_SET,
|
||
PROP_VEXPAND_SET,
|
||
PROP_SCALE_FACTOR,
|
||
PROP_CSS_NAME,
|
||
PROP_CSS_CLASSES,
|
||
PROP_LAYOUT_MANAGER,
|
||
NUM_PROPERTIES
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
static GParamSpec *widget_props[NUM_PROPERTIES] = { NULL, };
|
||
|
||
typedef struct _GtkStateData GtkStateData;
|
||
|
||
struct _GtkStateData
|
||
{
|
||
guint flags_to_set;
|
||
guint flags_to_unset;
|
||
|
||
gint old_scale_factor;
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
/* --- prototypes --- */
|
||
static void gtk_widget_base_class_init (gpointer g_class);
|
||
static void gtk_widget_class_init (GtkWidgetClass *klass);
|
||
static void gtk_widget_base_class_finalize (GtkWidgetClass *klass);
|
||
static void gtk_widget_init (GTypeInstance *instance,
|
||
gpointer g_class);
|
||
static void gtk_widget_set_property (GObject *object,
|
||
guint prop_id,
|
||
const GValue *value,
|
||
GParamSpec *pspec);
|
||
static void gtk_widget_get_property (GObject *object,
|
||
guint prop_id,
|
||
GValue *value,
|
||
GParamSpec *pspec);
|
||
static void gtk_widget_dispose (GObject *object);
|
||
static void gtk_widget_finalize (GObject *object);
|
||
static void gtk_widget_real_destroy (GtkWidget *object);
|
||
static gboolean gtk_widget_real_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
GtkDirectionType direction);
|
||
static void gtk_widget_real_show (GtkWidget *widget);
|
||
static void gtk_widget_real_hide (GtkWidget *widget);
|
||
static void gtk_widget_real_map (GtkWidget *widget);
|
||
static void gtk_widget_real_unmap (GtkWidget *widget);
|
||
static void gtk_widget_real_realize (GtkWidget *widget);
|
||
static void gtk_widget_real_unrealize (GtkWidget *widget);
|
||
static void gtk_widget_real_size_allocate (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
int width,
|
||
int height,
|
||
int baseline);
|
||
static void gtk_widget_real_direction_changed(GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
GtkTextDirection previous_direction);
|
||
|
||
static gboolean gtk_widget_real_query_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
gint x,
|
||
gint y,
|
||
gboolean keyboard_tip,
|
||
GtkTooltip *tooltip);
|
||
static void gtk_widget_real_css_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
GtkCssStyleChange *change);
|
||
static void gtk_widget_real_system_setting_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
GtkSystemSetting setting);
|
||
|
||
static void gtk_widget_real_set_focus_child (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
GtkWidget *child);
|
||
static void gtk_widget_real_move_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
GtkDirectionType direction);
|
||
static gboolean gtk_widget_real_keynav_failed (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
GtkDirectionType direction);
|
||
#ifdef G_ENABLE_CONSISTENCY_CHECKS
|
||
static void gtk_widget_verify_invariants (GtkWidget *widget);
|
||
static void gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (GtkWidget *widget);
|
||
static void gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (GtkWidget *widget);
|
||
#else
|
||
#define gtk_widget_verify_invariants(widget)
|
||
#define gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants(widget)
|
||
#define gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants(widget)
|
||
#endif
|
||
static PangoContext* gtk_widget_peek_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget);
|
||
static void gtk_widget_update_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget);
|
||
static void gtk_widget_propagate_state (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
const GtkStateData *data);
|
||
static gboolean gtk_widget_real_mnemonic_activate (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
gboolean group_cycling);
|
||
static void gtk_widget_real_measure (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
GtkOrientation orientation,
|
||
int for_size,
|
||
int *minimum,
|
||
int *natural,
|
||
int *minimum_baseline,
|
||
int *natural_baseline);
|
||
static void gtk_widget_real_state_flags_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
GtkStateFlags old_state);
|
||
static AtkObject* gtk_widget_real_get_accessible (GtkWidget *widget);
|
||
static void gtk_widget_accessible_interface_init (AtkImplementorIface *iface);
|
||
static AtkObject* gtk_widget_ref_accessible (AtkImplementor *implementor);
|
||
|
||
static void gtk_widget_buildable_interface_init (GtkBuildableIface *iface);
|
||
static void gtk_widget_buildable_set_name (GtkBuildable *buildable,
|
||
const gchar *name);
|
||
static const gchar * gtk_widget_buildable_get_name (GtkBuildable *buildable);
|
||
static GObject * gtk_widget_buildable_get_internal_child (GtkBuildable *buildable,
|
||
GtkBuilder *builder,
|
||
const gchar *childname);
|
||
static gboolean gtk_widget_buildable_custom_tag_start (GtkBuildable *buildable,
|
||
GtkBuilder *builder,
|
||
GObject *child,
|
||
const gchar *tagname,
|
||
GtkBuildableParser *parser,
|
||
gpointer *data);
|
||
static void gtk_widget_buildable_custom_tag_end (GtkBuildable *buildable,
|
||
GtkBuilder *builder,
|
||
GObject *child,
|
||
const gchar *tagname,
|
||
gpointer data);
|
||
static void gtk_widget_buildable_custom_finished (GtkBuildable *buildable,
|
||
GtkBuilder *builder,
|
||
GObject *child,
|
||
const gchar *tagname,
|
||
gpointer data);
|
||
static void gtk_widget_buildable_parser_finished (GtkBuildable *buildable,
|
||
GtkBuilder *builder);
|
||
|
||
|
||
static GtkSizeRequestMode gtk_widget_real_get_request_mode (GtkWidget *widget);
|
||
|
||
static void template_data_free (GtkWidgetTemplate*template_data);
|
||
|
||
static void gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
gint width,
|
||
gint height);
|
||
|
||
static gboolean event_surface_is_still_viewable (GdkEvent *event);
|
||
|
||
static gboolean gtk_widget_class_get_visible_by_default (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class);
|
||
|
||
static void remove_parent_surface_transform_changed_listener (GtkWidget *widget);
|
||
static void add_parent_surface_transform_changed_listener (GtkWidget *widget);
|
||
static void gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand (GtkWidget *widget);
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
/* --- variables --- */
|
||
static gint GtkWidget_private_offset = 0;
|
||
static gpointer gtk_widget_parent_class = NULL;
|
||
static guint widget_signals[LAST_SIGNAL] = { 0 };
|
||
GtkTextDirection gtk_default_direction = GTK_TEXT_DIR_LTR;
|
||
|
||
static GQuark quark_pango_context = 0;
|
||
static GQuark quark_mnemonic_labels = 0;
|
||
static GQuark quark_size_groups = 0;
|
||
static GQuark quark_auto_children = 0;
|
||
static GQuark quark_action_muxer = 0;
|
||
static GQuark quark_font_options = 0;
|
||
static GQuark quark_font_map = 0;
|
||
|
||
/* --- functions --- */
|
||
GType
|
||
gtk_widget_get_type (void)
|
||
{
|
||
static GType widget_type = 0;
|
||
|
||
if (G_UNLIKELY (widget_type == 0))
|
||
{
|
||
const GTypeInfo widget_info =
|
||
{
|
||
sizeof (GtkWidgetClass),
|
||
gtk_widget_base_class_init,
|
||
(GBaseFinalizeFunc) gtk_widget_base_class_finalize,
|
||
(GClassInitFunc) gtk_widget_class_init,
|
||
NULL, /* class_finalize */
|
||
NULL, /* class_init */
|
||
sizeof (GtkWidget),
|
||
0, /* n_preallocs */
|
||
gtk_widget_init,
|
||
NULL, /* value_table */
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
const GInterfaceInfo accessibility_info =
|
||
{
|
||
(GInterfaceInitFunc) gtk_widget_accessible_interface_init,
|
||
(GInterfaceFinalizeFunc) NULL,
|
||
NULL /* interface data */
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
const GInterfaceInfo buildable_info =
|
||
{
|
||
(GInterfaceInitFunc) gtk_widget_buildable_interface_init,
|
||
(GInterfaceFinalizeFunc) NULL,
|
||
NULL /* interface data */
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
const GInterfaceInfo constraint_target_info =
|
||
{
|
||
(GInterfaceInitFunc) NULL,
|
||
(GInterfaceFinalizeFunc) NULL,
|
||
NULL /* interface data */
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
widget_type = g_type_register_static (G_TYPE_INITIALLY_UNOWNED, g_intern_static_string ("GtkWidget"),
|
||
&widget_info, G_TYPE_FLAG_ABSTRACT);
|
||
|
||
g_type_add_class_private (widget_type, sizeof (GtkWidgetClassPrivate));
|
||
|
||
GtkWidget_private_offset =
|
||
g_type_add_instance_private (widget_type, sizeof (GtkWidgetPrivate));
|
||
|
||
g_type_add_interface_static (widget_type, ATK_TYPE_IMPLEMENTOR,
|
||
&accessibility_info) ;
|
||
g_type_add_interface_static (widget_type, GTK_TYPE_BUILDABLE,
|
||
&buildable_info) ;
|
||
g_type_add_interface_static (widget_type, GTK_TYPE_CONSTRAINT_TARGET,
|
||
&constraint_target_info) ;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
return widget_type;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static inline gpointer
|
||
gtk_widget_get_instance_private (GtkWidget *self)
|
||
{
|
||
return (G_STRUCT_MEMBER_P (self, GtkWidget_private_offset));
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
gtk_widget_base_class_init (gpointer g_class)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetClass *klass = g_class;
|
||
GtkWidgetClassPrivate *priv;
|
||
|
||
priv = klass->priv = G_TYPE_CLASS_GET_PRIVATE (g_class, GTK_TYPE_WIDGET, GtkWidgetClassPrivate);
|
||
|
||
priv->template = NULL;
|
||
|
||
if (priv->shortcuts == NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
priv->shortcuts = g_list_store_new (GTK_TYPE_SHORTCUT);
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
GListModel *parent_shortcuts = G_LIST_MODEL (priv->shortcuts);
|
||
guint i;
|
||
|
||
priv->shortcuts = g_list_store_new (GTK_TYPE_SHORTCUT);
|
||
for (i = 0; i < g_list_model_get_n_items (parent_shortcuts); i++)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkShortcut *shortcut = g_list_model_get_item (parent_shortcuts, i);
|
||
g_list_store_append (priv->shortcuts, shortcut);
|
||
g_object_unref (shortcut);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
gtk_widget_real_snapshot (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
GtkSnapshot *snapshot)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidget *child;
|
||
|
||
for (child = _gtk_widget_get_first_child (widget);
|
||
child != NULL;
|
||
child = _gtk_widget_get_next_sibling (child))
|
||
gtk_widget_snapshot_child (widget, child, snapshot);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static gboolean
|
||
gtk_widget_real_contains (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
gdouble x,
|
||
gdouble y)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkCssBoxes boxes;
|
||
|
||
gtk_css_boxes_init (&boxes, widget);
|
||
|
||
return gsk_rounded_rect_contains_point (gtk_css_boxes_get_border_box (&boxes),
|
||
&GRAPHENE_POINT_INIT (x, y));
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
gtk_widget_real_grab_notify (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
gboolean was_grabbed)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
int i;
|
||
|
||
if (!priv->controllers)
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
for (i = (int)priv->controllers->len - 1; i >= 0; i--)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkEventController *controller = g_ptr_array_index (priv->controllers, i);
|
||
GdkDevice *device = NULL;
|
||
|
||
if (GTK_IS_GESTURE (controller))
|
||
device = gtk_gesture_get_device (GTK_GESTURE (controller));
|
||
|
||
if (!device || !gtk_widget_device_is_shadowed (widget, device))
|
||
continue;
|
||
|
||
gtk_event_controller_reset (controller);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
gtk_widget_real_root (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
guint i;
|
||
|
||
gtk_widget_forall (widget, (GtkCallback) gtk_widget_root, NULL);
|
||
|
||
if (!priv->controllers)
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
for (i = 0; i < priv->controllers->len; i++)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkEventController *controller = g_ptr_array_index (priv->controllers, i);
|
||
|
||
if (GTK_IS_SHORTCUT_CONTROLLER (controller))
|
||
gtk_shortcut_controller_root (GTK_SHORTCUT_CONTROLLER (controller));
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
gtk_widget_real_unroot (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
guint i;
|
||
|
||
if (priv->controllers)
|
||
{
|
||
for (i = 0; i < priv->controllers->len; i++)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkEventController *controller = g_ptr_array_index (priv->controllers, i);
|
||
|
||
if (GTK_IS_SHORTCUT_CONTROLLER (controller))
|
||
gtk_shortcut_controller_unroot (GTK_SHORTCUT_CONTROLLER (controller));
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
gtk_widget_forall (widget, (GtkCallback) gtk_widget_unroot, NULL);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
gtk_widget_constructed (GObject *object)
|
||
{
|
||
G_OBJECT_CLASS (gtk_widget_parent_class)->constructed (object);
|
||
|
||
if (GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (object)->priv->actions)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkActionMuxer *muxer;
|
||
|
||
muxer = _gtk_widget_get_action_muxer (GTK_WIDGET (object), TRUE);
|
||
gtk_action_muxer_connect_class_actions (muxer);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
gtk_widget_class_init (GtkWidgetClass *klass)
|
||
{
|
||
GObjectClass *gobject_class = G_OBJECT_CLASS (klass);
|
||
|
||
g_type_class_adjust_private_offset (klass, &GtkWidget_private_offset);
|
||
gtk_widget_parent_class = g_type_class_peek_parent (klass);
|
||
|
||
quark_pango_context = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-pango-context");
|
||
quark_mnemonic_labels = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-mnemonic-labels");
|
||
quark_size_groups = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-widget-size-groups");
|
||
quark_auto_children = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-widget-auto-children");
|
||
quark_action_muxer = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-widget-action-muxer");
|
||
quark_font_options = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-widget-font-options");
|
||
quark_font_map = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-widget-font-map");
|
||
|
||
gobject_class->constructed = gtk_widget_constructed;
|
||
gobject_class->dispose = gtk_widget_dispose;
|
||
gobject_class->finalize = gtk_widget_finalize;
|
||
gobject_class->set_property = gtk_widget_set_property;
|
||
gobject_class->get_property = gtk_widget_get_property;
|
||
|
||
klass->activate_signal = 0;
|
||
klass->show = gtk_widget_real_show;
|
||
klass->hide = gtk_widget_real_hide;
|
||
klass->map = gtk_widget_real_map;
|
||
klass->unmap = gtk_widget_real_unmap;
|
||
klass->realize = gtk_widget_real_realize;
|
||
klass->unrealize = gtk_widget_real_unrealize;
|
||
klass->root = gtk_widget_real_root;
|
||
klass->unroot = gtk_widget_real_unroot;
|
||
klass->size_allocate = gtk_widget_real_size_allocate;
|
||
klass->get_request_mode = gtk_widget_real_get_request_mode;
|
||
klass->measure = gtk_widget_real_measure;
|
||
klass->state_flags_changed = gtk_widget_real_state_flags_changed;
|
||
klass->direction_changed = gtk_widget_real_direction_changed;
|
||
klass->grab_notify = gtk_widget_real_grab_notify;
|
||
klass->snapshot = gtk_widget_real_snapshot;
|
||
klass->mnemonic_activate = gtk_widget_real_mnemonic_activate;
|
||
klass->grab_focus = gtk_widget_grab_focus_self;
|
||
klass->focus = gtk_widget_real_focus;
|
||
klass->set_focus_child = gtk_widget_real_set_focus_child;
|
||
klass->move_focus = gtk_widget_real_move_focus;
|
||
klass->keynav_failed = gtk_widget_real_keynav_failed;
|
||
klass->query_tooltip = gtk_widget_real_query_tooltip;
|
||
klass->css_changed = gtk_widget_real_css_changed;
|
||
klass->system_setting_changed = gtk_widget_real_system_setting_changed;
|
||
|
||
/* Accessibility support */
|
||
klass->priv->accessible_type = GTK_TYPE_WIDGET_ACCESSIBLE;
|
||
klass->priv->accessible_role = ATK_ROLE_INVALID;
|
||
klass->get_accessible = gtk_widget_real_get_accessible;
|
||
|
||
klass->contains = gtk_widget_real_contains;
|
||
|
||
widget_props[PROP_NAME] =
|
||
g_param_spec_string ("name",
|
||
P_("Widget name"),
|
||
P_("The name of the widget"),
|
||
NULL,
|
||
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE);
|
||
|
||
widget_props[PROP_PARENT] =
|
||
g_param_spec_object ("parent",
|
||
P_("Parent widget"),
|
||
P_("The parent widget of this widget."),
|
||
GTK_TYPE_WIDGET,
|
||
GTK_PARAM_READABLE|G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY);
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* GtkWidget:root:
|
||
*
|
||
* The #GtkRoot widget of the widget tree containing this widget or %NULL if
|
||
* the widget is not contained in a root widget.
|
||
*/
|
||
widget_props[PROP_ROOT] =
|
||
g_param_spec_object ("root",
|
||
P_("Root widget"),
|
||
P_("The root widget in the widget tree."),
|
||
GTK_TYPE_ROOT,
|
||
GTK_PARAM_READABLE|G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY);
|
||
|
||
widget_props[PROP_WIDTH_REQUEST] =
|
||
g_param_spec_int ("width-request",
|
||
P_("Width request"),
|
||
P_("Override for width request of the widget, or -1 if natural request should be used"),
|
||
-1, G_MAXINT,
|
||
-1,
|
||
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE|G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY);
|
||
|
||
widget_props[PROP_HEIGHT_REQUEST] =
|
||
g_param_spec_int ("height-request",
|
||
P_("Height request"),
|
||
P_("Override for height request of the widget, or -1 if natural request should be used"),
|
||
-1, G_MAXINT,
|
||
-1,
|
||
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE|G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY);
|
||
|
||
widget_props[PROP_VISIBLE] =
|
||
g_param_spec_boolean ("visible",
|
||
P_("Visible"),
|
||
P_("Whether the widget is visible"),
|
||
TRUE,
|
||
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE|G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY);
|
||
|
||
widget_props[PROP_SENSITIVE] =
|
||
g_param_spec_boolean ("sensitive",
|
||
P_("Sensitive"),
|
||
P_("Whether the widget responds to input"),
|
||
TRUE,
|
||
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE|G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY);
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* GtkWidget:can-focus:
|
||
*
|
||
* Whether the widget or any of its descendents can accept
|
||
* the input focus.
|
||
*/
|
||
widget_props[PROP_CAN_FOCUS] =
|
||
g_param_spec_boolean ("can-focus",
|
||
P_("Can focus"),
|
||
P_("Whether the widget can accept the input focus"),
|
||
TRUE,
|
||
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE|G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY);
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* GtkWidget:focusable:
|
||
*
|
||
* Whether this widget itself will accept the input focus.
|
||
*/
|
||
widget_props[PROP_FOCUSABLE] =
|
||
g_param_spec_boolean ("focusable",
|
||
P_("Focusable"),
|
||
P_("Whether the widget can accept the input focus"),
|
||
FALSE,
|
||
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE|G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY);
|
||
|
||
widget_props[PROP_HAS_FOCUS] =
|
||
g_param_spec_boolean ("has-focus",
|
||
P_("Has focus"),
|
||
P_("Whether the widget has the input focus"),
|
||
FALSE,
|
||
GTK_PARAM_READABLE|G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY);
|
||
|
||
widget_props[PROP_CAN_TARGET] =
|
||
g_param_spec_boolean ("can-target",
|
||
P_("Can target"),
|
||
P_("Whether the widget can receive pointer events"),
|
||
FALSE,
|
||
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE|G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY);
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* GtkWidget:focus-on-click:
|
||
*
|
||
* Whether the widget should grab focus when it is clicked with the mouse.
|
||
*
|
||
* This property is only relevant for widgets that can take focus.
|
||
*/
|
||
widget_props[PROP_FOCUS_ON_CLICK] =
|
||
g_param_spec_boolean ("focus-on-click",
|
||
P_("Focus on click"),
|
||
P_("Whether the widget should grab focus when it is clicked with the mouse"),
|
||
TRUE,
|
||
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE|G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY);
|
||
|
||
widget_props[PROP_HAS_DEFAULT] =
|
||
g_param_spec_boolean ("has-default",
|
||
P_("Has default"),
|
||
P_("Whether the widget is the default widget"),
|
||
FALSE,
|
||
GTK_PARAM_READABLE|G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY);
|
||
|
||
widget_props[PROP_RECEIVES_DEFAULT] =
|
||
g_param_spec_boolean ("receives-default",
|
||
P_("Receives default"),
|
||
P_("If TRUE, the widget will receive the default action when it is focused"),
|
||
FALSE,
|
||
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE|G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY);
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* GtkWidget:cursor:
|
||
*
|
||
* The cursor used by @widget. See gtk_widget_set_cursor() for details.
|
||
*/
|
||
widget_props[PROP_CURSOR] =
|
||
g_param_spec_object("cursor",
|
||
P_("Cursor"),
|
||
P_("The cursor to show when hovering above widget"),
|
||
GDK_TYPE_CURSOR,
|
||
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE|G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY);
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* GtkWidget:has-tooltip:
|
||
*
|
||
* Enables or disables the emission of #GtkWidget::query-tooltip on @widget.
|
||
* A value of %TRUE indicates that @widget can have a tooltip, in this case
|
||
* the widget will be queried using #GtkWidget::query-tooltip to determine
|
||
* whether it will provide a tooltip or not.
|
||
*/
|
||
widget_props[PROP_HAS_TOOLTIP] =
|
||
g_param_spec_boolean ("has-tooltip",
|
||
P_("Has tooltip"),
|
||
P_("Whether this widget has a tooltip"),
|
||
FALSE,
|
||
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE|G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY);
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* GtkWidget:tooltip-text:
|
||
*
|
||
* Sets the text of tooltip to be the given string.
|
||
*
|
||
* Also see gtk_tooltip_set_text().
|
||
*
|
||
* This is a convenience property which will take care of getting the
|
||
* tooltip shown if the given string is not %NULL: #GtkWidget:has-tooltip
|
||
* will automatically be set to %TRUE and there will be taken care of
|
||
* #GtkWidget::query-tooltip in the default signal handler.
|
||
*
|
||
* Note that if both #GtkWidget:tooltip-text and #GtkWidget:tooltip-markup
|
||
* are set, the last one wins.
|
||
*/
|
||
widget_props[PROP_TOOLTIP_TEXT] =
|
||
g_param_spec_string ("tooltip-text",
|
||
P_("Tooltip Text"),
|
||
P_("The contents of the tooltip for this widget"),
|
||
NULL,
|
||
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE | G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY);
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* GtkWidget:tooltip-markup:
|
||
*
|
||
* Sets the text of tooltip to be the given string, which is marked up
|
||
* with the [Pango text markup language][PangoMarkupFormat].
|
||
* Also see gtk_tooltip_set_markup().
|
||
*
|
||
* This is a convenience property which will take care of getting the
|
||
* tooltip shown if the given string is not %NULL: #GtkWidget:has-tooltip
|
||
* will automatically be set to %TRUE and there will be taken care of
|
||
* #GtkWidget::query-tooltip in the default signal handler.
|
||
*
|
||
* Note that if both #GtkWidget:tooltip-text and #GtkWidget:tooltip-markup
|
||
* are set, the last one wins.
|
||
*/
|
||
widget_props[PROP_TOOLTIP_MARKUP] =
|
||
g_param_spec_string ("tooltip-markup",
|
||
P_("Tooltip markup"),
|
||
P_("The contents of the tooltip for this widget"),
|
||
NULL,
|
||
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE | G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY);
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* GtkWidget:halign:
|
||
*
|
||
* How to distribute horizontal space if widget gets extra space, see #GtkAlign
|
||
*/
|
||
widget_props[PROP_HALIGN] =
|
||
g_param_spec_enum ("halign",
|
||
P_("Horizontal Alignment"),
|
||
P_("How to position in extra horizontal space"),
|
||
GTK_TYPE_ALIGN,
|
||
GTK_ALIGN_FILL,
|
||
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE|G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY);
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* GtkWidget:valign:
|
||
*
|
||
* How to distribute vertical space if widget gets extra space, see #GtkAlign
|
||
*/
|
||
widget_props[PROP_VALIGN] =
|
||
g_param_spec_enum ("valign",
|
||
P_("Vertical Alignment"),
|
||
P_("How to position in extra vertical space"),
|
||
GTK_TYPE_ALIGN,
|
||
GTK_ALIGN_FILL,
|
||
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE|G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY);
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* GtkWidget:margin-start:
|
||
*
|
||
* Margin on start of widget, horizontally. This property supports
|
||
* left-to-right and right-to-left text directions.
|
||
*
|
||
* This property adds margin outside of the widget's normal size
|
||
* request, the margin will be added in addition to the size from
|
||
* gtk_widget_set_size_request() for example.
|
||
*/
|
||
widget_props[PROP_MARGIN_START] =
|
||
g_param_spec_int ("margin-start",
|
||
P_("Margin on Start"),
|
||
P_("Pixels of extra space on the start"),
|
||
0, G_MAXINT16,
|
||
0,
|
||
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE|G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY);
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* GtkWidget:margin-end:
|
||
*
|
||
* Margin on end of widget, horizontally. This property supports
|
||
* left-to-right and right-to-left text directions.
|
||
*
|
||
* This property adds margin outside of the widget's normal size
|
||
* request, the margin will be added in addition to the size from
|
||
* gtk_widget_set_size_request() for example.
|
||
*/
|
||
widget_props[PROP_MARGIN_END] =
|
||
g_param_spec_int ("margin-end",
|
||
P_("Margin on End"),
|
||
P_("Pixels of extra space on the end"),
|
||
0, G_MAXINT16,
|
||
0,
|
||
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE|G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY);
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* GtkWidget:margin-top:
|
||
*
|
||
* Margin on top side of widget.
|
||
*
|
||
* This property adds margin outside of the widget's normal size
|
||
* request, the margin will be added in addition to the size from
|
||
* gtk_widget_set_size_request() for example.
|
||
*/
|
||
widget_props[PROP_MARGIN_TOP] =
|
||
g_param_spec_int ("margin-top",
|
||
P_("Margin on Top"),
|
||
P_("Pixels of extra space on the top side"),
|
||
0, G_MAXINT16,
|
||
0,
|
||
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE|G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY);
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* GtkWidget:margin-bottom:
|
||
*
|
||
* Margin on bottom side of widget.
|
||
*
|
||
* This property adds margin outside of the widget's normal size
|
||
* request, the margin will be added in addition to the size from
|
||
* gtk_widget_set_size_request() for example.
|
||
*/
|
||
widget_props[PROP_MARGIN_BOTTOM] =
|
||
g_param_spec_int ("margin-bottom",
|
||
P_("Margin on Bottom"),
|
||
P_("Pixels of extra space on the bottom side"),
|
||
0, G_MAXINT16,
|
||
0,
|
||
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE|G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY);
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* GtkWidget:hexpand:
|
||
*
|
||
* Whether to expand horizontally. See gtk_widget_set_hexpand().
|
||
*/
|
||
widget_props[PROP_HEXPAND] =
|
||
g_param_spec_boolean ("hexpand",
|
||
P_("Horizontal Expand"),
|
||
P_("Whether widget wants more horizontal space"),
|
||
FALSE,
|
||
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE|G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY);
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* GtkWidget:hexpand-set:
|
||
*
|
||
* Whether to use the #GtkWidget:hexpand property. See gtk_widget_get_hexpand_set().
|
||
*/
|
||
widget_props[PROP_HEXPAND_SET] =
|
||
g_param_spec_boolean ("hexpand-set",
|
||
P_("Horizontal Expand Set"),
|
||
P_("Whether to use the hexpand property"),
|
||
FALSE,
|
||
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE|G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY);
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* GtkWidget:vexpand:
|
||
*
|
||
* Whether to expand vertically. See gtk_widget_set_vexpand().
|
||
*/
|
||
widget_props[PROP_VEXPAND] =
|
||
g_param_spec_boolean ("vexpand",
|
||
P_("Vertical Expand"),
|
||
P_("Whether widget wants more vertical space"),
|
||
FALSE,
|
||
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE|G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY);
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* GtkWidget:vexpand-set:
|
||
*
|
||
* Whether to use the #GtkWidget:vexpand property. See gtk_widget_get_vexpand_set().
|
||
*/
|
||
widget_props[PROP_VEXPAND_SET] =
|
||
g_param_spec_boolean ("vexpand-set",
|
||
P_("Vertical Expand Set"),
|
||
P_("Whether to use the vexpand property"),
|
||
FALSE,
|
||
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE|G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY);
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* GtkWidget:opacity:
|
||
*
|
||
* The requested opacity of the widget. See gtk_widget_set_opacity() for
|
||
* more details about window opacity.
|
||
*
|
||
* Before 3.8 this was only available in GtkWindow
|
||
*/
|
||
widget_props[PROP_OPACITY] =
|
||
g_param_spec_double ("opacity",
|
||
P_("Opacity for Widget"),
|
||
P_("The opacity of the widget, from 0 to 1"),
|
||
0.0, 1.0,
|
||
1.0,
|
||
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE|G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY);
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* GtkWidget:overflow:
|
||
*
|
||
* How content outside the widget's content area is treated.
|
||
*/
|
||
widget_props[PROP_OVERFLOW] =
|
||
g_param_spec_enum ("overflow",
|
||
P_("Overflow"),
|
||
P_("How content outside the widget’s content area is treated"),
|
||
GTK_TYPE_OVERFLOW,
|
||
GTK_OVERFLOW_VISIBLE,
|
||
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE|G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY);
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* GtkWidget:scale-factor:
|
||
*
|
||
* The scale factor of the widget. See gtk_widget_get_scale_factor() for
|
||
* more details about widget scaling.
|
||
*/
|
||
widget_props[PROP_SCALE_FACTOR] =
|
||
g_param_spec_int ("scale-factor",
|
||
P_("Scale factor"),
|
||
P_("The scaling factor of the window"),
|
||
1, G_MAXINT,
|
||
1,
|
||
GTK_PARAM_READABLE);
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* GtkWidget:css-name:
|
||
*
|
||
* The name of this widget in the CSS tree.
|
||
*/
|
||
widget_props[PROP_CSS_NAME] =
|
||
g_param_spec_string ("css-name",
|
||
P_("CSS Name"),
|
||
P_("The name of this widget in the CSS tree"),
|
||
NULL,
|
||
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE | G_PARAM_CONSTRUCT_ONLY);
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* GtkWidget:css-classes:
|
||
*
|
||
* A list of css classes applied to this widget.
|
||
*/
|
||
widget_props[PROP_CSS_CLASSES] =
|
||
g_param_spec_boxed ("css-classes",
|
||
P_("CSS Style Classes"),
|
||
P_("List of CSS classes"),
|
||
G_TYPE_STRV,
|
||
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE);
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* GtkWidget:layout-manager:
|
||
*
|
||
* The #GtkLayoutManager instance to use to compute the preferred size
|
||
* of the widget, and allocate its children.
|
||
*/
|
||
widget_props[PROP_LAYOUT_MANAGER] =
|
||
g_param_spec_object ("layout-manager",
|
||
P_("Layout Manager"),
|
||
P_("The layout manager used to layout children of the widget"),
|
||
GTK_TYPE_LAYOUT_MANAGER,
|
||
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE | G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY);
|
||
|
||
g_object_class_install_properties (gobject_class, NUM_PROPERTIES, widget_props);
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* GtkWidget::destroy:
|
||
* @object: the object which received the signal
|
||
*
|
||
* Signals that all holders of a reference to the widget should release
|
||
* the reference that they hold. May result in finalization of the widget
|
||
* if all references are released.
|
||
*
|
||
* This signal is not suitable for saving widget state.
|
||
*/
|
||
widget_signals[DESTROY] =
|
||
g_signal_new (I_("destroy"),
|
||
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
|
||
G_SIGNAL_RUN_CLEANUP | G_SIGNAL_NO_RECURSE | G_SIGNAL_NO_HOOKS,
|
||
0,
|
||
NULL, NULL,
|
||
NULL,
|
||
G_TYPE_NONE, 0);
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* GtkWidget::show:
|
||
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
|
||
*
|
||
* The ::show signal is emitted when @widget is shown, for example with
|
||
* gtk_widget_show().
|
||
*/
|
||
widget_signals[SHOW] =
|
||
g_signal_new (I_("show"),
|
||
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
|
||
G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST,
|
||
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, show),
|
||
NULL, NULL,
|
||
NULL,
|
||
G_TYPE_NONE, 0);
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* GtkWidget::hide:
|
||
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
|
||
*
|
||
* The ::hide signal is emitted when @widget is hidden, for example with
|
||
* gtk_widget_hide().
|
||
*/
|
||
widget_signals[HIDE] =
|
||
g_signal_new (I_("hide"),
|
||
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
|
||
G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST,
|
||
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, hide),
|
||
NULL, NULL,
|
||
NULL,
|
||
G_TYPE_NONE, 0);
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* GtkWidget::map:
|
||
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
|
||
*
|
||
* The ::map signal is emitted when @widget is going to be mapped, that is
|
||
* when the widget is visible (which is controlled with
|
||
* gtk_widget_set_visible()) and all its parents up to the toplevel widget
|
||
* are also visible.
|
||
*
|
||
* The ::map signal can be used to determine whether a widget will be drawn,
|
||
* for instance it can resume an animation that was stopped during the
|
||
* emission of #GtkWidget::unmap.
|
||
*/
|
||
widget_signals[MAP] =
|
||
g_signal_new (I_("map"),
|
||
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
|
||
G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST,
|
||
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, map),
|
||
NULL, NULL,
|
||
NULL,
|
||
G_TYPE_NONE, 0);
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* GtkWidget::unmap:
|
||
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
|
||
*
|
||
* The ::unmap signal is emitted when @widget is going to be unmapped, which
|
||
* means that either it or any of its parents up to the toplevel widget have
|
||
* been set as hidden.
|
||
*
|
||
* As ::unmap indicates that a widget will not be shown any longer, it can be
|
||
* used to, for example, stop an animation on the widget.
|
||
*/
|
||
widget_signals[UNMAP] =
|
||
g_signal_new (I_("unmap"),
|
||
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
|
||
G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST,
|
||
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, unmap),
|
||
NULL, NULL,
|
||
NULL,
|
||
G_TYPE_NONE, 0);
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* GtkWidget::realize:
|
||
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
|
||
*
|
||
* The ::realize signal is emitted when @widget is associated with a
|
||
* #GdkSurface, which means that gtk_widget_realize() has been called or the
|
||
* widget has been mapped (that is, it is going to be drawn).
|
||
*/
|
||
widget_signals[REALIZE] =
|
||
g_signal_new (I_("realize"),
|
||
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
|
||
G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST,
|
||
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, realize),
|
||
NULL, NULL,
|
||
NULL,
|
||
G_TYPE_NONE, 0);
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* GtkWidget::unrealize:
|
||
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
|
||
*
|
||
* The ::unrealize signal is emitted when the #GdkSurface associated with
|
||
* @widget is destroyed, which means that gtk_widget_unrealize() has been
|
||
* called or the widget has been unmapped (that is, it is going to be
|
||
* hidden).
|
||
*/
|
||
widget_signals[UNREALIZE] =
|
||
g_signal_new (I_("unrealize"),
|
||
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
|
||
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
|
||
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, unrealize),
|
||
NULL, NULL,
|
||
NULL,
|
||
G_TYPE_NONE, 0);
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* GtkWidget::state-flags-changed:
|
||
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
|
||
* @flags: The previous state flags.
|
||
*
|
||
* The ::state-flags-changed signal is emitted when the widget state
|
||
* changes, see gtk_widget_get_state_flags().
|
||
*/
|
||
widget_signals[STATE_FLAGS_CHANGED] =
|
||
g_signal_new (I_("state-flags-changed"),
|
||
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
|
||
G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST,
|
||
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, state_flags_changed),
|
||
NULL, NULL,
|
||
NULL,
|
||
G_TYPE_NONE, 1,
|
||
GTK_TYPE_STATE_FLAGS);
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* GtkWidget::direction-changed:
|
||
* @widget: the object on which the signal is emitted
|
||
* @previous_direction: the previous text direction of @widget
|
||
*
|
||
* The ::direction-changed signal is emitted when the text direction
|
||
* of a widget changes.
|
||
*/
|
||
widget_signals[DIRECTION_CHANGED] =
|
||
g_signal_new (I_("direction-changed"),
|
||
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
|
||
G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST,
|
||
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, direction_changed),
|
||
NULL, NULL,
|
||
NULL,
|
||
G_TYPE_NONE, 1,
|
||
GTK_TYPE_TEXT_DIRECTION);
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* GtkWidget::grab-notify:
|
||
* @widget: the object which received the signal
|
||
* @was_grabbed: %FALSE if the widget becomes shadowed, %TRUE
|
||
* if it becomes unshadowed
|
||
*
|
||
* The ::grab-notify signal is emitted when a widget becomes
|
||
* shadowed by a GTK+ grab (not a pointer or keyboard grab) on
|
||
* another widget, or when it becomes unshadowed due to a grab
|
||
* being removed.
|
||
*
|
||
* A widget is shadowed by a gtk_grab_add() when the topmost
|
||
* grab widget in the grab stack of its window group is not
|
||
* its ancestor.
|
||
*/
|
||
widget_signals[GRAB_NOTIFY] =
|
||
g_signal_new (I_("grab-notify"),
|
||
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
|
||
G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST,
|
||
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, grab_notify),
|
||
NULL, NULL,
|
||
NULL,
|
||
G_TYPE_NONE, 1,
|
||
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN);
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* GtkWidget::mnemonic-activate:
|
||
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
|
||
* @group_cycling: %TRUE if there are other widgets with the same mnemonic
|
||
*
|
||
* The default handler for this signal activates @widget if @group_cycling
|
||
* is %FALSE, or just makes @widget grab focus if @group_cycling is %TRUE.
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
|
||
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
|
||
*/
|
||
widget_signals[MNEMONIC_ACTIVATE] =
|
||
g_signal_new (I_("mnemonic-activate"),
|
||
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
|
||
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
|
||
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, mnemonic_activate),
|
||
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
|
||
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOOLEAN,
|
||
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
|
||
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN);
|
||
g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[MNEMONIC_ACTIVATE],
|
||
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
|
||
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOOLEANv);
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* GtkWidget::move-focus:
|
||
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
|
||
* @direction:
|
||
*/
|
||
widget_signals[MOVE_FOCUS] =
|
||
g_signal_new (I_("move-focus"),
|
||
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
|
||
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST | G_SIGNAL_ACTION,
|
||
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, move_focus),
|
||
NULL, NULL,
|
||
NULL,
|
||
G_TYPE_NONE,
|
||
1,
|
||
GTK_TYPE_DIRECTION_TYPE);
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* GtkWidget::keynav-failed:
|
||
* @widget: the object which received the signal
|
||
* @direction: the direction of movement
|
||
*
|
||
* Gets emitted if keyboard navigation fails.
|
||
* See gtk_widget_keynav_failed() for details.
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns: %TRUE if stopping keyboard navigation is fine, %FALSE
|
||
* if the emitting widget should try to handle the keyboard
|
||
* navigation attempt in its parent widget(s).
|
||
**/
|
||
widget_signals[KEYNAV_FAILED] =
|
||
g_signal_new (I_("keynav-failed"),
|
||
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
|
||
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
|
||
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, keynav_failed),
|
||
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
|
||
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__ENUM,
|
||
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
|
||
GTK_TYPE_DIRECTION_TYPE);
|
||
g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[KEYNAV_FAILED],
|
||
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
|
||
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__ENUMv);
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* GtkWidget::query-tooltip:
|
||
* @widget: the object which received the signal
|
||
* @x: the x coordinate of the cursor position where the request has
|
||
* been emitted, relative to @widget's left side
|
||
* @y: the y coordinate of the cursor position where the request has
|
||
* been emitted, relative to @widget's top
|
||
* @keyboard_mode: %TRUE if the tooltip was triggered using the keyboard
|
||
* @tooltip: a #GtkTooltip
|
||
*
|
||
* Emitted when #GtkWidget:has-tooltip is %TRUE and the hover timeout
|
||
* has expired with the cursor hovering "above" @widget; or emitted when @widget got
|
||
* focus in keyboard mode.
|
||
*
|
||
* Using the given coordinates, the signal handler should determine
|
||
* whether a tooltip should be shown for @widget. If this is the case
|
||
* %TRUE should be returned, %FALSE otherwise. Note that if
|
||
* @keyboard_mode is %TRUE, the values of @x and @y are undefined and
|
||
* should not be used.
|
||
*
|
||
* The signal handler is free to manipulate @tooltip with the therefore
|
||
* destined function calls.
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns: %TRUE if @tooltip should be shown right now, %FALSE otherwise.
|
||
*/
|
||
widget_signals[QUERY_TOOLTIP] =
|
||
g_signal_new (I_("query-tooltip"),
|
||
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
|
||
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
|
||
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, query_tooltip),
|
||
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
|
||
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__INT_INT_BOOLEAN_OBJECT,
|
||
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 4,
|
||
G_TYPE_INT,
|
||
G_TYPE_INT,
|
||
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN,
|
||
GTK_TYPE_TOOLTIP);
|
||
g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[QUERY_TOOLTIP],
|
||
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
|
||
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__INT_INT_BOOLEAN_OBJECTv);
|
||
|
||
gtk_widget_class_set_css_name (klass, I_("widget"));
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
gtk_widget_base_class_finalize (GtkWidgetClass *klass)
|
||
{
|
||
|
||
template_data_free (klass->priv->template);
|
||
g_object_unref (klass->priv->shortcuts);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
gtk_widget_set_property (GObject *object,
|
||
guint prop_id,
|
||
const GValue *value,
|
||
GParamSpec *pspec)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (object);
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
switch (prop_id)
|
||
{
|
||
case PROP_NAME:
|
||
gtk_widget_set_name (widget, g_value_get_string (value));
|
||
break;
|
||
case PROP_WIDTH_REQUEST:
|
||
gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (widget, g_value_get_int (value), -2);
|
||
break;
|
||
case PROP_HEIGHT_REQUEST:
|
||
gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (widget, -2, g_value_get_int (value));
|
||
break;
|
||
case PROP_VISIBLE:
|
||
gtk_widget_set_visible (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
|
||
break;
|
||
case PROP_SENSITIVE:
|
||
gtk_widget_set_sensitive (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
|
||
break;
|
||
case PROP_CAN_FOCUS:
|
||
gtk_widget_set_can_focus (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
|
||
break;
|
||
case PROP_FOCUSABLE:
|
||
gtk_widget_set_focusable (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
|
||
break;
|
||
case PROP_CAN_TARGET:
|
||
gtk_widget_set_can_target (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
|
||
break;
|
||
case PROP_FOCUS_ON_CLICK:
|
||
gtk_widget_set_focus_on_click (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
|
||
break;
|
||
case PROP_RECEIVES_DEFAULT:
|
||
gtk_widget_set_receives_default (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
|
||
break;
|
||
case PROP_CURSOR:
|
||
gtk_widget_set_cursor (widget, g_value_get_object (value));
|
||
break;
|
||
case PROP_HAS_TOOLTIP:
|
||
gtk_widget_set_has_tooltip (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
|
||
break;
|
||
case PROP_TOOLTIP_MARKUP:
|
||
gtk_widget_set_tooltip_markup (widget, g_value_get_string (value));
|
||
break;
|
||
case PROP_TOOLTIP_TEXT:
|
||
gtk_widget_set_tooltip_text (widget, g_value_get_string (value));
|
||
break;
|
||
case PROP_HALIGN:
|
||
gtk_widget_set_halign (widget, g_value_get_enum (value));
|
||
break;
|
||
case PROP_VALIGN:
|
||
gtk_widget_set_valign (widget, g_value_get_enum (value));
|
||
break;
|
||
case PROP_MARGIN_START:
|
||
gtk_widget_set_margin_start (widget, g_value_get_int (value));
|
||
break;
|
||
case PROP_MARGIN_END:
|
||
gtk_widget_set_margin_end (widget, g_value_get_int (value));
|
||
break;
|
||
case PROP_MARGIN_TOP:
|
||
gtk_widget_set_margin_top (widget, g_value_get_int (value));
|
||
break;
|
||
case PROP_MARGIN_BOTTOM:
|
||
gtk_widget_set_margin_bottom (widget, g_value_get_int (value));
|
||
break;
|
||
case PROP_HEXPAND:
|
||
gtk_widget_set_hexpand (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
|
||
break;
|
||
case PROP_HEXPAND_SET:
|
||
gtk_widget_set_hexpand_set (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
|
||
break;
|
||
case PROP_VEXPAND:
|
||
gtk_widget_set_vexpand (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
|
||
break;
|
||
case PROP_VEXPAND_SET:
|
||
gtk_widget_set_vexpand_set (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
|
||
break;
|
||
case PROP_OPACITY:
|
||
gtk_widget_set_opacity (widget, g_value_get_double (value));
|
||
break;
|
||
case PROP_OVERFLOW:
|
||
gtk_widget_set_overflow (widget, g_value_get_enum (value));
|
||
break;
|
||
case PROP_CSS_NAME:
|
||
if (g_value_get_string (value) != NULL)
|
||
gtk_css_node_set_name (priv->cssnode, g_quark_from_string (g_value_get_string (value)));
|
||
break;
|
||
case PROP_CSS_CLASSES:
|
||
gtk_widget_set_css_classes (widget, g_value_get_boxed (value));
|
||
break;
|
||
case PROP_LAYOUT_MANAGER:
|
||
gtk_widget_set_layout_manager (widget, g_value_dup_object (value));
|
||
break;
|
||
default:
|
||
G_OBJECT_WARN_INVALID_PROPERTY_ID (object, prop_id, pspec);
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
gtk_widget_get_property (GObject *object,
|
||
guint prop_id,
|
||
GValue *value,
|
||
GParamSpec *pspec)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (object);
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
switch (prop_id)
|
||
{
|
||
case PROP_NAME:
|
||
if (priv->name)
|
||
g_value_set_string (value, priv->name);
|
||
else
|
||
g_value_set_static_string (value, "");
|
||
break;
|
||
case PROP_PARENT:
|
||
g_value_set_object (value, priv->parent);
|
||
break;
|
||
case PROP_ROOT:
|
||
g_value_set_object (value, priv->root);
|
||
break;
|
||
case PROP_WIDTH_REQUEST:
|
||
{
|
||
int w;
|
||
gtk_widget_get_size_request (widget, &w, NULL);
|
||
g_value_set_int (value, w);
|
||
}
|
||
break;
|
||
case PROP_HEIGHT_REQUEST:
|
||
{
|
||
int h;
|
||
gtk_widget_get_size_request (widget, NULL, &h);
|
||
g_value_set_int (value, h);
|
||
}
|
||
break;
|
||
case PROP_VISIBLE:
|
||
g_value_set_boolean (value, _gtk_widget_get_visible (widget));
|
||
break;
|
||
case PROP_SENSITIVE:
|
||
g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_get_sensitive (widget));
|
||
break;
|
||
case PROP_CAN_FOCUS:
|
||
g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_get_can_focus (widget));
|
||
break;
|
||
case PROP_FOCUSABLE:
|
||
g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_get_focusable (widget));
|
||
break;
|
||
case PROP_HAS_FOCUS:
|
||
g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_has_focus (widget));
|
||
break;
|
||
case PROP_CAN_TARGET:
|
||
g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_get_can_target (widget));
|
||
break;
|
||
case PROP_FOCUS_ON_CLICK:
|
||
g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_get_focus_on_click (widget));
|
||
break;
|
||
case PROP_HAS_DEFAULT:
|
||
g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_has_default (widget));
|
||
break;
|
||
case PROP_RECEIVES_DEFAULT:
|
||
g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_get_receives_default (widget));
|
||
break;
|
||
case PROP_CURSOR:
|
||
g_value_set_object (value, gtk_widget_get_cursor (widget));
|
||
break;
|
||
case PROP_HAS_TOOLTIP:
|
||
g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_get_has_tooltip (widget));
|
||
break;
|
||
case PROP_TOOLTIP_TEXT:
|
||
g_value_set_string (value, gtk_widget_get_tooltip_text (widget));
|
||
break;
|
||
case PROP_TOOLTIP_MARKUP:
|
||
g_value_set_string (value, gtk_widget_get_tooltip_markup (widget));
|
||
break;
|
||
case PROP_HALIGN:
|
||
g_value_set_enum (value, gtk_widget_get_halign (widget));
|
||
break;
|
||
case PROP_VALIGN:
|
||
g_value_set_enum (value, gtk_widget_get_valign (widget));
|
||
break;
|
||
case PROP_MARGIN_START:
|
||
g_value_set_int (value, gtk_widget_get_margin_start (widget));
|
||
break;
|
||
case PROP_MARGIN_END:
|
||
g_value_set_int (value, gtk_widget_get_margin_end (widget));
|
||
break;
|
||
case PROP_MARGIN_TOP:
|
||
g_value_set_int (value, gtk_widget_get_margin_top (widget));
|
||
break;
|
||
case PROP_MARGIN_BOTTOM:
|
||
g_value_set_int (value, gtk_widget_get_margin_bottom (widget));
|
||
break;
|
||
case PROP_HEXPAND:
|
||
g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_get_hexpand (widget));
|
||
break;
|
||
case PROP_HEXPAND_SET:
|
||
g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_get_hexpand_set (widget));
|
||
break;
|
||
case PROP_VEXPAND:
|
||
g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_get_vexpand (widget));
|
||
break;
|
||
case PROP_VEXPAND_SET:
|
||
g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_get_vexpand_set (widget));
|
||
break;
|
||
case PROP_OPACITY:
|
||
g_value_set_double (value, gtk_widget_get_opacity (widget));
|
||
break;
|
||
case PROP_OVERFLOW:
|
||
g_value_set_enum (value, gtk_widget_get_overflow (widget));
|
||
break;
|
||
case PROP_SCALE_FACTOR:
|
||
g_value_set_int (value, gtk_widget_get_scale_factor (widget));
|
||
break;
|
||
case PROP_CSS_NAME:
|
||
g_value_set_string (value, gtk_widget_get_css_name (widget));
|
||
break;
|
||
case PROP_CSS_CLASSES:
|
||
g_value_take_boxed (value, gtk_widget_get_css_classes (widget));
|
||
break;
|
||
case PROP_LAYOUT_MANAGER:
|
||
g_value_set_object (value, gtk_widget_get_layout_manager (widget));
|
||
break;
|
||
default:
|
||
G_OBJECT_WARN_INVALID_PROPERTY_ID (object, prop_id, pspec);
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
_gtk_widget_emulate_press (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
GdkEvent *event,
|
||
GtkWidget *event_widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidget *next_child, *parent;
|
||
GdkEvent *press;
|
||
gdouble x, y;
|
||
graphene_point_t p;
|
||
|
||
if (event_widget == widget)
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
switch ((guint) gdk_event_get_event_type (event))
|
||
{
|
||
case GDK_TOUCH_BEGIN:
|
||
case GDK_TOUCH_UPDATE:
|
||
case GDK_TOUCH_END:
|
||
case GDK_BUTTON_PRESS:
|
||
case GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE:
|
||
case GDK_MOTION_NOTIFY:
|
||
gdk_event_get_position (event, &x, &y);
|
||
if (!gtk_widget_compute_point (event_widget,
|
||
GTK_WIDGET (gtk_widget_get_root (event_widget)),
|
||
&GRAPHENE_POINT_INIT (x, y),
|
||
&p))
|
||
return;
|
||
break;
|
||
default:
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
switch ((guint) gdk_event_get_event_type (event))
|
||
{
|
||
case GDK_TOUCH_BEGIN:
|
||
case GDK_TOUCH_UPDATE:
|
||
case GDK_TOUCH_END:
|
||
press = gdk_touch_event_new (GDK_TOUCH_BEGIN,
|
||
gdk_event_get_event_sequence (event),
|
||
gdk_event_get_surface (event),
|
||
gdk_event_get_device (event),
|
||
gdk_event_get_source_device (event),
|
||
gdk_event_get_time (event),
|
||
gdk_event_get_modifier_state (event),
|
||
p.x, p.y,
|
||
NULL,
|
||
gdk_touch_event_get_emulating_pointer (event));
|
||
break;
|
||
case GDK_BUTTON_PRESS:
|
||
case GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE:
|
||
press = gdk_button_event_new (GDK_BUTTON_PRESS,
|
||
gdk_event_get_surface (event),
|
||
gdk_event_get_device (event),
|
||
gdk_event_get_source_device (event),
|
||
gdk_event_get_device_tool (event),
|
||
gdk_event_get_time (event),
|
||
gdk_event_get_modifier_state (event),
|
||
gdk_button_event_get_button (event),
|
||
p.x, p.y,
|
||
NULL);
|
||
break;
|
||
case GDK_MOTION_NOTIFY:
|
||
{
|
||
GdkModifierType state = gdk_event_get_modifier_state (event);
|
||
int button;
|
||
if (state & GDK_BUTTON3_MASK)
|
||
button = 3;
|
||
else if (state & GDK_BUTTON2_MASK)
|
||
button = 2;
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
if ((state & GDK_BUTTON1_MASK) == 0)
|
||
g_critical ("Guessing button number 1 on generated button press event");
|
||
button = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
press = gdk_button_event_new (GDK_BUTTON_PRESS,
|
||
gdk_event_get_surface (event),
|
||
gdk_event_get_device (event),
|
||
gdk_event_get_source_device (event),
|
||
gdk_event_get_device_tool (event),
|
||
gdk_event_get_time (event),
|
||
gdk_event_get_modifier_state (event),
|
||
button,
|
||
p.x, p.y,
|
||
NULL);
|
||
}
|
||
break;
|
||
default:
|
||
g_assert_not_reached ();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
next_child = event_widget;
|
||
parent = _gtk_widget_get_parent (next_child);
|
||
|
||
while (parent && parent != widget)
|
||
{
|
||
next_child = parent;
|
||
parent = _gtk_widget_get_parent (parent);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Perform propagation state starting from the next child in the chain */
|
||
gtk_propagate_event_internal (event_widget, press, next_child);
|
||
gdk_event_unref (press);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static GdkEvent *
|
||
_gtk_widget_get_last_event (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
GdkEventSequence *sequence,
|
||
GtkWidget **target)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
GdkEvent *event;
|
||
guint i;
|
||
|
||
if (!priv->controllers)
|
||
goto out;
|
||
|
||
for (i = 0; i < priv->controllers->len; i++)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkEventController *controller = g_ptr_array_index (priv->controllers, i);
|
||
|
||
if (!GTK_IS_GESTURE (controller))
|
||
continue;
|
||
|
||
event = gtk_gesture_get_last_event (GTK_GESTURE (controller), sequence);
|
||
if (event)
|
||
{
|
||
*target = gtk_gesture_get_last_target (GTK_GESTURE (controller), sequence);
|
||
return event;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
out:
|
||
*target = NULL;
|
||
return NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static gboolean
|
||
_gtk_widget_get_emulating_sequence (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
GdkEventSequence *sequence,
|
||
GdkEventSequence **sequence_out)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
*sequence_out = sequence;
|
||
|
||
if (sequence)
|
||
{
|
||
GdkEvent *last_event;
|
||
GtkWidget *target;
|
||
|
||
last_event = _gtk_widget_get_last_event (widget, sequence, &target);
|
||
|
||
if (last_event &&
|
||
(gdk_event_get_event_type (last_event) == GDK_TOUCH_BEGIN ||
|
||
gdk_event_get_event_type (last_event) == GDK_TOUCH_UPDATE ||
|
||
gdk_event_get_event_type (last_event) == GDK_TOUCH_END) &&
|
||
gdk_touch_event_get_emulating_pointer (last_event))
|
||
return TRUE;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (priv->controllers)
|
||
{
|
||
guint i;
|
||
/* For a NULL(pointer) sequence, find the pointer emulating one */
|
||
for (i = 0; i < priv->controllers->len; i++)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkEventController *controller = g_ptr_array_index (priv->controllers, i);
|
||
|
||
if (!GTK_IS_GESTURE (controller))
|
||
continue;
|
||
|
||
if (_gtk_gesture_get_pointer_emulating_sequence (GTK_GESTURE (controller),
|
||
sequence_out))
|
||
return TRUE;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
return FALSE;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static gboolean
|
||
gtk_widget_needs_press_emulation (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
GdkEventSequence *sequence)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
gboolean sequence_press_handled = FALSE;
|
||
guint i;
|
||
|
||
if (!priv->controllers)
|
||
return FALSE;
|
||
|
||
/* Check whether there is any remaining gesture in
|
||
* the capture phase that handled the press event
|
||
*/
|
||
for (i = 0; i < priv->controllers->len; i++)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkEventController *controller = g_ptr_array_index (priv->controllers, i);
|
||
GtkPropagationPhase phase;
|
||
GtkGesture *gesture;
|
||
|
||
phase = gtk_event_controller_get_propagation_phase (controller);
|
||
|
||
if (phase != GTK_PHASE_CAPTURE)
|
||
continue;
|
||
if (!GTK_IS_GESTURE (controller))
|
||
continue;
|
||
|
||
gesture = GTK_GESTURE (controller);
|
||
sequence_press_handled |=
|
||
(gtk_gesture_handles_sequence (gesture, sequence) &&
|
||
_gtk_gesture_handled_sequence_press (gesture, sequence));
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
return !sequence_press_handled;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static gint
|
||
_gtk_widget_set_sequence_state_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
GdkEventSequence *sequence,
|
||
GtkEventSequenceState state,
|
||
GtkGesture *emitter)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
gboolean emulates_pointer, sequence_handled = FALSE;
|
||
GdkEvent *mimic_event;
|
||
GtkWidget *target;
|
||
GList *group = NULL;
|
||
GdkEventSequence *seq;
|
||
gint n_handled = 0;
|
||
guint i;
|
||
|
||
if (state != GTK_EVENT_SEQUENCE_CLAIMED &&
|
||
(!priv->controllers || priv->controllers->len == 0))
|
||
return TRUE;
|
||
|
||
if (emitter)
|
||
group = gtk_gesture_get_group (emitter);
|
||
|
||
emulates_pointer = _gtk_widget_get_emulating_sequence (widget, sequence, &seq);
|
||
mimic_event = _gtk_widget_get_last_event (widget, seq, &target);
|
||
|
||
for (i = 0; i < priv->controllers->len; i++)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkEventController *controller = g_ptr_array_index (priv->controllers, i);
|
||
GtkEventSequenceState gesture_state;
|
||
GtkGesture *gesture;
|
||
gboolean retval;
|
||
|
||
seq = sequence;
|
||
gesture_state = state;
|
||
|
||
if (!GTK_IS_GESTURE (controller))
|
||
continue;
|
||
|
||
gesture = GTK_GESTURE (controller);
|
||
|
||
if (gesture == emitter)
|
||
{
|
||
sequence_handled |=
|
||
_gtk_gesture_handled_sequence_press (gesture, sequence);
|
||
n_handled++;
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (seq && emulates_pointer &&
|
||
!gtk_gesture_handles_sequence (gesture, seq))
|
||
seq = NULL;
|
||
|
||
if (group && !g_list_find (group, controller))
|
||
{
|
||
/* If a group is provided, ensure only gestures pertaining to the group
|
||
* get a "claimed" state, all other claiming gestures must deny the sequence.
|
||
*/
|
||
if (gesture_state == GTK_EVENT_SEQUENCE_CLAIMED &&
|
||
gtk_gesture_get_sequence_state (gesture, sequence) == GTK_EVENT_SEQUENCE_CLAIMED)
|
||
gesture_state = GTK_EVENT_SEQUENCE_DENIED;
|
||
else
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (!group &&
|
||
gtk_gesture_get_sequence_state (gesture, sequence) != GTK_EVENT_SEQUENCE_CLAIMED)
|
||
continue;
|
||
|
||
retval = gtk_gesture_set_sequence_state (gesture, seq, gesture_state);
|
||
|
||
if (retval || gesture == emitter)
|
||
{
|
||
sequence_handled |=
|
||
_gtk_gesture_handled_sequence_press (gesture, seq);
|
||
n_handled++;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* If the sequence goes denied, check whether this is a controller attached
|
||
* to the capture phase, that additionally handled the button/touch press (i.e.
|
||
* it was consumed), the corresponding press will be emulated for widgets
|
||
* beneath, so the widgets beneath get a coherent stream of events from now on.
|
||
*/
|
||
if (n_handled > 0 && sequence_handled &&
|
||
state == GTK_EVENT_SEQUENCE_DENIED &&
|
||
gtk_widget_needs_press_emulation (widget, sequence))
|
||
_gtk_widget_emulate_press (widget, mimic_event, target);
|
||
|
||
g_list_free (group);
|
||
|
||
return n_handled;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static gboolean
|
||
_gtk_widget_cancel_sequence (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
GdkEventSequence *sequence)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
gboolean emulates_pointer;
|
||
gboolean handled = FALSE;
|
||
GdkEventSequence *seq;
|
||
guint i;
|
||
|
||
if (!priv->controllers)
|
||
return FALSE;
|
||
|
||
emulates_pointer = _gtk_widget_get_emulating_sequence (widget, sequence, &seq);
|
||
|
||
for (i = 0; i < priv->controllers->len; i++)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkEventController *controller = g_ptr_array_index (priv->controllers, i);
|
||
GtkGesture *gesture;
|
||
|
||
seq = sequence;
|
||
|
||
if (!GTK_IS_GESTURE (controller))
|
||
continue;
|
||
|
||
gesture = GTK_GESTURE (controller);
|
||
|
||
if (seq && emulates_pointer &&
|
||
!gtk_gesture_handles_sequence (gesture, seq))
|
||
seq = NULL;
|
||
|
||
if (!gtk_gesture_handles_sequence (gesture, seq))
|
||
continue;
|
||
|
||
handled |= _gtk_gesture_cancel_sequence (gesture, seq);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
return handled;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
gtk_widget_init (GTypeInstance *instance, gpointer g_class)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (instance);
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
GType layout_manager_type;
|
||
GtkEventController *controller;
|
||
|
||
widget->priv = priv;
|
||
|
||
priv->visible = gtk_widget_class_get_visible_by_default (g_class);
|
||
priv->child_visible = TRUE;
|
||
priv->name = NULL;
|
||
priv->user_alpha = 255;
|
||
priv->parent = NULL;
|
||
priv->first_child = NULL;
|
||
priv->last_child = NULL;
|
||
priv->prev_sibling = NULL;
|
||
priv->next_sibling = NULL;
|
||
priv->baseline = -1;
|
||
priv->allocated_size_baseline = -1;
|
||
|
||
priv->sensitive = TRUE;
|
||
priv->alloc_needed = TRUE;
|
||
priv->alloc_needed_on_child = TRUE;
|
||
priv->draw_needed = TRUE;
|
||
priv->focus_on_click = TRUE;
|
||
#ifdef G_ENABLE_DEBUG
|
||
priv->highlight_resize = FALSE;
|
||
#endif
|
||
priv->can_focus = TRUE;
|
||
priv->focusable = FALSE;
|
||
priv->can_target = TRUE;
|
||
|
||
switch (_gtk_widget_get_direction (widget))
|
||
{
|
||
case GTK_TEXT_DIR_LTR:
|
||
priv->state_flags = GTK_STATE_FLAG_DIR_LTR;
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case GTK_TEXT_DIR_RTL:
|
||
priv->state_flags = GTK_STATE_FLAG_DIR_RTL;
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE:
|
||
default:
|
||
g_assert_not_reached ();
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* this will be set to TRUE if the widget gets a child or if the
|
||
* expand flag is set on the widget, but until one of those happen
|
||
* we know the expand is already properly FALSE.
|
||
*
|
||
* We really want to default FALSE here to avoid computing expand
|
||
* all over the place while initially building a widget tree.
|
||
*/
|
||
priv->need_compute_expand = FALSE;
|
||
|
||
priv->halign = GTK_ALIGN_FILL;
|
||
priv->valign = GTK_ALIGN_FILL;
|
||
|
||
priv->width_request = -1;
|
||
priv->height_request = -1;
|
||
|
||
_gtk_size_request_cache_init (&priv->requests);
|
||
|
||
priv->cssnode = gtk_css_widget_node_new (widget);
|
||
gtk_css_node_set_state (priv->cssnode, priv->state_flags);
|
||
gtk_css_node_set_visible (priv->cssnode, priv->visible);
|
||
/* need to set correct name here, and only class has the correct type here */
|
||
gtk_css_node_set_name (priv->cssnode, GTK_WIDGET_CLASS (g_class)->priv->css_name);
|
||
|
||
if (g_type_is_a (G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (g_class), GTK_TYPE_ROOT))
|
||
priv->root = (GtkRoot *) widget;
|
||
|
||
if (g_type_is_a (G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (g_class), GTK_TYPE_SHORTCUT_MANAGER))
|
||
gtk_shortcut_manager_create_controllers (widget);
|
||
|
||
layout_manager_type = gtk_widget_class_get_layout_manager_type (g_class);
|
||
if (layout_manager_type != G_TYPE_INVALID)
|
||
gtk_widget_set_layout_manager (widget, g_object_new (layout_manager_type, NULL));
|
||
|
||
if (g_list_model_get_n_items (G_LIST_MODEL (GTK_WIDGET_CLASS (g_class)->priv->shortcuts)) > 0)
|
||
{
|
||
controller = gtk_shortcut_controller_new_for_model (G_LIST_MODEL (GTK_WIDGET_CLASS (g_class)->priv->shortcuts));
|
||
gtk_event_controller_set_name (controller, "gtk-widget-class-shortcuts");
|
||
gtk_widget_add_controller (widget, controller);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_new:
|
||
* @type: type ID of the widget to create
|
||
* @first_property_name: name of first property to set
|
||
* @...: value of first property, followed by more properties,
|
||
* %NULL-terminated
|
||
*
|
||
* This is a convenience function for creating a widget and setting
|
||
* its properties in one go. For example you might write:
|
||
* `gtk_widget_new (GTK_TYPE_LABEL, "label", "Hello World", "xalign",
|
||
* 0.0, NULL)` to create a left-aligned label. Equivalent to
|
||
* g_object_new(), but returns a widget so you don’t have to
|
||
* cast the object yourself.
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns: a new #GtkWidget of type @widget_type
|
||
**/
|
||
GtkWidget*
|
||
gtk_widget_new (GType type,
|
||
const gchar *first_property_name,
|
||
...)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidget *widget;
|
||
va_list var_args;
|
||
|
||
g_return_val_if_fail (g_type_is_a (type, GTK_TYPE_WIDGET), NULL);
|
||
|
||
va_start (var_args, first_property_name);
|
||
widget = (GtkWidget *)g_object_new_valist (type, first_property_name, var_args);
|
||
va_end (var_args);
|
||
|
||
return widget;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
gtk_widget_root (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
g_assert (!priv->realized);
|
||
|
||
if (GTK_IS_ROOT (widget))
|
||
{
|
||
g_assert (priv->root == GTK_ROOT (widget));
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
g_assert (priv->root == NULL);
|
||
priv->root = priv->parent->priv->root;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (priv->context)
|
||
gtk_style_context_set_display (priv->context, gtk_root_get_display (priv->root));
|
||
|
||
if (priv->surface_transform_data)
|
||
add_parent_surface_transform_changed_listener (widget);
|
||
|
||
_gtk_widget_update_parent_muxer (widget);
|
||
|
||
if (priv->layout_manager)
|
||
gtk_layout_manager_set_root (priv->layout_manager, priv->root);
|
||
|
||
GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->root (widget);
|
||
|
||
if (!GTK_IS_ROOT (widget))
|
||
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_ROOT]);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
gtk_widget_unroot (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
GtkWidgetSurfaceTransformData *surface_transform_data;
|
||
|
||
g_assert (priv->root);
|
||
g_assert (!priv->realized);
|
||
|
||
surface_transform_data = priv->surface_transform_data;
|
||
if (surface_transform_data &&
|
||
surface_transform_data->tracked_parent)
|
||
remove_parent_surface_transform_changed_listener (widget);
|
||
|
||
_gtk_widget_update_parent_muxer (widget);
|
||
|
||
GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->unroot (widget);
|
||
|
||
if (priv->context)
|
||
gtk_style_context_set_display (priv->context, gdk_display_get_default ());
|
||
|
||
if (priv->layout_manager)
|
||
gtk_layout_manager_set_root (priv->layout_manager, NULL);
|
||
|
||
if (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_pango_context))
|
||
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_pango_context, NULL);
|
||
|
||
_gtk_tooltip_hide (widget);
|
||
|
||
if (!GTK_IS_ROOT (widget))
|
||
{
|
||
priv->root = NULL;
|
||
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_ROOT]);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_unparent:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is only for use in widget implementations.
|
||
* Should be called by parent widgets to dissociate @widget
|
||
* from the parent.
|
||
**/
|
||
void
|
||
gtk_widget_unparent (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
GtkWidget *old_parent;
|
||
GtkWidget *old_prev_sibling;
|
||
GtkRoot *root;
|
||
|
||
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
||
|
||
if (priv->parent == NULL)
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
/* keep this function in sync with gtk_menu_detach() */
|
||
|
||
gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
|
||
|
||
g_object_freeze_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
|
||
|
||
root = _gtk_widget_get_root (widget);
|
||
if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (root))
|
||
_gtk_window_unset_focus_and_default (GTK_WINDOW (root), widget);
|
||
|
||
if (gtk_widget_get_focus_child (priv->parent) == widget)
|
||
gtk_widget_set_focus_child (priv->parent, NULL);
|
||
|
||
if (_gtk_widget_get_mapped (priv->parent))
|
||
gtk_widget_queue_draw (priv->parent);
|
||
|
||
if (priv->visible && _gtk_widget_get_visible (priv->parent))
|
||
gtk_widget_queue_resize (priv->parent);
|
||
|
||
/* Reset the width and height here, to force reallocation if we
|
||
* get added back to a new parent.
|
||
*/
|
||
priv->width = 0;
|
||
priv->height = 0;
|
||
|
||
if (_gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
|
||
gtk_widget_unrealize (widget);
|
||
|
||
if (priv->root)
|
||
gtk_widget_unroot (widget);
|
||
|
||
root = NULL;
|
||
|
||
/* Removing a widget from a container restores the child visible
|
||
* flag to the default state, so it doesn't affect the child
|
||
* in the next parent.
|
||
*/
|
||
priv->child_visible = TRUE;
|
||
|
||
old_parent = priv->parent;
|
||
if (old_parent)
|
||
{
|
||
if (old_parent->priv->first_child == widget)
|
||
old_parent->priv->first_child = priv->next_sibling;
|
||
|
||
if (old_parent->priv->last_child == widget)
|
||
old_parent->priv->last_child = priv->prev_sibling;
|
||
|
||
if (priv->prev_sibling)
|
||
priv->prev_sibling->priv->next_sibling = priv->next_sibling;
|
||
if (priv->next_sibling)
|
||
priv->next_sibling->priv->prev_sibling = priv->prev_sibling;
|
||
}
|
||
old_prev_sibling = priv->prev_sibling;
|
||
priv->parent = NULL;
|
||
priv->prev_sibling = NULL;
|
||
priv->next_sibling = NULL;
|
||
|
||
/* parent may no longer expand if the removed
|
||
* child was expand=TRUE and could therefore
|
||
* be forcing it to.
|
||
*/
|
||
if (_gtk_widget_get_visible (widget) &&
|
||
(priv->need_compute_expand ||
|
||
priv->computed_hexpand ||
|
||
priv->computed_vexpand))
|
||
{
|
||
gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand (old_parent);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Unset BACKDROP since we are no longer inside a toplevel window */
|
||
gtk_widget_unset_state_flags (widget, GTK_STATE_FLAG_BACKDROP);
|
||
gtk_css_node_set_parent (priv->cssnode, NULL);
|
||
|
||
_gtk_widget_update_parent_muxer (widget);
|
||
|
||
if (old_parent->priv->children_observer)
|
||
gtk_list_list_model_item_removed (old_parent->priv->children_observer, old_prev_sibling);
|
||
|
||
if (old_parent->priv->layout_manager)
|
||
gtk_layout_manager_remove_layout_child (old_parent->priv->layout_manager, widget);
|
||
|
||
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_PARENT]);
|
||
g_object_thaw_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
|
||
|
||
gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
|
||
g_object_unref (widget);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
gtk_widget_update_paintables (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
GSList *l;
|
||
|
||
for (l = priv->paintables; l; l = l->next)
|
||
gtk_widget_paintable_update_image (l->data);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
gtk_widget_push_paintables (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
GSList *l;
|
||
|
||
for (l = priv->paintables; l; l = l->next)
|
||
gtk_widget_paintable_push_snapshot_count (l->data);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
gtk_widget_pop_paintables (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
GSList *l;
|
||
|
||
for (l = priv->paintables; l; l = l->next)
|
||
gtk_widget_paintable_pop_snapshot_count (l->data);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_show:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
*
|
||
* Flags a widget to be displayed. Any widget that isn’t shown will
|
||
* not appear on the screen.
|
||
*
|
||
* Remember that you have to show the containers containing a widget,
|
||
* in addition to the widget itself, before it will appear onscreen.
|
||
*
|
||
* When a toplevel container is shown, it is immediately realized and
|
||
* mapped; other shown widgets are realized and mapped when their
|
||
* toplevel container is realized and mapped.
|
||
**/
|
||
void
|
||
gtk_widget_show (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
||
|
||
if (!_gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidget *parent;
|
||
|
||
g_object_ref (widget);
|
||
gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
|
||
|
||
parent = _gtk_widget_get_parent (widget);
|
||
if (parent)
|
||
{
|
||
gtk_widget_queue_resize (parent);
|
||
|
||
/* see comment in set_parent() for why this should and can be
|
||
* conditional
|
||
*/
|
||
if (priv->need_compute_expand ||
|
||
priv->computed_hexpand ||
|
||
priv->computed_vexpand)
|
||
gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand (parent);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
gtk_css_node_set_visible (priv->cssnode, TRUE);
|
||
|
||
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[SHOW], 0);
|
||
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_VISIBLE]);
|
||
|
||
if (priv->accessible != NULL)
|
||
gtk_widget_accessible_notify_visible (GTK_WIDGET_ACCESSIBLE (priv->accessible));
|
||
|
||
gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
|
||
g_object_unref (widget);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
gtk_widget_real_show (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
g_return_if_fail (!_gtk_widget_get_visible (widget));
|
||
|
||
priv->visible = TRUE;
|
||
|
||
if (priv->parent &&
|
||
_gtk_widget_get_mapped (priv->parent) &&
|
||
_gtk_widget_get_child_visible (widget) &&
|
||
!_gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
|
||
gtk_widget_map (widget);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_hide:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
*
|
||
* Reverses the effects of gtk_widget_show(), causing the widget to be
|
||
* hidden (invisible to the user).
|
||
**/
|
||
void
|
||
gtk_widget_hide (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
||
|
||
if (_gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidget *parent;
|
||
GtkRoot *root;
|
||
|
||
g_object_ref (widget);
|
||
gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
|
||
|
||
root = _gtk_widget_get_root (widget);
|
||
if (GTK_WIDGET (root) != widget && GTK_IS_WINDOW (root))
|
||
_gtk_window_unset_focus_and_default (GTK_WINDOW (root), widget);
|
||
|
||
/* a parent may now be expand=FALSE since we're hidden. */
|
||
if (priv->need_compute_expand ||
|
||
priv->computed_hexpand ||
|
||
priv->computed_vexpand)
|
||
{
|
||
gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand (widget);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
gtk_css_node_set_visible (priv->cssnode, FALSE);
|
||
|
||
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[HIDE], 0);
|
||
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_VISIBLE]);
|
||
|
||
if (priv->accessible != NULL)
|
||
gtk_widget_accessible_notify_visible (GTK_WIDGET_ACCESSIBLE (priv->accessible));
|
||
|
||
parent = gtk_widget_get_parent (widget);
|
||
if (parent)
|
||
gtk_widget_queue_resize (parent);
|
||
|
||
gtk_widget_queue_allocate (widget);
|
||
|
||
gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
|
||
g_object_unref (widget);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
gtk_widget_real_hide (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
g_return_if_fail (_gtk_widget_get_visible (widget));
|
||
|
||
priv->visible = FALSE;
|
||
|
||
if (_gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
|
||
gtk_widget_unmap (widget);
|
||
|
||
g_clear_pointer (&priv->allocated_transform, gsk_transform_unref);
|
||
priv->allocated_width = 0;
|
||
priv->allocated_height = 0;
|
||
priv->allocated_size_baseline = 0;
|
||
g_clear_pointer (&priv->transform, gsk_transform_unref);
|
||
priv->width = 0;
|
||
priv->height = 0;
|
||
gtk_widget_update_paintables (widget);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
update_cursor_on_state_change (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkRoot *root;
|
||
|
||
root = _gtk_widget_get_root (widget);
|
||
if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (root))
|
||
gtk_window_update_pointer_focus_on_state_change (GTK_WINDOW (root), widget);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_map:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is only for use in widget implementations. Causes
|
||
* a widget to be mapped if it isn’t already.
|
||
**/
|
||
void
|
||
gtk_widget_map (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
||
g_return_if_fail (_gtk_widget_get_visible (widget));
|
||
g_return_if_fail (_gtk_widget_get_child_visible (widget));
|
||
|
||
if (!_gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
|
||
|
||
if (!_gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
|
||
gtk_widget_realize (widget);
|
||
|
||
if (priv->accessible != NULL)
|
||
gtk_widget_accessible_notify_showing (GTK_WIDGET_ACCESSIBLE (priv->accessible));
|
||
|
||
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[MAP], 0);
|
||
|
||
update_cursor_on_state_change (widget);
|
||
|
||
gtk_widget_queue_draw (widget);
|
||
|
||
gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_unmap:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is only for use in widget implementations. Causes
|
||
* a widget to be unmapped if it’s currently mapped.
|
||
**/
|
||
void
|
||
gtk_widget_unmap (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
||
|
||
if (_gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
g_object_ref (widget);
|
||
gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
|
||
|
||
gtk_widget_queue_draw (widget);
|
||
_gtk_tooltip_hide (widget);
|
||
|
||
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[UNMAP], 0);
|
||
|
||
if (priv->accessible != NULL)
|
||
gtk_widget_accessible_notify_showing (GTK_WIDGET_ACCESSIBLE (priv->accessible));
|
||
|
||
update_cursor_on_state_change (widget);
|
||
|
||
gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
|
||
g_object_unref (widget);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
typedef struct _GtkTickCallbackInfo GtkTickCallbackInfo;
|
||
|
||
struct _GtkTickCallbackInfo
|
||
{
|
||
guint refcount;
|
||
|
||
guint id;
|
||
GtkTickCallback callback;
|
||
gpointer user_data;
|
||
GDestroyNotify notify;
|
||
|
||
guint destroyed : 1;
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
ref_tick_callback_info (GtkTickCallbackInfo *info)
|
||
{
|
||
info->refcount++;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
unref_tick_callback_info (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
GtkTickCallbackInfo *info,
|
||
GList *link)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
info->refcount--;
|
||
if (info->refcount == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
priv->tick_callbacks = g_list_delete_link (priv->tick_callbacks, link);
|
||
if (info->notify)
|
||
info->notify (info->user_data);
|
||
g_slice_free (GtkTickCallbackInfo, info);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (priv->tick_callbacks == NULL && priv->clock_tick_id)
|
||
{
|
||
GdkFrameClock *frame_clock = gtk_widget_get_frame_clock (widget);
|
||
g_signal_handler_disconnect (frame_clock, priv->clock_tick_id);
|
||
priv->clock_tick_id = 0;
|
||
gdk_frame_clock_end_updating (frame_clock);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
destroy_tick_callback_info (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
GtkTickCallbackInfo *info,
|
||
GList *link)
|
||
{
|
||
if (!info->destroyed)
|
||
{
|
||
info->destroyed = TRUE;
|
||
unref_tick_callback_info (widget, info, link);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
destroy_tick_callbacks (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
GList *l;
|
||
|
||
for (l = priv->tick_callbacks; l;)
|
||
{
|
||
GList *next = l->next;
|
||
destroy_tick_callback_info (widget, l->data, l);
|
||
l = next;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
gtk_widget_on_frame_clock_update (GdkFrameClock *frame_clock,
|
||
GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
GList *l;
|
||
|
||
g_object_ref (widget);
|
||
|
||
for (l = priv->tick_callbacks; l;)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkTickCallbackInfo *info = l->data;
|
||
GList *next;
|
||
|
||
ref_tick_callback_info (info);
|
||
if (!info->destroyed)
|
||
{
|
||
if (info->callback (widget,
|
||
frame_clock,
|
||
info->user_data) == G_SOURCE_REMOVE)
|
||
{
|
||
destroy_tick_callback_info (widget, info, l);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
next = l->next;
|
||
unref_tick_callback_info (widget, info, l);
|
||
l = next;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
g_object_unref (widget);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static guint tick_callback_id;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_add_tick_callback:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
* @callback: function to call for updating animations
|
||
* @user_data: (closure): data to pass to @callback
|
||
* @notify: function to call to free @user_data when the callback is removed.
|
||
*
|
||
* Queues an animation frame update and adds a callback to be called
|
||
* before each frame. Until the tick callback is removed, it will be
|
||
* called frequently (usually at the frame rate of the output device
|
||
* or as quickly as the application can be repainted, whichever is
|
||
* slower). For this reason, is most suitable for handling graphics
|
||
* that change every frame or every few frames. The tick callback does
|
||
* not automatically imply a relayout or repaint. If you want a
|
||
* repaint or relayout, and aren’t changing widget properties that
|
||
* would trigger that (for example, changing the text of a #GtkLabel),
|
||
* then you will have to call gtk_widget_queue_resize() or
|
||
* gtk_widget_queue_draw() yourself.
|
||
*
|
||
* gdk_frame_clock_get_frame_time() should generally be used for timing
|
||
* continuous animations and
|
||
* gdk_frame_timings_get_predicted_presentation_time() if you are
|
||
* trying to display isolated frames at particular times.
|
||
*
|
||
* This is a more convenient alternative to connecting directly to the
|
||
* #GdkFrameClock::update signal of #GdkFrameClock, since you don't
|
||
* have to worry about when a #GdkFrameClock is assigned to a widget.
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns: an id for the connection of this callback. Remove the callback
|
||
* by passing the id returned from this function to
|
||
* gtk_widget_remove_tick_callback()
|
||
*/
|
||
guint
|
||
gtk_widget_add_tick_callback (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
GtkTickCallback callback,
|
||
gpointer user_data,
|
||
GDestroyNotify notify)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
GtkTickCallbackInfo *info;
|
||
GdkFrameClock *frame_clock;
|
||
|
||
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
|
||
|
||
if (priv->realized && !priv->clock_tick_id)
|
||
{
|
||
frame_clock = gtk_widget_get_frame_clock (widget);
|
||
|
||
if (frame_clock)
|
||
{
|
||
priv->clock_tick_id = g_signal_connect (frame_clock, "update",
|
||
G_CALLBACK (gtk_widget_on_frame_clock_update),
|
||
widget);
|
||
gdk_frame_clock_begin_updating (frame_clock);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
info = g_slice_new0 (GtkTickCallbackInfo);
|
||
|
||
info->refcount = 1;
|
||
info->id = ++tick_callback_id;
|
||
info->callback = callback;
|
||
info->user_data = user_data;
|
||
info->notify = notify;
|
||
|
||
priv->tick_callbacks = g_list_prepend (priv->tick_callbacks,
|
||
info);
|
||
|
||
return info->id;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_remove_tick_callback:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
* @id: an id returned by gtk_widget_add_tick_callback()
|
||
*
|
||
* Removes a tick callback previously registered with
|
||
* gtk_widget_add_tick_callback().
|
||
*/
|
||
void
|
||
gtk_widget_remove_tick_callback (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
guint id)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
GList *l;
|
||
|
||
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
||
|
||
for (l = priv->tick_callbacks; l; l = l->next)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkTickCallbackInfo *info = l->data;
|
||
if (info->id == id)
|
||
{
|
||
destroy_tick_callback_info (widget, info, l);
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
gboolean
|
||
gtk_widget_has_tick_callback (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
return priv->tick_callbacks != NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
typedef struct _GtkSurfaceTransformChangedCallbackInfo GtkSurfaceTransformChangedCallbackInfo;
|
||
|
||
struct _GtkSurfaceTransformChangedCallbackInfo
|
||
{
|
||
guint id;
|
||
GtkSurfaceTransformChangedCallback callback;
|
||
gpointer user_data;
|
||
GDestroyNotify notify;
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
surface_transform_changed_callback_info_destroy (GtkSurfaceTransformChangedCallbackInfo *info)
|
||
{
|
||
if (info->notify)
|
||
info->notify (info->user_data);
|
||
|
||
g_slice_free (GtkSurfaceTransformChangedCallbackInfo, info);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
notify_surface_transform_changed (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
GtkWidgetSurfaceTransformData *surface_transform_data =
|
||
priv->surface_transform_data;
|
||
graphene_matrix_t *surface_transform;
|
||
GList *l;
|
||
|
||
if (surface_transform_data->cached_surface_transform_valid)
|
||
surface_transform = &surface_transform_data->cached_surface_transform;
|
||
else
|
||
surface_transform = NULL;
|
||
|
||
for (l = surface_transform_data->callbacks; l;)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkSurfaceTransformChangedCallbackInfo *info = l->data;
|
||
GList *l_next = l->next;
|
||
|
||
if (info->callback (widget,
|
||
surface_transform,
|
||
info->user_data) == G_SOURCE_REMOVE)
|
||
{
|
||
surface_transform_data->callbacks =
|
||
g_list_delete_link (surface_transform_data->callbacks, l);
|
||
surface_transform_changed_callback_info_destroy (info);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
l = l_next;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
destroy_surface_transform_data (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
GtkWidgetSurfaceTransformData *surface_transform_data;
|
||
|
||
surface_transform_data = priv->surface_transform_data;
|
||
if (!surface_transform_data)
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
g_list_free_full (surface_transform_data->callbacks,
|
||
(GDestroyNotify) surface_transform_changed_callback_info_destroy);
|
||
g_slice_free (GtkWidgetSurfaceTransformData, surface_transform_data);
|
||
priv->surface_transform_data = NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
sync_widget_surface_transform (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
GtkWidgetSurfaceTransformData *surface_transform_data =
|
||
priv->surface_transform_data;
|
||
gboolean was_valid;
|
||
graphene_matrix_t prev_transform;
|
||
|
||
was_valid = surface_transform_data->cached_surface_transform_valid;
|
||
prev_transform = surface_transform_data->cached_surface_transform;
|
||
|
||
if (GTK_IS_NATIVE (widget))
|
||
{
|
||
gsk_transform_to_matrix (priv->transform,
|
||
&surface_transform_data->cached_surface_transform);
|
||
surface_transform_data->cached_surface_transform_valid = TRUE;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (!priv->root)
|
||
{
|
||
surface_transform_data->cached_surface_transform_valid = FALSE;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidget *native = GTK_WIDGET (gtk_widget_get_native (widget));
|
||
|
||
if (gtk_widget_compute_transform (widget, native,
|
||
&surface_transform_data->cached_surface_transform))
|
||
{
|
||
surface_transform_data->cached_surface_transform_valid = TRUE;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
g_warning ("Could not compute surface transform");
|
||
surface_transform_data->cached_surface_transform_valid = FALSE;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (was_valid != surface_transform_data->cached_surface_transform_valid ||
|
||
(was_valid && surface_transform_data->cached_surface_transform_valid &&
|
||
!graphene_matrix_equal (&surface_transform_data->cached_surface_transform,
|
||
&prev_transform)))
|
||
notify_surface_transform_changed (widget);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static guint surface_transform_changed_callback_id;
|
||
|
||
static gboolean
|
||
parent_surface_transform_changed_cb (GtkWidget *parent,
|
||
const graphene_matrix_t *transform,
|
||
gpointer user_data)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (user_data);
|
||
|
||
sync_widget_surface_transform (widget);
|
||
|
||
return G_SOURCE_CONTINUE;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
remove_parent_surface_transform_changed_listener (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
GtkWidgetSurfaceTransformData *surface_transform_data =
|
||
priv->surface_transform_data;
|
||
|
||
g_assert (surface_transform_data->tracked_parent);
|
||
|
||
gtk_widget_remove_surface_transform_changed_callback (
|
||
surface_transform_data->tracked_parent,
|
||
surface_transform_data->parent_surface_transform_changed_id);
|
||
surface_transform_data->parent_surface_transform_changed_id = 0;
|
||
g_clear_object (&surface_transform_data->tracked_parent);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
add_parent_surface_transform_changed_listener (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
GtkWidgetSurfaceTransformData *surface_transform_data =
|
||
priv->surface_transform_data;
|
||
GtkWidget *parent;
|
||
|
||
|
||
g_assert (!surface_transform_data->tracked_parent);
|
||
|
||
parent = priv->parent;
|
||
surface_transform_data->parent_surface_transform_changed_id =
|
||
gtk_widget_add_surface_transform_changed_callback (
|
||
parent,
|
||
parent_surface_transform_changed_cb,
|
||
widget,
|
||
NULL);
|
||
surface_transform_data->tracked_parent = g_object_ref (parent);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static GtkWidgetSurfaceTransformData *
|
||
ensure_surface_transform_data (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
if (!priv->surface_transform_data)
|
||
priv->surface_transform_data = g_slice_new0 (GtkWidgetSurfaceTransformData);
|
||
|
||
return priv->surface_transform_data;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_add_surface_transform_changed_callback:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
* @callback: a function to call when the surface transform changes
|
||
* @user_data: (closure): data to pass to @callback
|
||
* @notify: function to call to free @user_data when the callback is removed
|
||
*
|
||
* Invokes the callback whenever the surface relative transform of the widget
|
||
* changes.
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns: an id for the connection of this callback. Remove the callback by
|
||
* passing the id returned from this funcction to
|
||
* gtk_widget_remove_surface_transform_changed_callback()
|
||
*/
|
||
guint
|
||
gtk_widget_add_surface_transform_changed_callback (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
GtkSurfaceTransformChangedCallback callback,
|
||
gpointer user_data,
|
||
GDestroyNotify notify)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
|
||
GtkWidgetSurfaceTransformData *surface_transform_data;
|
||
GtkSurfaceTransformChangedCallbackInfo *info;
|
||
|
||
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
|
||
g_return_val_if_fail (callback, 0);
|
||
|
||
priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
surface_transform_data = ensure_surface_transform_data (widget);
|
||
|
||
if (priv->parent &&
|
||
!surface_transform_data->parent_surface_transform_changed_id)
|
||
add_parent_surface_transform_changed_listener (widget);
|
||
|
||
if (!surface_transform_data->callbacks)
|
||
sync_widget_surface_transform (widget);
|
||
|
||
info = g_slice_new0 (GtkSurfaceTransformChangedCallbackInfo);
|
||
|
||
info->id = ++surface_transform_changed_callback_id;
|
||
info->callback = callback;
|
||
info->user_data = user_data;
|
||
info->notify = notify;
|
||
|
||
surface_transform_data->callbacks =
|
||
g_list_prepend (surface_transform_data->callbacks, info);
|
||
|
||
return info->id;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_remove_surface_transform_changed_callback:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
* @id: an id returned by gtk_widget_add_surface_transform_changed_callback()
|
||
*
|
||
* Removes a surface transform changed callback previously registered with
|
||
* gtk_widget_add_surface_transform_changed_callback().
|
||
*/
|
||
void
|
||
gtk_widget_remove_surface_transform_changed_callback (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
guint id)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
|
||
GtkWidgetSurfaceTransformData *surface_transform_data;
|
||
GList *l;
|
||
|
||
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
||
g_return_if_fail (id);
|
||
|
||
priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
surface_transform_data = priv->surface_transform_data;
|
||
|
||
g_return_if_fail (surface_transform_data);
|
||
|
||
for (l = surface_transform_data->callbacks; l; l = l->next)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkSurfaceTransformChangedCallbackInfo *info = l->data;
|
||
|
||
if (info->id == id)
|
||
{
|
||
surface_transform_data->callbacks =
|
||
g_list_delete_link (surface_transform_data->callbacks, l);
|
||
|
||
surface_transform_changed_callback_info_destroy (info);
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (!surface_transform_data->callbacks)
|
||
{
|
||
if (surface_transform_data->tracked_parent)
|
||
remove_parent_surface_transform_changed_listener (widget);
|
||
g_slice_free (GtkWidgetSurfaceTransformData, surface_transform_data);
|
||
priv->surface_transform_data = NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static GdkSurface *
|
||
gtk_widget_get_surface (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkNative *native = gtk_widget_get_native (widget);
|
||
|
||
if (native)
|
||
return gtk_native_get_surface (native);
|
||
|
||
return NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_realize:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
*
|
||
* Creates the GDK (windowing system) resources associated with a
|
||
* widget. Normally realization happens implicitly; if you show
|
||
* a widget and all its parent containers, then the widget will be
|
||
* realized and mapped automatically.
|
||
*
|
||
* Realizing a widget requires all
|
||
* the widget’s parent widgets to be realized; calling
|
||
* gtk_widget_realize() realizes the widget’s parents in addition to
|
||
* @widget itself. If a widget is not yet inside a toplevel window
|
||
* when you realize it, bad things will happen.
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is primarily used in widget implementations, and
|
||
* isn’t very useful otherwise. Many times when you think you might
|
||
* need it, a better approach is to connect to a signal that will be
|
||
* called after the widget is realized automatically, such as
|
||
* #GtkWidget::realize.
|
||
**/
|
||
void
|
||
gtk_widget_realize (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
||
|
||
if (priv->realized)
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget) && _gtk_widget_get_has_surface (widget))
|
||
g_message ("gtk_widget_realize(%s)", G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget));
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (priv->parent == NULL && !GTK_IS_ROOT (widget))
|
||
g_warning ("Calling gtk_widget_realize() on a widget that isn't "
|
||
"inside a toplevel window is not going to work very well. "
|
||
"Widgets must be inside a toplevel container before realizing them.");
|
||
|
||
if (priv->parent && !_gtk_widget_get_realized (priv->parent))
|
||
gtk_widget_realize (priv->parent);
|
||
|
||
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[REALIZE], 0);
|
||
|
||
if (priv->multidevice)
|
||
{
|
||
GdkSurface *surface = gtk_widget_get_surface (widget);
|
||
|
||
gdk_surface_set_support_multidevice (surface, TRUE);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (priv->context)
|
||
gtk_style_context_set_scale (priv->context, gtk_widget_get_scale_factor (widget));
|
||
else
|
||
gtk_widget_get_style_context (widget);
|
||
|
||
gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_unrealize:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is only useful in widget implementations.
|
||
* Causes a widget to be unrealized (frees all GDK resources
|
||
* associated with the widget).
|
||
**/
|
||
void
|
||
gtk_widget_unrealize (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
||
|
||
g_object_ref (widget);
|
||
gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
|
||
|
||
if (_gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
|
||
{
|
||
if (priv->mapped)
|
||
gtk_widget_unmap (widget);
|
||
|
||
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[UNREALIZE], 0);
|
||
g_assert (!priv->mapped);
|
||
g_assert (!priv->realized);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
|
||
g_object_unref (widget);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
gtk_widget_get_surface_allocation (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
GtkAllocation *allocation)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidget *parent;
|
||
graphene_rect_t bounds;
|
||
double nx, ny;
|
||
|
||
/* Don't consider the parent == widget case here. */
|
||
parent = _gtk_widget_get_parent (widget);
|
||
while (parent && !GTK_IS_NATIVE (parent))
|
||
parent = _gtk_widget_get_parent (parent);
|
||
|
||
g_assert (GTK_IS_WINDOW (parent) || GTK_IS_POPOVER (parent));
|
||
gtk_native_get_surface_transform (GTK_NATIVE (parent), &nx, &ny);
|
||
|
||
if (gtk_widget_compute_bounds (widget, parent, &bounds))
|
||
{
|
||
*allocation = (GtkAllocation){
|
||
floorf (bounds.origin.x) + nx,
|
||
floorf (bounds.origin.y) + ny,
|
||
ceilf (bounds.size.width),
|
||
ceilf (bounds.size.height)
|
||
};
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
*allocation = (GtkAllocation) { 0, 0, 0, 0 };
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_queue_draw:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
*
|
||
* Schedules this widget to be redrawn in paint phase of the
|
||
* current or the next frame. This means @widget's GtkWidgetClass.snapshot()
|
||
* implementation will be called.
|
||
**/
|
||
void
|
||
gtk_widget_queue_draw (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
||
|
||
/* Just return if the widget isn't mapped */
|
||
if (!_gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
for (; widget; widget = _gtk_widget_get_parent (widget))
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
if (priv->draw_needed)
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
priv->draw_needed = TRUE;
|
||
g_clear_pointer (&priv->render_node, gsk_render_node_unref);
|
||
if (GTK_IS_NATIVE (widget) && _gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
|
||
gdk_surface_queue_expose (gtk_native_get_surface (GTK_NATIVE (widget)));
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
gtk_widget_set_alloc_needed (GtkWidget *widget);
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_queue_allocate:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is only for use in widget implementations.
|
||
*
|
||
* Flags the widget for a rerun of the GtkWidgetClass::size_allocate
|
||
* function. Use this function instead of gtk_widget_queue_resize()
|
||
* when the @widget's size request didn't change but it wants to
|
||
* reposition its contents.
|
||
*
|
||
* An example user of this function is gtk_widget_set_halign().
|
||
*/
|
||
void
|
||
gtk_widget_queue_allocate (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
||
|
||
if (_gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
|
||
gtk_widget_queue_draw (widget);
|
||
|
||
gtk_widget_set_alloc_needed (widget);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static inline gboolean
|
||
gtk_widget_get_resize_needed (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
return priv->resize_needed;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* gtk_widget_queue_resize_internal:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
*
|
||
* Queue a resize on a widget, and on all other widgets grouped with this widget.
|
||
*/
|
||
static void
|
||
gtk_widget_queue_resize_internal (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
GSList *groups, *l, *widgets;
|
||
|
||
if (gtk_widget_get_resize_needed (widget))
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
priv->resize_needed = TRUE;
|
||
gtk_widget_set_alloc_needed (widget);
|
||
|
||
if (priv->resize_func)
|
||
priv->resize_func (widget);
|
||
|
||
groups = _gtk_widget_get_sizegroups (widget);
|
||
|
||
for (l = groups; l; l = l->next)
|
||
{
|
||
for (widgets = gtk_size_group_get_widgets (l->data); widgets; widgets = widgets->next)
|
||
{
|
||
gtk_widget_queue_resize_internal (widgets->data);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (_gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidget *parent = _gtk_widget_get_parent (widget);
|
||
if (parent)
|
||
{
|
||
if (GTK_IS_NATIVE (widget))
|
||
gtk_widget_queue_allocate (parent);
|
||
else
|
||
gtk_widget_queue_resize_internal (parent);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_queue_resize:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is only for use in widget implementations.
|
||
* Flags a widget to have its size renegotiated; should
|
||
* be called when a widget for some reason has a new size request.
|
||
* For example, when you change the text in a #GtkLabel, #GtkLabel
|
||
* queues a resize to ensure there’s enough space for the new text.
|
||
*
|
||
* Note that you cannot call gtk_widget_queue_resize() on a widget
|
||
* from inside its implementation of the GtkWidgetClass::size_allocate
|
||
* virtual method. Calls to gtk_widget_queue_resize() from inside
|
||
* GtkWidgetClass::size_allocate will be silently ignored.
|
||
**/
|
||
void
|
||
gtk_widget_queue_resize (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
||
|
||
if (_gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
|
||
gtk_widget_queue_draw (widget);
|
||
|
||
gtk_widget_queue_resize_internal (widget);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_get_frame_clock:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
*
|
||
* Obtains the frame clock for a widget. The frame clock is a global
|
||
* “ticker” that can be used to drive animations and repaints. The
|
||
* most common reason to get the frame clock is to call
|
||
* gdk_frame_clock_get_frame_time(), in order to get a time to use for
|
||
* animating. For example you might record the start of the animation
|
||
* with an initial value from gdk_frame_clock_get_frame_time(), and
|
||
* then update the animation by calling
|
||
* gdk_frame_clock_get_frame_time() again during each repaint.
|
||
*
|
||
* gdk_frame_clock_request_phase() will result in a new frame on the
|
||
* clock, but won’t necessarily repaint any widgets. To repaint a
|
||
* widget, you have to use gtk_widget_queue_draw() which invalidates
|
||
* the widget (thus scheduling it to receive a draw on the next
|
||
* frame). gtk_widget_queue_draw() will also end up requesting a frame
|
||
* on the appropriate frame clock.
|
||
*
|
||
* A widget’s frame clock will not change while the widget is
|
||
* mapped. Reparenting a widget (which implies a temporary unmap) can
|
||
* change the widget’s frame clock.
|
||
*
|
||
* Unrealized widgets do not have a frame clock.
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): a #GdkFrameClock,
|
||
* or %NULL if widget is unrealized
|
||
*/
|
||
GdkFrameClock*
|
||
gtk_widget_get_frame_clock (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
|
||
|
||
if (priv->realized)
|
||
{
|
||
GdkSurface *surface = gtk_widget_get_surface (widget);
|
||
|
||
return gdk_surface_get_frame_clock (surface);
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
return NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static gint
|
||
get_number (GtkCssValue *value)
|
||
{
|
||
double d = _gtk_css_number_value_get (value, 100);
|
||
|
||
if (d < 1)
|
||
return ceil (d);
|
||
else
|
||
return floor (d);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
get_box_margin (GtkCssStyle *style,
|
||
GtkBorder *margin)
|
||
{
|
||
margin->top = get_number (style->size->margin_top);
|
||
margin->left = get_number (style->size->margin_left);
|
||
margin->bottom = get_number (style->size->margin_bottom);
|
||
margin->right = get_number (style->size->margin_right);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
get_box_border (GtkCssStyle *style,
|
||
GtkBorder *border)
|
||
{
|
||
border->top = get_number (style->border->border_top_width);
|
||
border->left = get_number (style->border->border_left_width);
|
||
border->bottom = get_number (style->border->border_bottom_width);
|
||
border->right = get_number (style->border->border_right_width);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
get_box_padding (GtkCssStyle *style,
|
||
GtkBorder *border)
|
||
{
|
||
border->top = get_number (style->size->padding_top);
|
||
border->left = get_number (style->size->padding_left);
|
||
border->bottom = get_number (style->size->padding_bottom);
|
||
border->right = get_number (style->size->padding_right);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_size_allocate:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
* @allocation: position and size to be allocated to @widget
|
||
* @baseline: The baseline of the child, or -1
|
||
*
|
||
* This is a simple form of gtk_widget_allocate() that takes the new position
|
||
* of @widget as part of @allocation.
|
||
*/
|
||
void
|
||
gtk_widget_size_allocate (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
const GtkAllocation *allocation,
|
||
int baseline)
|
||
{
|
||
GskTransform *transform;
|
||
|
||
if (allocation->x || allocation->y)
|
||
transform = gsk_transform_translate (NULL, &GRAPHENE_POINT_INIT (allocation->x, allocation->y));
|
||
else
|
||
transform = NULL;
|
||
|
||
gtk_widget_allocate (widget,
|
||
allocation->width,
|
||
allocation->height,
|
||
baseline,
|
||
transform);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* translate initial/final into start/end */
|
||
static GtkAlign
|
||
effective_align (GtkAlign align,
|
||
GtkTextDirection direction)
|
||
{
|
||
switch (align)
|
||
{
|
||
case GTK_ALIGN_START:
|
||
return direction == GTK_TEXT_DIR_RTL ? GTK_ALIGN_END : GTK_ALIGN_START;
|
||
case GTK_ALIGN_END:
|
||
return direction == GTK_TEXT_DIR_RTL ? GTK_ALIGN_START : GTK_ALIGN_END;
|
||
case GTK_ALIGN_FILL:
|
||
case GTK_ALIGN_CENTER:
|
||
case GTK_ALIGN_BASELINE:
|
||
default:
|
||
return align;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
adjust_for_align (GtkAlign align,
|
||
gint natural_size,
|
||
gint *allocated_pos,
|
||
gint *allocated_size)
|
||
{
|
||
switch (align)
|
||
{
|
||
case GTK_ALIGN_BASELINE:
|
||
case GTK_ALIGN_FILL:
|
||
default:
|
||
/* change nothing */
|
||
break;
|
||
case GTK_ALIGN_START:
|
||
/* keep *allocated_pos where it is */
|
||
*allocated_size = MIN (*allocated_size, natural_size);
|
||
break;
|
||
case GTK_ALIGN_END:
|
||
if (*allocated_size > natural_size)
|
||
{
|
||
*allocated_pos += (*allocated_size - natural_size);
|
||
*allocated_size = natural_size;
|
||
}
|
||
break;
|
||
case GTK_ALIGN_CENTER:
|
||
if (*allocated_size > natural_size)
|
||
{
|
||
*allocated_pos += (*allocated_size - natural_size) / 2;
|
||
*allocated_size = MIN (*allocated_size, natural_size);
|
||
}
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static inline void
|
||
gtk_widget_adjust_size_allocation (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
GtkAllocation *allocation)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
gint natural_width, natural_height;
|
||
gint min_width, min_height;
|
||
|
||
if (priv->halign == GTK_ALIGN_FILL && priv->valign == GTK_ALIGN_FILL)
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
if (gtk_widget_get_request_mode (widget) == GTK_SIZE_REQUEST_HEIGHT_FOR_WIDTH)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Go ahead and request the height for allocated width, note that the internals
|
||
* of get_height_for_width will internally limit the for_size to natural size
|
||
* when aligning implicitly.
|
||
*/
|
||
gtk_widget_measure (widget, GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL, -1,
|
||
&min_width, &natural_width, NULL, NULL);
|
||
gtk_widget_measure (widget, GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL,
|
||
allocation->width + priv->margin.left + priv->margin.right,
|
||
&min_height, &natural_height, NULL, NULL);
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
/* Go ahead and request the width for allocated height, note that the internals
|
||
* of get_width_for_height will internally limit the for_size to natural size
|
||
* when aligning implicitly.
|
||
*/
|
||
gtk_widget_measure (widget, GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL, -1,
|
||
&min_height, &natural_height, NULL, NULL);
|
||
gtk_widget_measure (widget, GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL,
|
||
allocation->height + priv->margin.top + priv->margin.bottom,
|
||
&min_width, &natural_width, NULL, NULL);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
#ifdef G_ENABLE_CONSISTENCY_CHECKS
|
||
if ((min_width > allocation->width + priv->margin.left + priv->margin.right ||
|
||
min_height > allocation->height + priv->margin.top + priv->margin.bottom) &&
|
||
!GTK_IS_SCROLLABLE (widget))
|
||
g_warning ("gtk_widget_size_allocate(): attempt to underallocate %s%s %s %p. "
|
||
"Allocation is %dx%d, but minimum required size is %dx%d.",
|
||
priv->parent ? G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (priv->parent) : "", priv->parent ? "'s child" : "toplevel",
|
||
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget,
|
||
allocation->width, allocation->height,
|
||
min_width, min_height);
|
||
#endif
|
||
/* Now that we have the right natural height and width, go ahead and remove any margins from the
|
||
* allocated sizes and possibly limit them to the natural sizes */
|
||
adjust_for_align (effective_align (priv->halign, _gtk_widget_get_direction (widget)),
|
||
natural_width - priv->margin.left - priv->margin.right,
|
||
&allocation->x,
|
||
&allocation->width);
|
||
adjust_for_align (priv->valign,
|
||
natural_height - priv->margin.top - priv->margin.bottom,
|
||
&allocation->y,
|
||
&allocation->height);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_allocate:
|
||
* @widget: A #GtkWidget
|
||
* @width: New width of @widget
|
||
* @height: New height of @widget
|
||
* @baseline: New baseline of @widget, or -1
|
||
* @transform: (transfer full) (allow-none): Transformation to be applied to @widget
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is only used by #GtkWidget subclasses, to assign a size,
|
||
* position and (optionally) baseline to their child widgets.
|
||
*
|
||
* In this function, the allocation and baseline may be adjusted. The given
|
||
* allocation will be forced to be bigger than the widget's minimum size,
|
||
* as well as at least 0×0 in size.
|
||
*
|
||
* For a version that does not take a transform, see gtk_widget_size_allocate()
|
||
*/
|
||
void
|
||
gtk_widget_allocate (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
int width,
|
||
int height,
|
||
int baseline,
|
||
GskTransform *transform)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
GdkRectangle adjusted;
|
||
gboolean alloc_needed;
|
||
gboolean size_changed;
|
||
gboolean baseline_changed;
|
||
gboolean transform_changed;
|
||
GtkCssStyle *style;
|
||
GtkBorder margin, border, padding;
|
||
GskTransform *css_transform;
|
||
|
||
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
||
g_return_if_fail (baseline >= -1);
|
||
|
||
gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
|
||
|
||
if (!priv->visible && !GTK_IS_ROOT (widget))
|
||
{
|
||
gsk_transform_unref (transform);
|
||
goto out;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
#ifdef G_ENABLE_DEBUG
|
||
if (GTK_DISPLAY_DEBUG_CHECK (_gtk_widget_get_display (widget), RESIZE))
|
||
{
|
||
priv->highlight_resize = TRUE;
|
||
gtk_widget_queue_draw (widget);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (gtk_widget_get_resize_needed (widget))
|
||
{
|
||
g_warning ("Allocating size to %s %p without calling gtk_widget_measure(). "
|
||
"How does the code know the size to allocate?",
|
||
gtk_widget_get_name (widget), widget);
|
||
}
|
||
#endif /* G_ENABLE_DEBUG */
|
||
|
||
alloc_needed = priv->alloc_needed;
|
||
/* Preserve request/allocate ordering */
|
||
priv->alloc_needed = FALSE;
|
||
|
||
baseline_changed = priv->allocated_size_baseline != baseline;
|
||
transform_changed = !gsk_transform_equal (priv->allocated_transform, transform);
|
||
|
||
gsk_transform_unref (priv->allocated_transform);
|
||
priv->allocated_transform = gsk_transform_ref (transform);
|
||
priv->allocated_width = width;
|
||
priv->allocated_height = height;
|
||
priv->allocated_size_baseline = baseline;
|
||
|
||
adjusted.x = priv->margin.left;
|
||
adjusted.y = priv->margin.top;
|
||
adjusted.width = width - priv->margin.left - priv->margin.right;
|
||
adjusted.height = height - priv->margin.top - priv->margin.bottom;
|
||
if (baseline >= 0)
|
||
baseline -= priv->margin.top;
|
||
|
||
gtk_widget_adjust_size_allocation (widget, &adjusted);
|
||
|
||
size_changed = (priv->width != adjusted.width) || (priv->height != adjusted.height);
|
||
|
||
if (adjusted.width < 0 || adjusted.height < 0)
|
||
{
|
||
g_warning ("gtk_widget_size_allocate(): attempt to allocate %s %s %p with width %d and height %d",
|
||
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), g_quark_to_string (gtk_css_node_get_name (priv->cssnode)), widget,
|
||
adjusted.width,
|
||
adjusted.height);
|
||
|
||
adjusted.width = 0;
|
||
adjusted.height = 0;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
style = gtk_css_node_get_style (priv->cssnode);
|
||
get_box_margin (style, &margin);
|
||
get_box_border (style, &border);
|
||
get_box_padding (style, &padding);
|
||
|
||
/* Apply CSS transformation */
|
||
adjusted.x += margin.left;
|
||
adjusted.y += margin.top;
|
||
adjusted.width -= margin.left + margin.right;
|
||
adjusted.height -= margin.top + margin.bottom;
|
||
css_transform = gtk_css_transform_value_get_transform (style->other->transform);
|
||
|
||
if (css_transform)
|
||
{
|
||
transform = gsk_transform_translate (transform, &GRAPHENE_POINT_INIT (adjusted.x, adjusted.y));
|
||
adjusted.x = adjusted.y = 0;
|
||
|
||
transform = gsk_transform_translate (transform, &GRAPHENE_POINT_INIT (adjusted.width / 2, adjusted.height / 2));
|
||
transform = gsk_transform_transform (transform, css_transform);
|
||
transform = gsk_transform_translate (transform, &GRAPHENE_POINT_INIT (- adjusted.width / 2, - adjusted.height / 2));
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
adjusted.x += border.left + padding.left;
|
||
adjusted.y += border.top + padding.top;
|
||
|
||
if (baseline >= 0)
|
||
baseline -= margin.top + border.top + padding.top;
|
||
if (adjusted.x || adjusted.y)
|
||
transform = gsk_transform_translate (transform, &GRAPHENE_POINT_INIT (adjusted.x, adjusted.y));
|
||
|
||
gsk_transform_unref (priv->transform);
|
||
priv->transform = transform;
|
||
|
||
if (priv->surface_transform_data)
|
||
sync_widget_surface_transform (widget);
|
||
|
||
if (!alloc_needed && !size_changed && !baseline_changed)
|
||
goto skip_allocate;
|
||
|
||
/* Since gtk_widget_measure does it for us, we can be sure here that
|
||
* the given alloaction is large enough for the css margin/bordder/padding */
|
||
adjusted.width -= border.left + padding.left +
|
||
border.right + padding.right;
|
||
adjusted.height -= border.top + padding.top +
|
||
border.bottom + padding.bottom;
|
||
|
||
priv->width = adjusted.width;
|
||
priv->height = adjusted.height;
|
||
priv->baseline = baseline;
|
||
|
||
if (priv->layout_manager != NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
gtk_layout_manager_allocate (priv->layout_manager, widget,
|
||
priv->width,
|
||
priv->height,
|
||
baseline);
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->size_allocate (widget,
|
||
priv->width,
|
||
priv->height,
|
||
baseline);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Size allocation is god... after consulting god, no further requests or allocations are needed */
|
||
#ifdef G_ENABLE_DEBUG
|
||
if (GTK_DISPLAY_DEBUG_CHECK (_gtk_widget_get_display (widget), GEOMETRY) &&
|
||
gtk_widget_get_resize_needed (widget))
|
||
{
|
||
g_warning ("%s %p or a child called gtk_widget_queue_resize() during size_allocate().",
|
||
gtk_widget_get_name (widget), widget);
|
||
}
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
gtk_widget_ensure_resize (widget);
|
||
priv->alloc_needed = FALSE;
|
||
priv->alloc_needed_on_child = FALSE;
|
||
|
||
gtk_widget_update_paintables (widget);
|
||
|
||
if (priv->accessible != NULL)
|
||
gtk_widget_accessible_update_bounds (GTK_WIDGET_ACCESSIBLE (priv->accessible));
|
||
|
||
skip_allocate:
|
||
if (size_changed || baseline_changed)
|
||
gtk_widget_queue_draw (widget);
|
||
else if (transform_changed && priv->parent)
|
||
gtk_widget_queue_draw (priv->parent);
|
||
|
||
out:
|
||
if (priv->alloc_needed_on_child)
|
||
gtk_widget_ensure_allocate (widget);
|
||
|
||
gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_common_ancestor:
|
||
* @widget_a: a #GtkWidget
|
||
* @widget_b: a #GtkWidget
|
||
*
|
||
* Find the common ancestor of @widget_a and @widget_b that
|
||
* is closest to the two widgets.
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns: (nullable): the closest common ancestor of @widget_a and
|
||
* @widget_b or %NULL if @widget_a and @widget_b do not
|
||
* share a common ancestor.
|
||
**/
|
||
GtkWidget *
|
||
gtk_widget_common_ancestor (GtkWidget *widget_a,
|
||
GtkWidget *widget_b)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidget *parent_a;
|
||
GtkWidget *parent_b;
|
||
gint depth_a = 0;
|
||
gint depth_b = 0;
|
||
|
||
parent_a = widget_a;
|
||
while (parent_a->priv->parent)
|
||
{
|
||
parent_a = parent_a->priv->parent;
|
||
depth_a++;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
parent_b = widget_b;
|
||
while (parent_b->priv->parent)
|
||
{
|
||
parent_b = parent_b->priv->parent;
|
||
depth_b++;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (parent_a != parent_b)
|
||
return NULL;
|
||
|
||
while (depth_a > depth_b)
|
||
{
|
||
widget_a = widget_a->priv->parent;
|
||
depth_a--;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
while (depth_b > depth_a)
|
||
{
|
||
widget_b = widget_b->priv->parent;
|
||
depth_b--;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
while (widget_a != widget_b)
|
||
{
|
||
widget_a = widget_a->priv->parent;
|
||
widget_b = widget_b->priv->parent;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
return widget_a;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_translate_coordinates:
|
||
* @src_widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
* @dest_widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
* @src_x: X position relative to @src_widget
|
||
* @src_y: Y position relative to @src_widget
|
||
* @dest_x: (out) (optional): location to store X position relative to @dest_widget
|
||
* @dest_y: (out) (optional): location to store Y position relative to @dest_widget
|
||
*
|
||
* Translate coordinates relative to @src_widget’s allocation to coordinates
|
||
* relative to @dest_widget’s allocations. In order to perform this
|
||
* operation, both widget must share a common toplevel.
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns: %FALSE if @src_widget and @dest_widget have no common
|
||
* ancestor. In this case, 0 is stored in
|
||
* *@dest_x and *@dest_y. Otherwise %TRUE.
|
||
**/
|
||
gboolean
|
||
gtk_widget_translate_coordinates (GtkWidget *src_widget,
|
||
GtkWidget *dest_widget,
|
||
double src_x,
|
||
double src_y,
|
||
double *dest_x,
|
||
double *dest_y)
|
||
{
|
||
graphene_point_t p;
|
||
|
||
if (!gtk_widget_compute_point (src_widget, dest_widget,
|
||
&GRAPHENE_POINT_INIT (src_x, src_y),
|
||
&p))
|
||
return FALSE;
|
||
|
||
if (dest_x)
|
||
*dest_x = p.x;
|
||
|
||
if (dest_y)
|
||
*dest_y = p.y;
|
||
|
||
return TRUE;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_compute_point:
|
||
* @widget: the #GtkWidget to query
|
||
* @target: the #GtkWidget to transform into
|
||
* @point: a point in @widget's coordinate system
|
||
* @out_point: (out caller-allocates): Set to the corresponding coordinates in
|
||
* @target's coordinate system
|
||
*
|
||
* Translates the given @point in @widget's coordinates to coordinates
|
||
* relative to @target’s coordinate system. In order to perform this
|
||
* operation, both widgets must share a common root.
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns: %TRUE if the point could be determined, %FALSE on failure.
|
||
* In this case, 0 is stored in @out_point.
|
||
**/
|
||
gboolean
|
||
gtk_widget_compute_point (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
GtkWidget *target,
|
||
const graphene_point_t *point,
|
||
graphene_point_t *out_point)
|
||
{
|
||
graphene_matrix_t transform;
|
||
|
||
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
|
||
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (target), FALSE);
|
||
|
||
if (!gtk_widget_compute_transform (widget, target, &transform))
|
||
{
|
||
graphene_point_init (out_point, 0, 0);
|
||
return FALSE;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
graphene_matrix_transform_point (&transform, point, out_point);
|
||
|
||
return TRUE;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
gtk_widget_real_size_allocate (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
int width,
|
||
int height,
|
||
int baseline)
|
||
{
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_class_add_binding: (skip)
|
||
* @widget_class: the class to add the binding to
|
||
* @keyval: key value of binding to install
|
||
* @mods: key modifier of binding to install
|
||
* @callback: the callback to call upon activation
|
||
* @format_string: GVariant format string for arguments or %NULL for
|
||
* no arguments
|
||
* @...: arguments, as given by format string.
|
||
*
|
||
* Creates a new shortcut for @widget_class that calls the given @callback
|
||
* with arguments read according to @format_string.
|
||
* The arguments and format string must be provided in the same way as
|
||
* with g_variant_new().
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is a convenience wrapper around
|
||
* gtk_widget_class_add_shortcut() and must be called during class
|
||
* initialization. It does not provide for user_data, if you need that,
|
||
* you will have to use gtk_widget_class_add_shortcut() with a custom
|
||
* shortcut.
|
||
**/
|
||
void
|
||
gtk_widget_class_add_binding (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class,
|
||
guint keyval,
|
||
GdkModifierType mods,
|
||
GtkShortcutFunc func,
|
||
const gchar *format_string,
|
||
...)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkShortcut *shortcut;
|
||
|
||
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (widget_class));
|
||
|
||
shortcut = gtk_shortcut_new (gtk_keyval_trigger_new (keyval, mods),
|
||
gtk_callback_action_new (func, NULL, NULL));
|
||
if (format_string)
|
||
{
|
||
va_list args;
|
||
va_start (args, format_string);
|
||
gtk_shortcut_set_arguments (shortcut,
|
||
g_variant_new_va (format_string, NULL, &args));
|
||
va_end (args);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
gtk_widget_class_add_shortcut (widget_class, shortcut);
|
||
|
||
g_object_unref (shortcut);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_class_add_binding_signal: (skip)
|
||
* @widget_class: the class to add the binding to
|
||
* @keyval: key value of binding to install
|
||
* @mods: key modifier of binding to install
|
||
* @signal: the signal to execute
|
||
* @format_string: GVariant format string for arguments or %NULL for
|
||
* no arguments
|
||
* @...: arguments, as given by format string.
|
||
*
|
||
* Creates a new shortcut for @widget_class that emits the given action
|
||
* @signal with arguments read according to @format_string.
|
||
* The arguments and format string must be provided in the same way as
|
||
* with g_variant_new().
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is a convenience wrapper around
|
||
* gtk_widget_class_add_shortcut() and must be called during class
|
||
* initialization.
|
||
*/
|
||
void
|
||
gtk_widget_class_add_binding_signal (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class,
|
||
guint keyval,
|
||
GdkModifierType mods,
|
||
const gchar *signal,
|
||
const gchar *format_string,
|
||
...)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkShortcut *shortcut;
|
||
|
||
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (widget_class));
|
||
g_return_if_fail (g_signal_lookup (signal, G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (widget_class)));
|
||
/* XXX: validate variant format for signal */
|
||
|
||
shortcut = gtk_shortcut_new (gtk_keyval_trigger_new (keyval, mods),
|
||
gtk_signal_action_new (signal));
|
||
if (format_string)
|
||
{
|
||
va_list args;
|
||
va_start (args, format_string);
|
||
gtk_shortcut_set_arguments (shortcut,
|
||
g_variant_new_va (format_string, NULL, &args));
|
||
va_end (args);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
gtk_widget_class_add_shortcut (widget_class, shortcut);
|
||
|
||
g_object_unref (shortcut);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_class_add_binding_action: (skip)
|
||
* @widget_class: the class to add the binding to
|
||
* @keyval: key value of binding to install
|
||
* @mods: key modifier of binding to install
|
||
* @action_name: the action to activate
|
||
* @format_string: GVariant format string for arguments or %NULL for
|
||
* no arguments
|
||
* @...: arguments, as given by format string.
|
||
*
|
||
* Creates a new shortcut for @widget_class that activates the given
|
||
* @action_name with arguments read according to @format_string.
|
||
* The arguments and format string must be provided in the same way as
|
||
* with g_variant_new().
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is a convenience wrapper around
|
||
* gtk_widget_class_add_shortcut() and must be called during class
|
||
* initialization.
|
||
*/
|
||
void
|
||
gtk_widget_class_add_binding_action (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class,
|
||
guint keyval,
|
||
GdkModifierType mods,
|
||
const gchar *action_name,
|
||
const gchar *format_string,
|
||
...)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkShortcut *shortcut;
|
||
|
||
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (widget_class));
|
||
/* XXX: validate variant format for action */
|
||
|
||
shortcut = gtk_shortcut_new (gtk_keyval_trigger_new (keyval, mods),
|
||
gtk_named_action_new (action_name));
|
||
if (format_string)
|
||
{
|
||
va_list args;
|
||
va_start (args, format_string);
|
||
gtk_shortcut_set_arguments (shortcut,
|
||
g_variant_new_va (format_string, NULL, &args));
|
||
va_end (args);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
gtk_widget_class_add_shortcut (widget_class, shortcut);
|
||
|
||
g_object_unref (shortcut);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_class_add_shortcut:
|
||
* @widget_class: the class to add the shortcut to
|
||
* @shortcut: (transfer none): the #GtkShortcut to add
|
||
*
|
||
* Installs a shortcut in @widget_class. Every instance created for
|
||
* @widget_class or its subclasses will inherit this shortcut and
|
||
* trigger it.
|
||
*
|
||
* Shortcuts added this way will be triggered in the @GTK_PHASE_BUBBLE
|
||
* phase, which means they may also trigger if child widgets have focus.
|
||
*
|
||
* This function must only be used in class initialization functions
|
||
* otherwise it is not guaranteed that the shortcut will be installed.
|
||
**/
|
||
void
|
||
gtk_widget_class_add_shortcut (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class,
|
||
GtkShortcut *shortcut)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetClassPrivate *priv;
|
||
|
||
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (widget_class));
|
||
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_SHORTCUT (shortcut));
|
||
|
||
priv = widget_class->priv;
|
||
|
||
g_list_store_append (priv->shortcuts, shortcut);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_mnemonic_activate:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
* @group_cycling: %TRUE if there are other widgets with the same mnemonic
|
||
*
|
||
* Emits the #GtkWidget::mnemonic-activate signal.
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns: %TRUE if the signal has been handled
|
||
*/
|
||
gboolean
|
||
gtk_widget_mnemonic_activate (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
gboolean group_cycling)
|
||
{
|
||
gboolean handled;
|
||
|
||
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
|
||
|
||
group_cycling = group_cycling != FALSE;
|
||
if (!gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget))
|
||
handled = TRUE;
|
||
else
|
||
g_signal_emit (widget,
|
||
widget_signals[MNEMONIC_ACTIVATE],
|
||
0,
|
||
group_cycling,
|
||
&handled);
|
||
return handled;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static gboolean
|
||
gtk_widget_real_mnemonic_activate (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
gboolean group_cycling)
|
||
{
|
||
if (!group_cycling && GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->activate_signal)
|
||
gtk_widget_activate (widget);
|
||
else if (gtk_widget_get_can_focus (widget))
|
||
return gtk_widget_grab_focus (widget);
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
g_warning ("widget '%s' isn't suitable for mnemonic activation",
|
||
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget));
|
||
gtk_widget_error_bell (widget);
|
||
}
|
||
return TRUE;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
#define WIDGET_REALIZED_FOR_EVENT(widget, event) \
|
||
(gdk_event_get_event_type (event) == GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE || _gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
|
||
|
||
gboolean
|
||
gtk_widget_run_controllers (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
GdkEvent *event,
|
||
GtkWidget *target,
|
||
double x,
|
||
double y,
|
||
GtkPropagationPhase phase)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
gboolean handled = FALSE;
|
||
guint i;
|
||
|
||
if (!priv->controllers)
|
||
return FALSE;
|
||
|
||
g_object_ref (widget);
|
||
|
||
for (i = 0; i < priv->controllers->len; i++)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkEventController *controller = g_ptr_array_index (priv->controllers, i);
|
||
|
||
if (!WIDGET_REALIZED_FOR_EVENT (widget, event))
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
if (controller == NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
g_ptr_array_remove_index (priv->controllers, i);
|
||
i--; /* Need to check this index again */
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
GtkPropagationPhase controller_phase;
|
||
|
||
controller_phase = gtk_event_controller_get_propagation_phase (controller);
|
||
|
||
if (controller_phase == phase)
|
||
{
|
||
gboolean this_handled;
|
||
gboolean is_gesture;
|
||
|
||
is_gesture = GTK_IS_GESTURE (controller);
|
||
this_handled = gtk_event_controller_handle_event (controller, event, target, x, y);
|
||
|
||
handled |= this_handled;
|
||
|
||
/* Non-gesture controllers are basically unique entities not meant
|
||
* to collaborate with anything else. Break early if any such event
|
||
* controller handled the event.
|
||
*/
|
||
if (this_handled && !is_gesture)
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
g_object_unref (widget);
|
||
|
||
return handled;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
gtk_widget_handle_crossing (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
const GtkCrossingData *crossing,
|
||
double x,
|
||
double y)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
guint i;
|
||
|
||
if (!priv->controllers)
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
g_object_ref (widget);
|
||
|
||
for (i = 0; i < priv->controllers->len; i++)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkEventController *controller = g_ptr_array_index (priv->controllers, i);
|
||
gtk_event_controller_handle_crossing (controller, crossing, x, y);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
g_object_unref (widget);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static gboolean
|
||
translate_event_coordinates (GdkEvent *event,
|
||
double *x,
|
||
double *y,
|
||
GtkWidget *widget);
|
||
|
||
gboolean
|
||
_gtk_widget_captured_event (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
GdkEvent *event,
|
||
GtkWidget *target)
|
||
{
|
||
gboolean return_val = FALSE;
|
||
double x, y;
|
||
|
||
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), TRUE);
|
||
g_return_val_if_fail (WIDGET_REALIZED_FOR_EVENT (widget, event), TRUE);
|
||
|
||
if (!event_surface_is_still_viewable (event))
|
||
return TRUE;
|
||
|
||
translate_event_coordinates (event, &x, &y, widget);
|
||
|
||
return_val = gtk_widget_run_controllers (widget, event, target, x, y, GTK_PHASE_CAPTURE);
|
||
return_val |= !WIDGET_REALIZED_FOR_EVENT (widget, event);
|
||
|
||
return return_val;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static gboolean
|
||
event_surface_is_still_viewable (GdkEvent *event)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Check that we think the event's window is viewable before
|
||
* delivering the event, to prevent surprises. We do this here
|
||
* at the last moment, since the event may have been queued
|
||
* up behind other events, held over a recursive main loop, etc.
|
||
*/
|
||
switch ((guint) gdk_event_get_event_type (event))
|
||
{
|
||
case GDK_MOTION_NOTIFY:
|
||
case GDK_BUTTON_PRESS:
|
||
case GDK_KEY_PRESS:
|
||
case GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY:
|
||
case GDK_PROXIMITY_IN:
|
||
case GDK_SCROLL:
|
||
return gdk_surface_get_mapped (gdk_event_get_surface (event));
|
||
|
||
#if 0
|
||
/* The following events are the second half of paired events;
|
||
* we always deliver them to deal with widgets that clean up
|
||
* on the second half.
|
||
*/
|
||
case GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE:
|
||
case GDK_KEY_RELEASE:
|
||
case GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY:
|
||
case GDK_PROXIMITY_OUT:
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
default:
|
||
/* Remaining events would make sense on a not-viewable window,
|
||
* or don't have an associated window.
|
||
*/
|
||
return TRUE;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static gboolean
|
||
translate_event_coordinates (GdkEvent *event,
|
||
double *x,
|
||
double *y,
|
||
GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidget *event_widget;
|
||
graphene_point_t p;
|
||
double event_x, event_y;
|
||
GtkNative *native;
|
||
double nx, ny;
|
||
|
||
*x = *y = 0;
|
||
|
||
if (!gdk_event_get_position (event, &event_x, &event_y))
|
||
return FALSE;
|
||
|
||
event_widget = gtk_get_event_widget (event);
|
||
native = gtk_widget_get_native (event_widget);
|
||
gtk_native_get_surface_transform (native, &nx, &ny);
|
||
event_x -= nx;
|
||
event_y -= ny;
|
||
|
||
if (!gtk_widget_compute_point (event_widget,
|
||
widget,
|
||
&GRAPHENE_POINT_INIT (event_x, event_y),
|
||
&p))
|
||
return FALSE;
|
||
|
||
*x = p.x;
|
||
*y = p.y;
|
||
|
||
return TRUE;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
gboolean
|
||
gtk_widget_event (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
GdkEvent *event,
|
||
GtkWidget *target)
|
||
{
|
||
gboolean return_val = FALSE;
|
||
double x, y;
|
||
|
||
/* We check only once for is-still-visible; if someone
|
||
* hides the window in one of the signals on the widget,
|
||
* they are responsible for returning TRUE to terminate
|
||
* handling.
|
||
*/
|
||
if (!event_surface_is_still_viewable (event))
|
||
return TRUE;
|
||
|
||
if (!_gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
|
||
return FALSE;
|
||
|
||
translate_event_coordinates (event, &x, &y, widget);
|
||
|
||
if (widget == target)
|
||
return_val |= gtk_widget_run_controllers (widget, event, target, x, y, GTK_PHASE_TARGET);
|
||
|
||
if (return_val == FALSE)
|
||
return_val |= gtk_widget_run_controllers (widget, event, target, x, y, GTK_PHASE_BUBBLE);
|
||
|
||
return return_val;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_activate:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget that’s activatable
|
||
*
|
||
* For widgets that can be “activated” (buttons, menu items, etc.)
|
||
* this function activates them. Activation is what happens when you
|
||
* press Enter on a widget during key navigation. If @widget isn't
|
||
* activatable, the function returns %FALSE.
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns: %TRUE if the widget was activatable
|
||
**/
|
||
gboolean
|
||
gtk_widget_activate (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
|
||
|
||
if (GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->activate_signal)
|
||
{
|
||
/* FIXME: we should eventually check the signals signature here */
|
||
g_signal_emit (widget, GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->activate_signal, 0);
|
||
|
||
return TRUE;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
return FALSE;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* _gtk_widget_grab_notify:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
* @was_grabbed: whether a grab is now in effect
|
||
*
|
||
* Emits the #GtkWidget::grab-notify signal on @widget.
|
||
**/
|
||
void
|
||
_gtk_widget_grab_notify (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
gboolean was_grabbed)
|
||
{
|
||
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[GRAB_NOTIFY], 0, was_grabbed);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_grab_focus:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
*
|
||
* Causes @widget (or one of its descendents) to have the keyboard focus
|
||
* for the #GtkWindow it's inside.
|
||
*
|
||
* If @widget is not focusable, or its ::grab_focus implementation cannot
|
||
* transfer the focus to a descendant of @widget that is focusable, it will
|
||
* not take focus and %FALSE will be returned.
|
||
*
|
||
* Calling gtk_widget_grab_focus() on an already focused widget is allowed,
|
||
* should not have an effect, and return %TRUE.
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns: %TRUE if focus is now inside @widget.
|
||
**/
|
||
gboolean
|
||
gtk_widget_grab_focus (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
|
||
|
||
if (!gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget) ||
|
||
!gtk_widget_get_can_focus (widget) ||
|
||
widget->priv->root == NULL)
|
||
return FALSE;
|
||
|
||
return GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->grab_focus (widget);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
gboolean
|
||
gtk_widget_grab_focus_self (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
if (!priv->focusable)
|
||
return FALSE;
|
||
|
||
gtk_root_set_focus (priv->root, widget);
|
||
|
||
return TRUE;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
gboolean
|
||
gtk_widget_grab_focus_child (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidget *child;
|
||
|
||
for (child = _gtk_widget_get_first_child (widget);
|
||
child != NULL;
|
||
child = _gtk_widget_get_next_sibling (child))
|
||
{
|
||
if (gtk_widget_grab_focus (child))
|
||
return TRUE;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
return FALSE;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static gboolean
|
||
gtk_widget_real_query_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
gint x,
|
||
gint y,
|
||
gboolean keyboard_tip,
|
||
GtkTooltip *tooltip)
|
||
{
|
||
const char *tooltip_markup;
|
||
gboolean has_tooltip;
|
||
|
||
has_tooltip = gtk_widget_get_has_tooltip (widget);
|
||
tooltip_markup = gtk_widget_get_tooltip_markup (widget);
|
||
if (tooltip_markup == NULL)
|
||
tooltip_markup = gtk_widget_get_tooltip_text (widget);
|
||
|
||
if (has_tooltip && tooltip_markup != NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
gtk_tooltip_set_markup (tooltip, tooltip_markup);
|
||
return TRUE;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
return FALSE;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
gboolean
|
||
gtk_widget_query_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
gint x,
|
||
gint y,
|
||
gboolean keyboard_mode,
|
||
GtkTooltip *tooltip)
|
||
{
|
||
gboolean retval = FALSE;
|
||
|
||
g_signal_emit (widget,
|
||
widget_signals[QUERY_TOOLTIP],
|
||
0,
|
||
x, y,
|
||
keyboard_mode,
|
||
tooltip,
|
||
&retval);
|
||
|
||
return retval;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
gtk_widget_real_state_flags_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
GtkStateFlags old_state)
|
||
{
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
gtk_widget_real_css_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
GtkCssStyleChange *change)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
if (change)
|
||
{
|
||
const gboolean has_text = gtk_widget_peek_pango_context (widget) != NULL;
|
||
|
||
if (has_text && gtk_css_style_change_affects (change, GTK_CSS_AFFECTS_TEXT))
|
||
gtk_widget_update_pango_context (widget);
|
||
|
||
if (priv->root)
|
||
{
|
||
if (gtk_css_style_change_affects (change, GTK_CSS_AFFECTS_SIZE) ||
|
||
(has_text && gtk_css_style_change_affects (change, GTK_CSS_AFFECTS_TEXT_SIZE)))
|
||
{
|
||
gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
|
||
}
|
||
else if (gtk_css_style_change_affects (change, GTK_CSS_AFFECTS_TRANSFORM))
|
||
{
|
||
gtk_widget_queue_allocate (widget);
|
||
}
|
||
else if (gtk_css_style_change_affects (change, GTK_CSS_AFFECTS_REDRAW) ||
|
||
(has_text && gtk_css_style_change_affects (change, GTK_CSS_AFFECTS_TEXT_CONTENT)))
|
||
{
|
||
gtk_widget_queue_draw (widget);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
gtk_widget_update_pango_context (widget);
|
||
|
||
if (priv->root)
|
||
gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
gtk_widget_real_system_setting_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
GtkSystemSetting setting)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidget *child;
|
||
|
||
if (setting == GTK_SYSTEM_SETTING_DPI ||
|
||
setting == GTK_SYSTEM_SETTING_FONT_NAME ||
|
||
setting == GTK_SYSTEM_SETTING_FONT_CONFIG)
|
||
{
|
||
gtk_widget_update_pango_context (widget);
|
||
if (gtk_widget_peek_pango_context (widget))
|
||
gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
for (child = _gtk_widget_get_first_child (widget);
|
||
child != NULL;
|
||
child = _gtk_widget_get_next_sibling (child))
|
||
{
|
||
gtk_widget_system_setting_changed (child, setting);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static gboolean
|
||
direction_is_forward (GtkDirectionType direction)
|
||
{
|
||
switch (direction)
|
||
{
|
||
case GTK_DIR_TAB_FORWARD:
|
||
case GTK_DIR_RIGHT:
|
||
case GTK_DIR_DOWN:
|
||
return TRUE;
|
||
case GTK_DIR_TAB_BACKWARD:
|
||
case GTK_DIR_LEFT:
|
||
case GTK_DIR_UP:
|
||
return FALSE;
|
||
default:
|
||
g_assert_not_reached ();
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static gboolean
|
||
gtk_widget_real_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
GtkDirectionType direction)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidget *focus;
|
||
|
||
/* For focusable widgets, we want to focus the widget
|
||
* before its children. We differentiate 3 cases:
|
||
* 1) focus is currently on widget
|
||
* 2) focus is on some child
|
||
* 3) focus is outside
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (gtk_widget_is_focus (widget))
|
||
{
|
||
if (direction_is_forward (direction) &&
|
||
gtk_widget_focus_move (widget, direction))
|
||
return TRUE;
|
||
|
||
return FALSE;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
focus = gtk_window_get_focus (GTK_WINDOW (gtk_widget_get_root (widget)));
|
||
|
||
if (focus && gtk_widget_is_ancestor (focus, widget))
|
||
{
|
||
if (gtk_widget_focus_move (widget, direction))
|
||
return TRUE;
|
||
|
||
if (direction_is_forward (direction))
|
||
return FALSE;
|
||
else
|
||
return gtk_widget_grab_focus (widget);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (!direction_is_forward (direction))
|
||
{
|
||
if (gtk_widget_focus_move (widget, direction))
|
||
return TRUE;
|
||
|
||
return gtk_widget_grab_focus (widget);
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
if (gtk_widget_grab_focus (widget))
|
||
return TRUE;
|
||
|
||
return gtk_widget_focus_move (widget, direction);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
gboolean
|
||
gtk_widget_focus_self (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
GtkDirectionType direction)
|
||
{
|
||
if (!gtk_widget_is_focus (widget))
|
||
{
|
||
gtk_widget_grab_focus (widget);
|
||
return TRUE;
|
||
}
|
||
return FALSE;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
gboolean
|
||
gtk_widget_focus_child (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
GtkDirectionType direction)
|
||
{
|
||
return gtk_widget_focus_move (widget, direction);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
gtk_widget_real_move_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
GtkDirectionType direction)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkRoot *root;
|
||
|
||
root = _gtk_widget_get_root (widget);
|
||
if (widget != GTK_WIDGET (root))
|
||
g_signal_emit (root, widget_signals[MOVE_FOCUS], 0, direction);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static gboolean
|
||
gtk_widget_real_keynav_failed (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
GtkDirectionType direction)
|
||
{
|
||
switch (direction)
|
||
{
|
||
case GTK_DIR_TAB_FORWARD:
|
||
case GTK_DIR_TAB_BACKWARD:
|
||
return FALSE;
|
||
|
||
case GTK_DIR_UP:
|
||
case GTK_DIR_DOWN:
|
||
case GTK_DIR_LEFT:
|
||
case GTK_DIR_RIGHT:
|
||
default:
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
gtk_widget_error_bell (widget);
|
||
|
||
return TRUE;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_set_can_focus:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
* @can_focus: whether or not the input focus can enter
|
||
* the widget or any of its children
|
||
*
|
||
* Specifies whether the input focus can enter the widget
|
||
* or any of its children.
|
||
*
|
||
* Applications should set @can_focus to %FALSE to mark a
|
||
* widget as for pointer/touch use only.
|
||
*
|
||
* Note that having @can_focus be %TRUE is only one of the
|
||
* necessary conditions for being focusable. A widget must
|
||
* also be sensitive and focusable and not have an ancestor
|
||
* that is marked as not can-focus in order to receive input
|
||
* focus.
|
||
*
|
||
* See gtk_widget_grab_focus() for actually setting the input
|
||
* focus on a widget.
|
||
**/
|
||
void
|
||
gtk_widget_set_can_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
gboolean can_focus)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
||
|
||
if (priv->can_focus != can_focus)
|
||
{
|
||
priv->can_focus = can_focus;
|
||
|
||
gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
|
||
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_CAN_FOCUS]);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_get_can_focus:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
*
|
||
* Determines whether the input focus can enter @widget or any
|
||
* of its children.
|
||
*
|
||
* See gtk_widget_set_focusable().
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns: %TRUE if the input focus can enter @widget, %FALSE otherwise
|
||
**/
|
||
gboolean
|
||
gtk_widget_get_can_focus (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), TRUE);
|
||
|
||
return priv->can_focus;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_set_focusable:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
* @focusable: whether or not @widget can own the input focus
|
||
*
|
||
* Specifies whether @widget can own the input focus.
|
||
*
|
||
* Widget implementations should set @focusable to %TRUE in
|
||
* their init() function if they want to receive keyboard input.
|
||
*
|
||
* Note that having @focusable be %TRUE is only one of the
|
||
* necessary conditions for being focusable. A widget must
|
||
* also be sensitive and can-focus and not have an ancestor
|
||
* that is marked as not can-focus in order to receive input
|
||
* focus.
|
||
*
|
||
* See gtk_widget_grab_focus() for actually setting the input
|
||
* focus on a widget.
|
||
**/
|
||
void
|
||
gtk_widget_set_focusable (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
gboolean focusable)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
||
|
||
if (priv->focusable == focusable)
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
priv->focusable = focusable;
|
||
|
||
gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
|
||
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_FOCUSABLE]);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_get_focusable:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
*
|
||
* Determines whether @widget can own the input focus.
|
||
* See gtk_widget_set_focusable().
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns: %TRUE if @widget can own the input focus, %FALSE otherwise
|
||
**/
|
||
gboolean
|
||
gtk_widget_get_focusable (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
|
||
|
||
return priv->focusable;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_has_focus:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
*
|
||
* Determines if the widget has the global input focus. See
|
||
* gtk_widget_is_focus() for the difference between having the global
|
||
* input focus, and only having the focus within a toplevel.
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns: %TRUE if the widget has the global input focus.
|
||
**/
|
||
gboolean
|
||
gtk_widget_has_focus (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
|
||
|
||
return priv->has_focus;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_has_visible_focus:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
*
|
||
* Determines if the widget should show a visible indication that
|
||
* it has the global input focus. This is a convenience function
|
||
* that takes into account whether focus indication should currently
|
||
* be shown in the toplevel window of @widget.
|
||
* See gtk_window_get_focus_visible() for more information
|
||
* about focus indication.
|
||
*
|
||
* To find out if the widget has the global input focus, use
|
||
* gtk_widget_has_focus().
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns: %TRUE if the widget should display a “focus rectangle”
|
||
*/
|
||
gboolean
|
||
gtk_widget_has_visible_focus (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
gboolean draw_focus;
|
||
|
||
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
|
||
|
||
if (priv->has_focus)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkRoot *root = _gtk_widget_get_root (widget);
|
||
|
||
if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (root))
|
||
draw_focus = gtk_window_get_focus_visible (GTK_WINDOW (root));
|
||
else
|
||
draw_focus = TRUE;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
draw_focus = FALSE;
|
||
|
||
return draw_focus;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_is_focus:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
*
|
||
* Determines if the widget is the focus widget within its
|
||
* toplevel. (This does not mean that the #GtkWidget:has-focus property is
|
||
* necessarily set; #GtkWidget:has-focus will only be set if the
|
||
* toplevel widget additionally has the global input focus.)
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns: %TRUE if the widget is the focus widget.
|
||
**/
|
||
gboolean
|
||
gtk_widget_is_focus (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
|
||
|
||
if (priv->root)
|
||
return widget == gtk_root_get_focus (priv->root);
|
||
|
||
return FALSE;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_set_focus_on_click:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
* @focus_on_click: whether the widget should grab focus when clicked with the mouse
|
||
*
|
||
* Sets whether the widget should grab focus when it is clicked with the mouse.
|
||
* Making mouse clicks not grab focus is useful in places like toolbars where
|
||
* you don’t want the keyboard focus removed from the main area of the
|
||
* application.
|
||
**/
|
||
void
|
||
gtk_widget_set_focus_on_click (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
gboolean focus_on_click)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
||
|
||
focus_on_click = focus_on_click != FALSE;
|
||
|
||
if (priv->focus_on_click != focus_on_click)
|
||
{
|
||
priv->focus_on_click = focus_on_click;
|
||
|
||
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_FOCUS_ON_CLICK]);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_get_focus_on_click:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns whether the widget should grab focus when it is clicked with the mouse.
|
||
* See gtk_widget_set_focus_on_click().
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns: %TRUE if the widget should grab focus when it is clicked with
|
||
* the mouse.
|
||
**/
|
||
gboolean
|
||
gtk_widget_get_focus_on_click (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
|
||
|
||
return priv->focus_on_click;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_has_default:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
*
|
||
* Determines whether @widget is the current default widget within its
|
||
* toplevel.
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns: %TRUE if @widget is the current default widget within
|
||
* its toplevel, %FALSE otherwise
|
||
*/
|
||
gboolean
|
||
gtk_widget_has_default (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
|
||
|
||
return priv->has_default;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
_gtk_widget_set_has_default (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
gboolean has_default)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
priv->has_default = has_default;
|
||
|
||
if (has_default)
|
||
gtk_widget_add_css_class (widget, GTK_STYLE_CLASS_DEFAULT);
|
||
else
|
||
gtk_widget_remove_css_class (widget, GTK_STYLE_CLASS_DEFAULT);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_set_receives_default:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
* @receives_default: whether or not @widget can be a default widget.
|
||
*
|
||
* Specifies whether @widget will be treated as the default
|
||
* widget within its toplevel when it has the focus, even if
|
||
* another widget is the default.
|
||
**/
|
||
void
|
||
gtk_widget_set_receives_default (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
gboolean receives_default)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
||
|
||
if (priv->receives_default != receives_default)
|
||
{
|
||
priv->receives_default = receives_default;
|
||
|
||
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_RECEIVES_DEFAULT]);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_get_receives_default:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
*
|
||
* Determines whether @widget is always treated as the default widget
|
||
* within its toplevel when it has the focus, even if another widget
|
||
* is the default.
|
||
*
|
||
* See gtk_widget_set_receives_default().
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns: %TRUE if @widget acts as the default widget when focused,
|
||
* %FALSE otherwise
|
||
**/
|
||
gboolean
|
||
gtk_widget_get_receives_default (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
|
||
|
||
return priv->receives_default;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*< private >
|
||
* gtk_widget_has_grab:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
*
|
||
* Determines whether the widget is currently grabbing events, so it
|
||
* is the only widget receiving input events (keyboard and mouse).
|
||
*
|
||
* See also gtk_grab_add().
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns: %TRUE if the widget is in the grab_widgets stack
|
||
**/
|
||
gboolean
|
||
gtk_widget_has_grab (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
if (!GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget)) return FALSE;
|
||
|
||
return priv->has_grab;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
_gtk_widget_set_has_grab (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
gboolean has_grab)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
priv->has_grab = has_grab;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_device_is_shadowed:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
* @device: a #GdkDevice
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns %TRUE if @device has been shadowed by a GTK+
|
||
* device grab on another widget, so it would stop sending
|
||
* events to @widget. This may be used in the
|
||
* #GtkWidget::grab-notify signal to check for specific
|
||
* devices. See gtk_device_grab_add().
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns: %TRUE if there is an ongoing grab on @device
|
||
* by another #GtkWidget than @widget.
|
||
**/
|
||
gboolean
|
||
gtk_widget_device_is_shadowed (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
GdkDevice *device)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWindowGroup *group;
|
||
GtkWidget *grab_widget;
|
||
GtkRoot *root;
|
||
|
||
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
|
||
|
||
if (!_gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
|
||
return TRUE;
|
||
|
||
root = _gtk_widget_get_root (widget);
|
||
|
||
if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (root))
|
||
group = gtk_window_get_group (GTK_WINDOW (root));
|
||
else
|
||
group = gtk_window_get_group (NULL);
|
||
|
||
grab_widget = gtk_window_group_get_current_grab (group);
|
||
if (grab_widget && widget != grab_widget &&
|
||
!gtk_widget_is_ancestor (widget, grab_widget))
|
||
return TRUE;
|
||
|
||
return FALSE;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_set_name:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
* @name: name for the widget
|
||
*
|
||
* Widgets can be named, which allows you to refer to them from a
|
||
* CSS file. You can apply a style to widgets with a particular name
|
||
* in the CSS file. See the documentation for the CSS syntax (on the
|
||
* same page as the docs for #GtkStyleContext).
|
||
*
|
||
* Note that the CSS syntax has certain special characters to delimit
|
||
* and represent elements in a selector (period, #, >, *...), so using
|
||
* these will make your widget impossible to match by name. Any combination
|
||
* of alphanumeric symbols, dashes and underscores will suffice.
|
||
*/
|
||
void
|
||
gtk_widget_set_name (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
const gchar *name)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
||
|
||
g_free (priv->name);
|
||
priv->name = g_strdup (name);
|
||
|
||
gtk_css_node_set_id (priv->cssnode, g_quark_from_string (priv->name));
|
||
|
||
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_NAME]);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_get_name:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
*
|
||
* Retrieves the name of a widget. See gtk_widget_set_name() for the
|
||
* significance of widget names.
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns: name of the widget. This string is owned by GTK+ and
|
||
* should not be modified or freed
|
||
**/
|
||
const gchar*
|
||
gtk_widget_get_name (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
|
||
|
||
if (priv->name)
|
||
return priv->name;
|
||
return G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
gtk_widget_update_state_flags (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
GtkStateFlags flags_to_set,
|
||
GtkStateFlags flags_to_unset)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle insensitive first, since it is propagated
|
||
* differently throughout the widget hierarchy.
|
||
*/
|
||
if ((priv->state_flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE) && (flags_to_unset & GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE))
|
||
gtk_widget_set_sensitive (widget, TRUE);
|
||
else if (!(priv->state_flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE) && (flags_to_set & GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE))
|
||
gtk_widget_set_sensitive (widget, FALSE);
|
||
|
||
flags_to_set &= ~(GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE);
|
||
flags_to_unset &= ~(GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE);
|
||
|
||
if (flags_to_set != 0 || flags_to_unset != 0)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkStateData data;
|
||
|
||
data.old_scale_factor = gtk_widget_get_scale_factor (widget);
|
||
data.flags_to_set = flags_to_set;
|
||
data.flags_to_unset = flags_to_unset;
|
||
|
||
gtk_widget_propagate_state (widget, &data);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_set_state_flags:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
* @flags: State flags to turn on
|
||
* @clear: Whether to clear state before turning on @flags
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is for use in widget implementations. Turns on flag
|
||
* values in the current widget state (insensitive, prelighted, etc.).
|
||
*
|
||
* This function accepts the values %GTK_STATE_FLAG_DIR_LTR and
|
||
* %GTK_STATE_FLAG_DIR_RTL but ignores them. If you want to set the widget's
|
||
* direction, use gtk_widget_set_direction().
|
||
*
|
||
* It is worth mentioning that any other state than %GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE,
|
||
* will be propagated down to all non-internal children if @widget is a
|
||
* #GtkContainer, while %GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE itself will be propagated
|
||
* down to all #GtkContainer children by different means than turning on the
|
||
* state flag down the hierarchy, both gtk_widget_get_state_flags() and
|
||
* gtk_widget_is_sensitive() will make use of these.
|
||
**/
|
||
void
|
||
gtk_widget_set_state_flags (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
GtkStateFlags flags,
|
||
gboolean clear)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
#define ALLOWED_FLAGS (~(GTK_STATE_FLAG_DIR_LTR | GTK_STATE_FLAG_DIR_RTL))
|
||
|
||
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
||
|
||
if ((!clear && (priv->state_flags & flags) == flags) ||
|
||
(clear && priv->state_flags == flags))
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
if (clear)
|
||
gtk_widget_update_state_flags (widget, flags & ALLOWED_FLAGS, ~flags & ALLOWED_FLAGS);
|
||
else
|
||
gtk_widget_update_state_flags (widget, flags & ALLOWED_FLAGS, 0);
|
||
|
||
#undef ALLOWED_FLAGS
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_unset_state_flags:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
* @flags: State flags to turn off
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is for use in widget implementations. Turns off flag
|
||
* values for the current widget state (insensitive, prelighted, etc.).
|
||
* See gtk_widget_set_state_flags().
|
||
**/
|
||
void
|
||
gtk_widget_unset_state_flags (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
GtkStateFlags flags)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
||
|
||
if ((priv->state_flags & flags) == 0)
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
gtk_widget_update_state_flags (widget, 0, flags);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_get_state_flags:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns the widget state as a flag set. It is worth mentioning
|
||
* that the effective %GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE state will be
|
||
* returned, that is, also based on parent insensitivity, even if
|
||
* @widget itself is sensitive.
|
||
*
|
||
* Also note that if you are looking for a way to obtain the
|
||
* #GtkStateFlags to pass to a #GtkStyleContext method, you
|
||
* should look at gtk_style_context_get_state().
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns: The state flags for widget
|
||
**/
|
||
GtkStateFlags
|
||
gtk_widget_get_state_flags (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
|
||
|
||
return priv->state_flags;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_set_visible:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
* @visible: whether the widget should be shown or not
|
||
*
|
||
* Sets the visibility state of @widget. Note that setting this to
|
||
* %TRUE doesn’t mean the widget is actually viewable, see
|
||
* gtk_widget_get_visible().
|
||
*
|
||
* This function simply calls gtk_widget_show() or gtk_widget_hide()
|
||
* but is nicer to use when the visibility of the widget depends on
|
||
* some condition.
|
||
**/
|
||
void
|
||
gtk_widget_set_visible (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
gboolean visible)
|
||
{
|
||
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
||
|
||
if (visible)
|
||
gtk_widget_show (widget);
|
||
else
|
||
gtk_widget_hide (widget);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
_gtk_widget_set_visible_flag (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
gboolean visible)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
priv->visible = visible;
|
||
|
||
if (!visible)
|
||
{
|
||
g_clear_pointer (&priv->allocated_transform, gsk_transform_unref);
|
||
priv->allocated_width = 0;
|
||
priv->allocated_height = 0;
|
||
priv->allocated_size_baseline = 0;
|
||
g_clear_pointer (&priv->transform, gsk_transform_unref);
|
||
priv->width = 0;
|
||
priv->height = 0;
|
||
gtk_widget_update_paintables (widget);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_get_visible:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
*
|
||
* Determines whether the widget is visible. If you want to
|
||
* take into account whether the widget’s parent is also marked as
|
||
* visible, use gtk_widget_is_visible() instead.
|
||
*
|
||
* This function does not check if the widget is obscured in any way.
|
||
*
|
||
* See gtk_widget_set_visible().
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns: %TRUE if the widget is visible
|
||
**/
|
||
gboolean
|
||
gtk_widget_get_visible (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
|
||
|
||
return priv->visible;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_is_visible:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
*
|
||
* Determines whether the widget and all its parents are marked as
|
||
* visible.
|
||
*
|
||
* This function does not check if the widget is obscured in any way.
|
||
*
|
||
* See also gtk_widget_get_visible() and gtk_widget_set_visible()
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns: %TRUE if the widget and all its parents are visible
|
||
**/
|
||
gboolean
|
||
gtk_widget_is_visible (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
|
||
|
||
while (widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
if (!priv->visible)
|
||
return FALSE;
|
||
|
||
widget = priv->parent;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
return TRUE;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_is_drawable:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
*
|
||
* Determines whether @widget can be drawn to. A widget can be drawn
|
||
* if it is mapped and visible.
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns: %TRUE if @widget is drawable, %FALSE otherwise
|
||
**/
|
||
gboolean
|
||
gtk_widget_is_drawable (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
|
||
|
||
return (_gtk_widget_get_visible (widget) &&
|
||
_gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget));
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_get_realized:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
*
|
||
* Determines whether @widget is realized.
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns: %TRUE if @widget is realized, %FALSE otherwise
|
||
**/
|
||
gboolean
|
||
gtk_widget_get_realized (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
|
||
|
||
return priv->realized;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_get_mapped:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
*
|
||
* Whether the widget is mapped.
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns: %TRUE if the widget is mapped, %FALSE otherwise.
|
||
*/
|
||
gboolean
|
||
gtk_widget_get_mapped (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
|
||
|
||
return priv->mapped;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_set_sensitive:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
* @sensitive: %TRUE to make the widget sensitive
|
||
*
|
||
* Sets the sensitivity of a widget. A widget is sensitive if the user
|
||
* can interact with it. Insensitive widgets are “grayed out” and the
|
||
* user can’t interact with them. Insensitive widgets are known as
|
||
* “inactive”, “disabled”, or “ghosted” in some other toolkits.
|
||
**/
|
||
void
|
||
gtk_widget_set_sensitive (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
gboolean sensitive)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
guint i;
|
||
|
||
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
||
|
||
sensitive = (sensitive != FALSE);
|
||
|
||
if (priv->sensitive == sensitive)
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
priv->sensitive = sensitive;
|
||
|
||
if (priv->controllers)
|
||
{
|
||
for (i = 0; i < priv->controllers->len; i++)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkEventController *controller = g_ptr_array_index (priv->controllers, i);
|
||
|
||
gtk_event_controller_reset (controller);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (priv->parent == NULL
|
||
|| gtk_widget_is_sensitive (priv->parent))
|
||
{
|
||
GtkStateData data;
|
||
|
||
data.old_scale_factor = gtk_widget_get_scale_factor (widget);
|
||
|
||
if (sensitive)
|
||
{
|
||
data.flags_to_set = 0;
|
||
data.flags_to_unset = GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
data.flags_to_set = GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE;
|
||
data.flags_to_unset = GTK_STATE_FLAG_PRELIGHT |
|
||
GTK_STATE_FLAG_ACTIVE;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
gtk_widget_propagate_state (widget, &data);
|
||
update_cursor_on_state_change (widget);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (priv->accessible != NULL)
|
||
gtk_widget_accessible_notify_sensitive (GTK_WIDGET_ACCESSIBLE (priv->accessible));
|
||
|
||
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_SENSITIVE]);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_get_sensitive:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns the widget’s sensitivity (in the sense of returning
|
||
* the value that has been set using gtk_widget_set_sensitive()).
|
||
*
|
||
* The effective sensitivity of a widget is however determined by both its
|
||
* own and its parent widget’s sensitivity. See gtk_widget_is_sensitive().
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns: %TRUE if the widget is sensitive
|
||
*/
|
||
gboolean
|
||
gtk_widget_get_sensitive (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
|
||
|
||
return priv->sensitive;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_is_sensitive:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns the widget’s effective sensitivity, which means
|
||
* it is sensitive itself and also its parent widget is sensitive
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns: %TRUE if the widget is effectively sensitive
|
||
*/
|
||
gboolean
|
||
gtk_widget_is_sensitive (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
|
||
|
||
return _gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
/* Insert @widget into the children list of @parent,
|
||
* after @previous_sibling */
|
||
static void
|
||
gtk_widget_reposition_after (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
GtkWidget *parent,
|
||
GtkWidget *previous_sibling)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
GtkStateFlags parent_flags;
|
||
GtkWidget *prev_parent, *prev_previous;
|
||
GtkStateData data;
|
||
|
||
prev_parent = priv->parent;
|
||
prev_previous = priv->prev_sibling;
|
||
|
||
if (priv->parent != NULL && priv->parent != parent)
|
||
{
|
||
g_warning ("Can't set new parent %s %p on widget %s %p, "
|
||
"which already has parent %s %p",
|
||
gtk_widget_get_name (parent), (void *)parent,
|
||
gtk_widget_get_name (widget), (void *)widget,
|
||
gtk_widget_get_name (priv->parent), (void *)priv->parent);
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
data.old_scale_factor = gtk_widget_get_scale_factor (widget);
|
||
|
||
/* keep this function in sync with gtk_menu_attach_to_widget()
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (priv->parent == NULL)
|
||
g_object_ref_sink (widget);
|
||
|
||
gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
|
||
|
||
priv->parent = parent;
|
||
|
||
if (previous_sibling)
|
||
{
|
||
if (previous_sibling->priv->next_sibling)
|
||
previous_sibling->priv->next_sibling->priv->prev_sibling = widget;
|
||
|
||
if (priv->prev_sibling)
|
||
priv->prev_sibling->priv->next_sibling = priv->next_sibling;
|
||
|
||
if (priv->next_sibling)
|
||
priv->next_sibling->priv->prev_sibling = priv->prev_sibling;
|
||
|
||
|
||
if (parent->priv->first_child == widget)
|
||
parent->priv->first_child = priv->next_sibling;
|
||
|
||
if (parent->priv->last_child == widget)
|
||
parent->priv->last_child = priv->prev_sibling;
|
||
|
||
priv->prev_sibling = previous_sibling;
|
||
priv->next_sibling = previous_sibling->priv->next_sibling;
|
||
previous_sibling->priv->next_sibling = widget;
|
||
|
||
if (parent->priv->last_child == previous_sibling)
|
||
parent->priv->last_child = widget;
|
||
else if (parent->priv->last_child == widget)
|
||
parent->priv->last_child = priv->next_sibling;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
/* Beginning */
|
||
if (parent->priv->last_child == widget)
|
||
{
|
||
parent->priv->last_child = priv->prev_sibling;
|
||
if (priv->prev_sibling)
|
||
priv->prev_sibling->priv->next_sibling = NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
if (priv->prev_sibling)
|
||
priv->prev_sibling->priv->next_sibling = priv->next_sibling;
|
||
|
||
if (priv->next_sibling)
|
||
priv->next_sibling->priv->prev_sibling = priv->prev_sibling;
|
||
|
||
priv->prev_sibling = NULL;
|
||
priv->next_sibling = parent->priv->first_child;
|
||
if (parent->priv->first_child)
|
||
parent->priv->first_child->priv->prev_sibling = widget;
|
||
|
||
parent->priv->first_child = widget;
|
||
|
||
if (parent->priv->last_child == NULL)
|
||
parent->priv->last_child = widget;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
parent_flags = _gtk_widget_get_state_flags (parent);
|
||
|
||
/* Merge both old state and current parent state,
|
||
* making sure to only propagate the right states */
|
||
data.flags_to_set = parent_flags & GTK_STATE_FLAGS_DO_SET_PROPAGATE;
|
||
data.flags_to_unset = 0;
|
||
gtk_widget_propagate_state (widget, &data);
|
||
|
||
if (gtk_css_node_get_parent (priv->cssnode) == NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
gtk_css_node_insert_after (parent->priv->cssnode,
|
||
priv->cssnode,
|
||
previous_sibling ? previous_sibling->priv->cssnode : NULL);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
_gtk_widget_update_parent_muxer (widget);
|
||
|
||
if (parent->priv->children_observer)
|
||
{
|
||
if (prev_previous)
|
||
gtk_list_list_model_item_moved (parent->priv->children_observer, widget, prev_previous);
|
||
else
|
||
gtk_list_list_model_item_added (parent->priv->children_observer, widget);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (parent->priv->root && priv->root == NULL)
|
||
gtk_widget_root (widget);
|
||
|
||
if (prev_parent == NULL)
|
||
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_PARENT]);
|
||
|
||
/* Enforce mapped invariants */
|
||
if (_gtk_widget_get_visible (priv->parent) &&
|
||
_gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
|
||
{
|
||
if (_gtk_widget_get_child_visible (widget) &&
|
||
_gtk_widget_get_mapped (priv->parent))
|
||
gtk_widget_map (widget);
|
||
|
||
gtk_widget_queue_resize (priv->parent);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* child may cause parent's expand to change, if the child is
|
||
* expanded. If child is not expanded, then it can't modify the
|
||
* parent's expand. If the child becomes expanded later then it will
|
||
* queue compute_expand then. This optimization plus defaulting
|
||
* newly-constructed widgets to need_compute_expand=FALSE should
|
||
* mean that initially building a widget tree doesn't have to keep
|
||
* walking up setting need_compute_expand on parents over and over.
|
||
*
|
||
* We can't change a parent to need to expand unless we're visible.
|
||
*/
|
||
if (_gtk_widget_get_visible (widget) &&
|
||
(priv->need_compute_expand ||
|
||
priv->computed_hexpand ||
|
||
priv->computed_vexpand))
|
||
{
|
||
gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand (parent);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_set_parent:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
* @parent: parent widget
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is useful only when implementing subclasses of
|
||
* #GtkWidget.
|
||
* Sets @parent as the parent widget of @widget, and takes care of
|
||
* some details such as updating the state and style of the child
|
||
* to reflect its new location and resizing the parent. The opposite
|
||
* function is gtk_widget_unparent().
|
||
**/
|
||
void
|
||
gtk_widget_set_parent (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
GtkWidget *parent)
|
||
{
|
||
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
||
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (parent));
|
||
g_return_if_fail (_gtk_widget_get_parent (widget) == NULL);
|
||
|
||
gtk_widget_reposition_after (widget,
|
||
parent,
|
||
_gtk_widget_get_last_child (parent));
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_get_parent:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns the parent widget of @widget.
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): the parent widget of @widget, or %NULL
|
||
**/
|
||
GtkWidget *
|
||
gtk_widget_get_parent (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
|
||
|
||
return priv->parent;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_get_root:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns the #GtkRoot widget of @widget or %NULL if the widget is not contained
|
||
* inside a widget tree with a root widget.
|
||
*
|
||
* #GtkRoot widgets will return themselves here.
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): the root widget of @widget, or %NULL
|
||
**/
|
||
GtkRoot *
|
||
gtk_widget_get_root (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
|
||
|
||
return _gtk_widget_get_root (widget);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_get_native:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns the GtkNative widget that contains @widget,
|
||
* or %NULL if the widget is not contained inside a
|
||
* widget tree with a native ancestor.
|
||
*
|
||
* #GtkNative widgets will return themselves here.
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): the #GtkNative
|
||
* widget of @widget, or %NULL
|
||
*/
|
||
GtkNative *
|
||
gtk_widget_get_native (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
|
||
|
||
return (GtkNative *)gtk_widget_get_ancestor (widget, GTK_TYPE_NATIVE);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
gtk_widget_real_direction_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
GtkTextDirection previous_direction)
|
||
{
|
||
gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
#ifdef G_ENABLE_CONSISTENCY_CHECKS
|
||
|
||
/* Verify invariants, see docs/widget_system.txt for notes on much of
|
||
* this. Invariants may be temporarily broken while we’re in the
|
||
* process of updating state, of course, so you can only
|
||
* verify_invariants() after a given operation is complete.
|
||
* Use push/pop_verify_invariants to help with that.
|
||
*/
|
||
static void
|
||
gtk_widget_verify_invariants (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
GtkWidget *parent;
|
||
|
||
if (priv->verifying_invariants_count > 0)
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
parent = priv->parent;
|
||
|
||
if (priv->mapped)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Mapped implies ... */
|
||
|
||
if (!priv->realized)
|
||
g_warning ("%s %p is mapped but not realized",
|
||
gtk_widget_get_name (widget), widget);
|
||
|
||
if (!priv->visible)
|
||
g_warning ("%s %p is mapped but not visible",
|
||
gtk_widget_get_name (widget), widget);
|
||
|
||
if (!priv->child_visible && !GTK_IS_ROOT (widget))
|
||
g_warning ("%s %p is mapped but not child_visible",
|
||
gtk_widget_get_name (widget), widget);
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
/* Not mapped implies... */
|
||
|
||
#if 0
|
||
/* This check makes sense for normal toplevels, but for
|
||
* something like a toplevel that is embedded within a clutter
|
||
* state, mapping may depend on external factors.
|
||
*/
|
||
if (widget->priv->toplevel)
|
||
{
|
||
if (widget->priv->visible)
|
||
g_warning ("%s %p toplevel is visible but not mapped",
|
||
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
|
||
}
|
||
#endif
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Parent related checks aren't possible if parent has
|
||
* verifying_invariants_count > 0 because parent needs to recurse
|
||
* children first before the invariants will hold.
|
||
*/
|
||
if (parent == NULL || parent->priv->verifying_invariants_count == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
if (parent &&
|
||
parent->priv->realized)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Parent realized implies... */
|
||
|
||
#if 0
|
||
/* This is in widget_system.txt but appears to fail
|
||
* because there's no gtk_container_realize() that
|
||
* realizes all children... instead we just lazily
|
||
* wait for map to fix things up.
|
||
*/
|
||
if (!widget->priv->realized)
|
||
g_warning ("%s %p is realized but child %s %p is not realized",
|
||
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (parent), parent,
|
||
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
|
||
#endif
|
||
}
|
||
else if (priv->realized && !GTK_IS_ROOT (widget))
|
||
{
|
||
/* No parent or parent not realized on non-toplevel implies... */
|
||
g_warning ("%s %p is not realized but child %s %p is realized",
|
||
parent ? gtk_widget_get_name (parent) : "no parent", parent,
|
||
gtk_widget_get_name (widget), widget);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (parent &&
|
||
parent->priv->mapped &&
|
||
priv->visible &&
|
||
priv->child_visible)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Parent mapped and we are visible implies... */
|
||
|
||
if (!priv->mapped)
|
||
g_warning ("%s %p is mapped but visible child %s %p is not mapped",
|
||
gtk_widget_get_name (parent), parent,
|
||
gtk_widget_get_name (widget), widget);
|
||
}
|
||
else if (priv->mapped && !GTK_IS_ROOT (widget))
|
||
{
|
||
/* No parent or parent not mapped on non-toplevel implies... */
|
||
g_warning ("%s %p is mapped but visible=%d child_visible=%d parent %s %p mapped=%d",
|
||
gtk_widget_get_name (widget), widget,
|
||
priv->visible,
|
||
priv->child_visible,
|
||
parent ? gtk_widget_get_name (parent) : "no parent", parent,
|
||
parent ? parent->priv->mapped : FALSE);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (!priv->realized)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Not realized implies... */
|
||
|
||
#if 0
|
||
/* widget_system.txt says these hold, but they don't. */
|
||
if (widget->priv->alloc_needed)
|
||
g_warning ("%s %p alloc needed but not realized",
|
||
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
|
||
|
||
if (widget->priv->width_request_needed)
|
||
g_warning ("%s %p width request needed but not realized",
|
||
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
|
||
|
||
if (widget->priv->height_request_needed)
|
||
g_warning ("%s %p height request needed but not realized",
|
||
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
|
||
#endif
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* The point of this push/pop is that invariants may not hold while
|
||
* we’re busy making changes. So we only check at the outermost call
|
||
* on the call stack, after we finish updating everything.
|
||
*/
|
||
static void
|
||
gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
priv->verifying_invariants_count += 1;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
g_assert (priv->verifying_invariants_count > 0);
|
||
|
||
priv->verifying_invariants_count -= 1;
|
||
|
||
if (priv->verifying_invariants_count == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidget *child;
|
||
gtk_widget_verify_invariants (widget);
|
||
|
||
/* Check one level of children, because our
|
||
* push_verify_invariants() will have prevented some of the
|
||
* checks. This does not recurse because if recursion is
|
||
* needed, it will happen naturally as each child has a
|
||
* push/pop on that child. For example if we're recursively
|
||
* mapping children, we'll push/pop on each child as we map
|
||
* it.
|
||
*/
|
||
for (child = _gtk_widget_get_first_child (widget);
|
||
child != NULL;
|
||
child = _gtk_widget_get_next_sibling (child))
|
||
{
|
||
gtk_widget_verify_invariants (child);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
#endif /* G_ENABLE_CONSISTENCY_CHECKS */
|
||
|
||
static PangoContext *
|
||
gtk_widget_peek_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
return g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_pango_context);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_get_pango_context:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
*
|
||
* Gets a #PangoContext with the appropriate font map, font description,
|
||
* and base direction for this widget. Unlike the context returned
|
||
* by gtk_widget_create_pango_context(), this context is owned by
|
||
* the widget (it can be used until the screen for the widget changes
|
||
* or the widget is removed from its toplevel), and will be updated to
|
||
* match any changes to the widget’s attributes. This can be tracked
|
||
* by listening to changes of the #GtkWidget:root property on the widget.
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns: (transfer none): the #PangoContext for the widget.
|
||
**/
|
||
PangoContext *
|
||
gtk_widget_get_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
PangoContext *context;
|
||
|
||
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
|
||
|
||
context = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_pango_context);
|
||
if (!context)
|
||
{
|
||
context = gtk_widget_create_pango_context (GTK_WIDGET (widget));
|
||
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget),
|
||
quark_pango_context,
|
||
context,
|
||
g_object_unref);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
return context;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static PangoFontMap *
|
||
gtk_widget_get_effective_font_map (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
PangoFontMap *font_map;
|
||
|
||
font_map = PANGO_FONT_MAP (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_font_map));
|
||
if (font_map)
|
||
return font_map;
|
||
else if (priv->parent)
|
||
return gtk_widget_get_effective_font_map (priv->parent);
|
||
else
|
||
return pango_cairo_font_map_get_default ();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
update_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
PangoContext *context)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
GtkCssStyle *style = gtk_css_node_get_style (priv->cssnode);
|
||
PangoFontDescription *font_desc;
|
||
GtkSettings *settings;
|
||
cairo_font_options_t *font_options;
|
||
|
||
font_desc = gtk_css_style_get_pango_font (style);
|
||
pango_context_set_font_description (context, font_desc);
|
||
|
||
pango_font_description_free (font_desc);
|
||
|
||
pango_context_set_base_dir (context,
|
||
_gtk_widget_get_direction (widget) == GTK_TEXT_DIR_LTR ?
|
||
PANGO_DIRECTION_LTR : PANGO_DIRECTION_RTL);
|
||
|
||
pango_cairo_context_set_resolution (context, _gtk_css_number_value_get (style->core->dpi, 100));
|
||
|
||
settings = gtk_widget_get_settings (widget);
|
||
font_options = (cairo_font_options_t*)g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_font_options);
|
||
if (settings && font_options)
|
||
{
|
||
cairo_font_options_t *options;
|
||
|
||
options = cairo_font_options_copy (gtk_settings_get_font_options (settings));
|
||
cairo_font_options_merge (options, font_options);
|
||
pango_cairo_context_set_font_options (context, options);
|
||
cairo_font_options_destroy (options);
|
||
}
|
||
else if (settings)
|
||
{
|
||
pango_cairo_context_set_font_options (context,
|
||
gtk_settings_get_font_options (settings));
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
pango_context_set_font_map (context, gtk_widget_get_effective_font_map (widget));
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
gtk_widget_update_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
PangoContext *context = gtk_widget_peek_pango_context (widget);
|
||
|
||
if (context)
|
||
update_pango_context (widget, context);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_set_font_options:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
* @options: (allow-none): a #cairo_font_options_t, or %NULL to unset any
|
||
* previously set default font options.
|
||
*
|
||
* Sets the #cairo_font_options_t used for Pango rendering in this widget.
|
||
* When not set, the default font options for the #GdkDisplay will be used.
|
||
**/
|
||
void
|
||
gtk_widget_set_font_options (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
const cairo_font_options_t *options)
|
||
{
|
||
cairo_font_options_t *font_options;
|
||
|
||
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
||
|
||
font_options = (cairo_font_options_t *)g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_font_options);
|
||
if (font_options != options)
|
||
{
|
||
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget),
|
||
quark_font_options,
|
||
options ? cairo_font_options_copy (options) : NULL,
|
||
(GDestroyNotify)cairo_font_options_destroy);
|
||
|
||
gtk_widget_update_pango_context (widget);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_get_font_options:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns the #cairo_font_options_t used for Pango rendering. When not set,
|
||
* the defaults font options for the #GdkDisplay will be used.
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): the #cairo_font_options_t or %NULL if not set
|
||
**/
|
||
const cairo_font_options_t *
|
||
gtk_widget_get_font_options (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
|
||
|
||
return (cairo_font_options_t *)g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_font_options);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
gtk_widget_set_font_map_recurse (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer user_data)
|
||
{
|
||
if (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_font_map))
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
gtk_widget_update_pango_context (widget);
|
||
|
||
gtk_widget_forall (widget, gtk_widget_set_font_map_recurse, user_data);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_set_font_map:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
* @font_map: (allow-none): a #PangoFontMap, or %NULL to unset any previously
|
||
* set font map
|
||
*
|
||
* Sets the font map to use for Pango rendering. When not set, the widget
|
||
* will inherit the font map from its parent.
|
||
*/
|
||
void
|
||
gtk_widget_set_font_map (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
PangoFontMap *font_map)
|
||
{
|
||
PangoFontMap *map;
|
||
|
||
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
||
|
||
map = PANGO_FONT_MAP (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_font_map));
|
||
if (map == font_map)
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget),
|
||
quark_font_map,
|
||
g_object_ref (font_map),
|
||
g_object_unref);
|
||
|
||
gtk_widget_update_pango_context (widget);
|
||
|
||
gtk_widget_forall (widget, gtk_widget_set_font_map_recurse, NULL);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_get_font_map:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
*
|
||
* Gets the font map that has been set with gtk_widget_set_font_map().
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): A #PangoFontMap, or %NULL
|
||
*/
|
||
PangoFontMap *
|
||
gtk_widget_get_font_map (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
|
||
|
||
return PANGO_FONT_MAP (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_font_map));
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_create_pango_context:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
*
|
||
* Creates a new #PangoContext with the appropriate font map,
|
||
* font options, font description, and base direction for drawing
|
||
* text for this widget. See also gtk_widget_get_pango_context().
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns: (transfer full): the new #PangoContext
|
||
**/
|
||
PangoContext *
|
||
gtk_widget_create_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
PangoContext *context;
|
||
|
||
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
|
||
|
||
context = pango_font_map_create_context (pango_cairo_font_map_get_default ());
|
||
update_pango_context (widget, context);
|
||
pango_context_set_language (context, gtk_get_default_language ());
|
||
|
||
return context;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_create_pango_layout:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
* @text: (nullable): text to set on the layout (can be %NULL)
|
||
*
|
||
* Creates a new #PangoLayout with the appropriate font map,
|
||
* font description, and base direction for drawing text for
|
||
* this widget.
|
||
*
|
||
* If you keep a #PangoLayout created in this way around, you need
|
||
* to re-create it when the widget #PangoContext is replaced.
|
||
* This can be tracked by listening to changes of the #GtkWidget:root property
|
||
* on the widget.
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns: (transfer full): the new #PangoLayout
|
||
**/
|
||
PangoLayout *
|
||
gtk_widget_create_pango_layout (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
const gchar *text)
|
||
{
|
||
PangoLayout *layout;
|
||
PangoContext *context;
|
||
|
||
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
|
||
|
||
context = gtk_widget_get_pango_context (widget);
|
||
layout = pango_layout_new (context);
|
||
|
||
if (text)
|
||
pango_layout_set_text (layout, text, -1);
|
||
|
||
return layout;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_set_child_visible:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
* @child_visible: if %TRUE, @widget should be mapped along with its parent.
|
||
*
|
||
* Sets whether @widget should be mapped along with its when its parent
|
||
* is mapped and @widget has been shown with gtk_widget_show().
|
||
*
|
||
* The child visibility can be set for widget before it is added to
|
||
* a container with gtk_widget_set_parent(), to avoid mapping
|
||
* children unnecessary before immediately unmapping them. However
|
||
* it will be reset to its default state of %TRUE when the widget
|
||
* is removed from a container.
|
||
*
|
||
* Note that changing the child visibility of a widget does not
|
||
* queue a resize on the widget. Most of the time, the size of
|
||
* a widget is computed from all visible children, whether or
|
||
* not they are mapped. If this is not the case, the container
|
||
* can queue a resize itself.
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is only useful for container implementations and
|
||
* never should be called by an application.
|
||
**/
|
||
void
|
||
gtk_widget_set_child_visible (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
gboolean child_visible)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
||
g_return_if_fail (!GTK_IS_ROOT (widget));
|
||
|
||
child_visible = !!child_visible;
|
||
|
||
if (priv->child_visible == child_visible)
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
g_object_ref (widget);
|
||
gtk_widget_verify_invariants (widget);
|
||
|
||
if (child_visible)
|
||
priv->child_visible = TRUE;
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
GtkRoot *root;
|
||
|
||
priv->child_visible = FALSE;
|
||
|
||
root = _gtk_widget_get_root (widget);
|
||
if (GTK_WIDGET (root) != widget && GTK_IS_WINDOW (root))
|
||
_gtk_window_unset_focus_and_default (GTK_WINDOW (root), widget);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (priv->parent && _gtk_widget_get_realized (priv->parent))
|
||
{
|
||
if (_gtk_widget_get_mapped (priv->parent) &&
|
||
priv->child_visible &&
|
||
_gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
|
||
gtk_widget_map (widget);
|
||
else
|
||
gtk_widget_unmap (widget);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
gtk_widget_verify_invariants (widget);
|
||
g_object_unref (widget);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_get_child_visible:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
*
|
||
* Gets the value set with gtk_widget_set_child_visible().
|
||
* If you feel a need to use this function, your code probably
|
||
* needs reorganization.
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is only useful for container implementations and
|
||
* never should be called by an application.
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns: %TRUE if the widget is mapped with the parent.
|
||
**/
|
||
gboolean
|
||
gtk_widget_get_child_visible (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
|
||
|
||
return priv->child_visible;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
_gtk_widget_scale_changed (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
||
|
||
if (priv->context)
|
||
gtk_style_context_set_scale (priv->context, gtk_widget_get_scale_factor (widget));
|
||
|
||
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_SCALE_FACTOR]);
|
||
|
||
gtk_widget_queue_draw (widget);
|
||
|
||
gtk_widget_forall (widget, (GtkCallback)_gtk_widget_scale_changed, NULL);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_get_scale_factor:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
*
|
||
* Retrieves the internal scale factor that maps from window coordinates
|
||
* to the actual device pixels. On traditional systems this is 1, on
|
||
* high density outputs, it can be a higher value (typically 2).
|
||
*
|
||
* See gdk_surface_get_scale_factor().
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns: the scale factor for @widget
|
||
*/
|
||
gint
|
||
gtk_widget_get_scale_factor (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkRoot *root;
|
||
GdkDisplay *display;
|
||
GdkMonitor *monitor;
|
||
|
||
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 1);
|
||
|
||
if (_gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
|
||
{
|
||
GdkSurface *surface = gtk_widget_get_surface (widget);
|
||
|
||
if (surface)
|
||
return gdk_surface_get_scale_factor (surface);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
root = _gtk_widget_get_root (widget);
|
||
if (root && GTK_WIDGET (root) != widget)
|
||
return gtk_widget_get_scale_factor (GTK_WIDGET (root));
|
||
|
||
/* else fall back to something that is more likely to be right than
|
||
* just returning 1:
|
||
*/
|
||
display = _gtk_widget_get_display (widget);
|
||
if (display)
|
||
{
|
||
monitor = g_list_model_get_item (gdk_display_get_monitors (display), 0);
|
||
if (monitor)
|
||
{
|
||
int result = gdk_monitor_get_scale_factor (monitor);
|
||
g_object_unref (monitor);
|
||
return result;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
return 1;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_get_display:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
*
|
||
* Get the #GdkDisplay for the toplevel window associated with
|
||
* this widget. This function can only be called after the widget
|
||
* has been added to a widget hierarchy with a #GtkWindow at the top.
|
||
*
|
||
* In general, you should only create display specific
|
||
* resources when a widget has been realized, and you should
|
||
* free those resources when the widget is unrealized.
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns: (transfer none): the #GdkDisplay for the toplevel for this widget.
|
||
**/
|
||
GdkDisplay*
|
||
gtk_widget_get_display (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
|
||
|
||
return _gtk_widget_get_display (widget);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_child_focus:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
* @direction: direction of focus movement
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is used by custom widget implementations; if you're
|
||
* writing an app, you’d use gtk_widget_grab_focus() to move the focus
|
||
* to a particular widget.
|
||
*
|
||
* gtk_widget_child_focus() is called by widgets as the user moves
|
||
* around the window using keyboard shortcuts. @direction indicates
|
||
* what kind of motion is taking place (up, down, left, right, tab
|
||
* forward, tab backward). gtk_widget_child_focus() emits the
|
||
* #GtkWidget::focus signal; widgets override the default handler
|
||
* for this signal in order to implement appropriate focus behavior.
|
||
*
|
||
* The default ::focus handler for a widget should return %TRUE if
|
||
* moving in @direction left the focus on a focusable location inside
|
||
* that widget, and %FALSE if moving in @direction moved the focus
|
||
* outside the widget. If returning %TRUE, widgets normally
|
||
* call gtk_widget_grab_focus() to place the focus accordingly;
|
||
* if returning %FALSE, they don’t modify the current focus location.
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns: %TRUE if focus ended up inside @widget
|
||
**/
|
||
gboolean
|
||
gtk_widget_child_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
GtkDirectionType direction)
|
||
{
|
||
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
|
||
|
||
if (!_gtk_widget_get_visible (widget) ||
|
||
!gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget) ||
|
||
!gtk_widget_get_can_focus (widget))
|
||
return FALSE;
|
||
|
||
/* Emit ::focus in any case, even if focusable is FALSE,
|
||
* since any widget might have child widgets that will take
|
||
* focus
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
return GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->focus (widget, direction);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_keynav_failed:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
* @direction: direction of focus movement
|
||
*
|
||
* This function should be called whenever keyboard navigation within
|
||
* a single widget hits a boundary. The function emits the
|
||
* #GtkWidget::keynav-failed signal on the widget and its return
|
||
* value should be interpreted in a way similar to the return value of
|
||
* gtk_widget_child_focus():
|
||
*
|
||
* When %TRUE is returned, stay in the widget, the failed keyboard
|
||
* navigation is OK and/or there is nowhere we can/should move the
|
||
* focus to.
|
||
*
|
||
* When %FALSE is returned, the caller should continue with keyboard
|
||
* navigation outside the widget, e.g. by calling
|
||
* gtk_widget_child_focus() on the widget’s toplevel.
|
||
*
|
||
* The default ::keynav-failed handler returns %FALSE for
|
||
* %GTK_DIR_TAB_FORWARD and %GTK_DIR_TAB_BACKWARD. For the other
|
||
* values of #GtkDirectionType it returns %TRUE.
|
||
*
|
||
* Whenever the default handler returns %TRUE, it also calls
|
||
* gtk_widget_error_bell() to notify the user of the failed keyboard
|
||
* navigation.
|
||
*
|
||
* A use case for providing an own implementation of ::keynav-failed
|
||
* (either by connecting to it or by overriding it) would be a row of
|
||
* #GtkEntry widgets where the user should be able to navigate the
|
||
* entire row with the cursor keys, as e.g. known from user interfaces
|
||
* that require entering license keys.
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns: %TRUE if stopping keyboard navigation is fine, %FALSE
|
||
* if the emitting widget should try to handle the keyboard
|
||
* navigation attempt in its parent container(s).
|
||
**/
|
||
gboolean
|
||
gtk_widget_keynav_failed (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
GtkDirectionType direction)
|
||
{
|
||
gboolean return_val;
|
||
|
||
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
|
||
|
||
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[KEYNAV_FAILED], 0,
|
||
direction, &return_val);
|
||
|
||
return return_val;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_error_bell:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
*
|
||
* Notifies the user about an input-related error on this widget.
|
||
* If the #GtkSettings:gtk-error-bell setting is %TRUE, it calls
|
||
* gdk_surface_beep(), otherwise it does nothing.
|
||
*
|
||
* Note that the effect of gdk_surface_beep() can be configured in many
|
||
* ways, depending on the windowing backend and the desktop environment
|
||
* or window manager that is used.
|
||
**/
|
||
void
|
||
gtk_widget_error_bell (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkSettings* settings;
|
||
gboolean beep;
|
||
GdkSurface *surface;
|
||
|
||
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
||
|
||
settings = gtk_widget_get_settings (widget);
|
||
if (!settings)
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
surface = gtk_widget_get_surface (widget);
|
||
|
||
g_object_get (settings,
|
||
"gtk-error-bell", &beep,
|
||
NULL);
|
||
|
||
if (beep && surface)
|
||
gdk_surface_beep (surface);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
gint width,
|
||
gint height)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
gboolean changed = FALSE;
|
||
|
||
g_object_freeze_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
|
||
|
||
if (width > -2 && priv->width_request != width)
|
||
{
|
||
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_WIDTH_REQUEST]);
|
||
priv->width_request = width;
|
||
changed = TRUE;
|
||
}
|
||
if (height > -2 && priv->height_request != height)
|
||
{
|
||
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_HEIGHT_REQUEST]);
|
||
priv->height_request = height;
|
||
changed = TRUE;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (_gtk_widget_get_visible (widget) && changed)
|
||
{
|
||
gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
g_object_thaw_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_set_size_request:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
* @width: width @widget should request, or -1 to unset
|
||
* @height: height @widget should request, or -1 to unset
|
||
*
|
||
* Sets the minimum size of a widget; that is, the widget’s size
|
||
* request will be at least @width by @height. You can use this
|
||
* function to force a widget to be larger than it normally would be.
|
||
*
|
||
* In most cases, gtk_window_set_default_size() is a better choice for
|
||
* toplevel windows than this function; setting the default size will
|
||
* still allow users to shrink the window. Setting the size request
|
||
* will force them to leave the window at least as large as the size
|
||
* request. When dealing with window sizes,
|
||
* gtk_window_set_geometry_hints() can be a useful function as well.
|
||
*
|
||
* Note the inherent danger of setting any fixed size - themes,
|
||
* translations into other languages, different fonts, and user action
|
||
* can all change the appropriate size for a given widget. So, it's
|
||
* basically impossible to hardcode a size that will always be
|
||
* correct.
|
||
*
|
||
* The size request of a widget is the smallest size a widget can
|
||
* accept while still functioning well and drawing itself correctly.
|
||
* However in some strange cases a widget may be allocated less than
|
||
* its requested size, and in many cases a widget may be allocated more
|
||
* space than it requested.
|
||
*
|
||
* If the size request in a given direction is -1 (unset), then
|
||
* the “natural” size request of the widget will be used instead.
|
||
*
|
||
* The size request set here does not include any margin from the
|
||
* #GtkWidget properties margin-left, margin-right, margin-top, and
|
||
* margin-bottom, but it does include pretty much all other padding
|
||
* or border properties set by any subclass of #GtkWidget.
|
||
**/
|
||
void
|
||
gtk_widget_set_size_request (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
gint width,
|
||
gint height)
|
||
{
|
||
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
||
g_return_if_fail (width >= -1);
|
||
g_return_if_fail (height >= -1);
|
||
|
||
gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (widget, width, height);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_get_size_request:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
* @width: (out) (allow-none): return location for width, or %NULL
|
||
* @height: (out) (allow-none): return location for height, or %NULL
|
||
*
|
||
* Gets the size request that was explicitly set for the widget using
|
||
* gtk_widget_set_size_request(). A value of -1 stored in @width or
|
||
* @height indicates that that dimension has not been set explicitly
|
||
* and the natural requisition of the widget will be used instead. See
|
||
* gtk_widget_set_size_request(). To get the size a widget will
|
||
* actually request, call gtk_widget_measure() instead of
|
||
* this function.
|
||
**/
|
||
void
|
||
gtk_widget_get_size_request (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
gint *width,
|
||
gint *height)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
||
|
||
if (width)
|
||
*width = priv->width_request;
|
||
|
||
if (height)
|
||
*height = priv->height_request;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*< private >
|
||
* gtk_widget_has_size_request:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns if the widget has a size request set (anything besides -1 for height
|
||
* or width)
|
||
*/
|
||
gboolean
|
||
gtk_widget_has_size_request (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
return !(priv->width_request == -1 && priv->height_request == -1);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_get_ancestor:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
* @widget_type: ancestor type
|
||
*
|
||
* Gets the first ancestor of @widget with type @widget_type. For example,
|
||
* `gtk_widget_get_ancestor (widget, GTK_TYPE_BOX)` gets
|
||
* the first #GtkBox that’s an ancestor of @widget. No reference will be
|
||
* added to the returned widget; it should not be unreferenced.
|
||
*
|
||
* Note that unlike gtk_widget_is_ancestor(), gtk_widget_get_ancestor()
|
||
* considers @widget to be an ancestor of itself.
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): the ancestor widget, or %NULL if not found
|
||
**/
|
||
GtkWidget*
|
||
gtk_widget_get_ancestor (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
GType widget_type)
|
||
{
|
||
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
|
||
|
||
while (widget && !g_type_is_a (G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget), widget_type))
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
widget = priv->parent;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
return widget;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_get_settings:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
*
|
||
* Gets the settings object holding the settings used for this widget.
|
||
*
|
||
* Note that this function can only be called when the #GtkWidget
|
||
* is attached to a toplevel, since the settings object is specific
|
||
* to a particular #GdkDisplay. If you want to monitor the widget for
|
||
* changes in its settings, connect to notify::display.
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns: (transfer none): the relevant #GtkSettings object
|
||
*/
|
||
GtkSettings*
|
||
gtk_widget_get_settings (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
|
||
|
||
return gtk_settings_get_for_display (_gtk_widget_get_display (widget));
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_is_ancestor:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
* @ancestor: another #GtkWidget
|
||
*
|
||
* Determines whether @widget is somewhere inside @ancestor, possibly with
|
||
* intermediate containers.
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns: %TRUE if @ancestor contains @widget as a child,
|
||
* grandchild, great grandchild, etc.
|
||
**/
|
||
gboolean
|
||
gtk_widget_is_ancestor (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
GtkWidget *ancestor)
|
||
{
|
||
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
|
||
g_return_val_if_fail (ancestor != NULL, FALSE);
|
||
|
||
while (widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
if (priv->parent == ancestor)
|
||
return TRUE;
|
||
|
||
widget = priv->parent;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
return FALSE;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
gtk_widget_emit_direction_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
GtkTextDirection old_dir)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkTextDirection direction;
|
||
GtkStateFlags state;
|
||
|
||
gtk_widget_update_pango_context (widget);
|
||
|
||
direction = _gtk_widget_get_direction (widget);
|
||
|
||
switch (direction)
|
||
{
|
||
case GTK_TEXT_DIR_LTR:
|
||
state = GTK_STATE_FLAG_DIR_LTR;
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case GTK_TEXT_DIR_RTL:
|
||
state = GTK_STATE_FLAG_DIR_RTL;
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE:
|
||
default:
|
||
g_assert_not_reached ();
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
gtk_widget_update_state_flags (widget,
|
||
state,
|
||
state ^ (GTK_STATE_FLAG_DIR_LTR | GTK_STATE_FLAG_DIR_RTL));
|
||
|
||
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[DIRECTION_CHANGED], 0, old_dir);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_set_direction:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
* @dir: the new direction
|
||
*
|
||
* Sets the reading direction on a particular widget. This direction
|
||
* controls the primary direction for widgets containing text,
|
||
* and also the direction in which the children of a container are
|
||
* packed. The ability to set the direction is present in order
|
||
* so that correct localization into languages with right-to-left
|
||
* reading directions can be done. Generally, applications will
|
||
* let the default reading direction present, except for containers
|
||
* where the containers are arranged in an order that is explicitly
|
||
* visual rather than logical (such as buttons for text justification).
|
||
*
|
||
* If the direction is set to %GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE, then the value
|
||
* set by gtk_widget_set_default_direction() will be used.
|
||
**/
|
||
void
|
||
gtk_widget_set_direction (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
GtkTextDirection dir)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
GtkTextDirection old_dir;
|
||
|
||
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
||
g_return_if_fail (dir >= GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE && dir <= GTK_TEXT_DIR_RTL);
|
||
|
||
old_dir = _gtk_widget_get_direction (widget);
|
||
|
||
priv->direction = dir;
|
||
|
||
if (old_dir != _gtk_widget_get_direction (widget))
|
||
gtk_widget_emit_direction_changed (widget, old_dir);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_get_direction:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
*
|
||
* Gets the reading direction for a particular widget. See
|
||
* gtk_widget_set_direction().
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns: the reading direction for the widget.
|
||
**/
|
||
GtkTextDirection
|
||
gtk_widget_get_direction (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), GTK_TEXT_DIR_LTR);
|
||
|
||
if (priv->direction == GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE)
|
||
return gtk_default_direction;
|
||
else
|
||
return priv->direction;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
gtk_widget_set_default_direction_recurse (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
GtkTextDirection old_dir)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
GtkWidget *child;
|
||
|
||
g_object_ref (widget);
|
||
|
||
if (priv->direction == GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE)
|
||
gtk_widget_emit_direction_changed (widget, old_dir);
|
||
|
||
for (child = _gtk_widget_get_first_child (widget);
|
||
child != NULL;
|
||
child = _gtk_widget_get_next_sibling (child))
|
||
{
|
||
gtk_widget_set_default_direction_recurse (child, old_dir);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
g_object_unref (widget);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_set_default_direction:
|
||
* @dir: the new default direction. This cannot be
|
||
* %GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE.
|
||
*
|
||
* Sets the default reading direction for widgets where the
|
||
* direction has not been explicitly set by gtk_widget_set_direction().
|
||
**/
|
||
void
|
||
gtk_widget_set_default_direction (GtkTextDirection dir)
|
||
{
|
||
g_return_if_fail (dir == GTK_TEXT_DIR_RTL || dir == GTK_TEXT_DIR_LTR);
|
||
|
||
if (dir != gtk_default_direction)
|
||
{
|
||
GList *toplevels, *tmp_list;
|
||
GtkTextDirection old_dir = gtk_default_direction;
|
||
|
||
gtk_default_direction = dir;
|
||
|
||
tmp_list = toplevels = gtk_window_list_toplevels ();
|
||
g_list_foreach (toplevels, (GFunc)g_object_ref, NULL);
|
||
|
||
while (tmp_list)
|
||
{
|
||
gtk_widget_set_default_direction_recurse (tmp_list->data, old_dir);
|
||
g_object_unref (tmp_list->data);
|
||
tmp_list = tmp_list->next;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
g_list_free (toplevels);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_get_default_direction:
|
||
*
|
||
* Obtains the current default reading direction. See
|
||
* gtk_widget_set_default_direction().
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns: the current default direction.
|
||
**/
|
||
GtkTextDirection
|
||
gtk_widget_get_default_direction (void)
|
||
{
|
||
return gtk_default_direction;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
gtk_widget_dispose (GObject *object)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (object);
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
GSList *sizegroups;
|
||
GtkActionMuxer *muxer;
|
||
|
||
muxer = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_action_muxer);
|
||
if (muxer != NULL)
|
||
g_object_run_dispose (G_OBJECT (muxer));
|
||
|
||
if (priv->children_observer)
|
||
gtk_list_list_model_clear (priv->children_observer);
|
||
if (priv->controller_observer)
|
||
gtk_list_list_model_clear (priv->controller_observer);
|
||
|
||
if (priv->parent)
|
||
gtk_widget_unparent (widget);
|
||
else if (_gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
|
||
gtk_widget_hide (widget);
|
||
|
||
while (priv->paintables)
|
||
gtk_widget_paintable_set_widget (priv->paintables->data, NULL);
|
||
|
||
if (priv->layout_manager != NULL)
|
||
gtk_layout_manager_set_widget (priv->layout_manager, NULL);
|
||
g_clear_object (&priv->layout_manager);
|
||
|
||
priv->visible = FALSE;
|
||
if (_gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
|
||
gtk_widget_unrealize (widget);
|
||
|
||
g_clear_object (&priv->cursor);
|
||
|
||
if (!priv->in_destruction)
|
||
{
|
||
priv->in_destruction = TRUE;
|
||
g_signal_emit (object, widget_signals[DESTROY], 0);
|
||
priv->in_destruction = FALSE;
|
||
gtk_widget_real_destroy (widget);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
sizegroups = _gtk_widget_get_sizegroups (widget);
|
||
while (sizegroups)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkSizeGroup *size_group;
|
||
|
||
size_group = sizegroups->data;
|
||
sizegroups = sizegroups->next;
|
||
gtk_size_group_remove_widget (size_group, widget);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
g_object_set_qdata (object, quark_action_muxer, NULL);
|
||
|
||
G_OBJECT_CLASS (gtk_widget_parent_class)->dispose (object);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
#ifdef G_ENABLE_CONSISTENCY_CHECKS
|
||
typedef struct {
|
||
AutomaticChildClass *child_class;
|
||
GType widget_type;
|
||
GObject *object;
|
||
gboolean did_finalize;
|
||
} FinalizeAssertion;
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
finalize_assertion_weak_ref (gpointer data,
|
||
GObject *where_the_object_was)
|
||
{
|
||
FinalizeAssertion *assertion = (FinalizeAssertion *)data;
|
||
assertion->did_finalize = TRUE;
|
||
}
|
||
#endif /* G_ENABLE_CONSISTENCY_CHECKS */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
gtk_widget_real_destroy (GtkWidget *object)
|
||
{
|
||
/* gtk_object_destroy() will already hold a refcount on object */
|
||
GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (object);
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
if (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_auto_children))
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetClass *class;
|
||
GSList *l;
|
||
|
||
#ifdef G_ENABLE_CONSISTENCY_CHECKS
|
||
GSList *assertions = NULL;
|
||
|
||
/* Note, GTK_WIDGET_ASSERT_COMPONENTS is very useful
|
||
* to catch ref counting bugs, but can only be used in
|
||
* test cases which simply create and destroy a composite
|
||
* widget.
|
||
*
|
||
* This is because some API can expose components explicitly,
|
||
* and so we cannot assert that a component is expected to finalize
|
||
* in a full application ecosystem.
|
||
*/
|
||
if (g_getenv ("GTK_WIDGET_ASSERT_COMPONENTS") != NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
GType class_type;
|
||
|
||
for (class = GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget);
|
||
GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (class);
|
||
class = g_type_class_peek_parent (class))
|
||
{
|
||
if (!class->priv->template)
|
||
continue;
|
||
|
||
class_type = G_OBJECT_CLASS_TYPE (class);
|
||
|
||
for (l = class->priv->template->children; l; l = l->next)
|
||
{
|
||
AutomaticChildClass *child_class = l->data;
|
||
GObject *child_object = gtk_widget_get_template_child (widget,
|
||
class_type,
|
||
child_class->name);
|
||
|
||
g_assert (child_object);
|
||
|
||
if (!G_IS_OBJECT (child_object))
|
||
{
|
||
g_critical ("Automated component '%s' of class '%s' seems to"
|
||
" have been prematurely finalized",
|
||
child_class->name, g_type_name (class_type));
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
FinalizeAssertion *assertion = g_slice_new0 (FinalizeAssertion);
|
||
assertion->child_class = child_class;
|
||
assertion->widget_type = class_type;
|
||
assertion->object = child_object;
|
||
|
||
g_object_weak_ref (child_object, finalize_assertion_weak_ref, assertion);
|
||
|
||
assertions = g_slist_prepend (assertions, assertion);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
#endif /* G_ENABLE_CONSISTENCY_CHECKS */
|
||
|
||
/* Release references to all automated children */
|
||
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_auto_children, NULL);
|
||
|
||
#ifdef G_ENABLE_CONSISTENCY_CHECKS
|
||
for (l = assertions; l; l = l->next)
|
||
{
|
||
FinalizeAssertion *assertion = l->data;
|
||
|
||
if (!assertion->did_finalize)
|
||
g_critical ("Automated component '%s' of class '%s' did not finalize in dispose()"
|
||
"Current reference count is %d",
|
||
assertion->child_class->name,
|
||
g_type_name (assertion->widget_type),
|
||
assertion->object->ref_count);
|
||
|
||
g_slice_free (FinalizeAssertion, assertion);
|
||
}
|
||
g_slist_free (assertions);
|
||
#endif /* G_ENABLE_CONSISTENCY_CHECKS */
|
||
|
||
/* Set any automatic private data pointers to NULL */
|
||
for (class = GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget);
|
||
GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (class);
|
||
class = g_type_class_peek_parent (class))
|
||
{
|
||
if (!class->priv->template)
|
||
continue;
|
||
|
||
for (l = class->priv->template->children; l; l = l->next)
|
||
{
|
||
AutomaticChildClass *child_class = l->data;
|
||
|
||
if (child_class->offset != 0)
|
||
{
|
||
gpointer field_p;
|
||
|
||
/* Nullify instance private data for internal children */
|
||
field_p = G_STRUCT_MEMBER_P (widget, child_class->offset);
|
||
(* (gpointer *) field_p) = NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (priv->accessible)
|
||
{
|
||
gtk_accessible_set_widget (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (priv->accessible), NULL);
|
||
g_object_unref (priv->accessible);
|
||
priv->accessible = NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Callers of add_mnemonic_label() should disconnect on ::destroy */
|
||
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_mnemonic_labels, NULL);
|
||
|
||
gtk_grab_remove (widget);
|
||
|
||
destroy_tick_callbacks (widget);
|
||
destroy_surface_transform_data (widget);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
gtk_widget_unset_controller (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
GtkEventController *controller)
|
||
{
|
||
GTK_EVENT_CONTROLLER_GET_CLASS (controller)->unset_widget (controller);
|
||
g_object_unref (controller);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
gtk_widget_finalize (GObject *object)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (object);
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
gtk_grab_remove (widget);
|
||
|
||
g_free (priv->name);
|
||
g_free (priv->tooltip_markup);
|
||
g_free (priv->tooltip_text);
|
||
|
||
g_clear_object (&priv->accessible);
|
||
g_clear_pointer (&priv->transform, gsk_transform_unref);
|
||
g_clear_pointer (&priv->allocated_transform, gsk_transform_unref);
|
||
|
||
gtk_css_widget_node_widget_destroyed (GTK_CSS_WIDGET_NODE (priv->cssnode));
|
||
g_object_unref (priv->cssnode);
|
||
|
||
g_clear_object (&priv->context);
|
||
|
||
_gtk_size_request_cache_free (&priv->requests);
|
||
|
||
if (priv->controllers)
|
||
{
|
||
guint i;
|
||
for (i = 0; i < priv->controllers->len; i++)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkEventController *controller = g_ptr_array_index (priv->controllers, i);
|
||
|
||
gtk_widget_unset_controller (widget, controller);
|
||
}
|
||
g_ptr_array_free (priv->controllers, TRUE);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (_gtk_widget_get_first_child (widget) != NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidget *child;
|
||
g_warning ("Finalizing %s %p, but it still has children left:",
|
||
gtk_widget_get_name (widget), widget);
|
||
for (child = _gtk_widget_get_first_child (widget);
|
||
child != NULL;
|
||
child = _gtk_widget_get_next_sibling (child))
|
||
{
|
||
g_warning (" - %s %p", gtk_widget_get_name (child), child);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (g_object_is_floating (object))
|
||
g_warning ("A floating object was finalized. This means that someone\n"
|
||
"called g_object_unref() on an object that had only a floating\n"
|
||
"reference; the initial floating reference is not owned by anyone\n"
|
||
"and must be removed with g_object_ref_sink().");
|
||
|
||
G_OBJECT_CLASS (gtk_widget_parent_class)->finalize (object);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*****************************************
|
||
* gtk_widget_real_map:
|
||
*
|
||
* arguments:
|
||
*
|
||
* results:
|
||
*****************************************/
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
gtk_widget_real_map (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
g_assert (_gtk_widget_get_realized (widget));
|
||
|
||
if (!_gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidget *p;
|
||
priv->mapped = TRUE;
|
||
|
||
for (p = gtk_widget_get_first_child (widget);
|
||
p != NULL;
|
||
p = gtk_widget_get_next_sibling (p))
|
||
{
|
||
if (_gtk_widget_get_visible (p) &&
|
||
_gtk_widget_get_child_visible (p) &&
|
||
!_gtk_widget_get_mapped (p))
|
||
gtk_widget_map (p);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*****************************************
|
||
* gtk_widget_real_unmap:
|
||
*
|
||
* arguments:
|
||
*
|
||
* results:
|
||
*****************************************/
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
gtk_widget_real_unmap (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
if (_gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidget *child;
|
||
priv->mapped = FALSE;
|
||
|
||
for (child = _gtk_widget_get_first_child (widget);
|
||
child != NULL;
|
||
child = _gtk_widget_get_next_sibling (child))
|
||
{
|
||
gtk_widget_unmap (child);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
gtk_widget_update_paintables (widget);
|
||
|
||
gtk_widget_unset_state_flags (widget,
|
||
GTK_STATE_FLAG_PRELIGHT |
|
||
GTK_STATE_FLAG_ACTIVE);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*****************************************
|
||
* gtk_widget_real_realize:
|
||
*
|
||
* arguments:
|
||
*
|
||
* results:
|
||
*****************************************/
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
gtk_widget_real_realize (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
GdkFrameClock *frame_clock;
|
||
|
||
priv->realized = TRUE;
|
||
|
||
/* Connect frame clock */
|
||
frame_clock = gtk_widget_get_frame_clock (widget);
|
||
if (priv->tick_callbacks != NULL && !priv->clock_tick_id)
|
||
{
|
||
priv->clock_tick_id = g_signal_connect (frame_clock, "update",
|
||
G_CALLBACK (gtk_widget_on_frame_clock_update),
|
||
widget);
|
||
gdk_frame_clock_begin_updating (frame_clock);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
gtk_css_node_invalidate_frame_clock (priv->cssnode, FALSE);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*****************************************
|
||
* gtk_widget_real_unrealize:
|
||
*
|
||
* arguments:
|
||
*
|
||
* results:
|
||
*****************************************/
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
gtk_widget_real_unrealize (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
g_assert (!priv->mapped);
|
||
|
||
/* We must do unrealize child widget BEFORE container widget.
|
||
* gdk_surface_destroy() destroys specified xwindow and its sub-xwindows.
|
||
* So, unrealizing container widget before its children causes the problem
|
||
* (for example, gdk_ic_destroy () with destroyed window causes crash.)
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
gtk_widget_forall (widget, (GtkCallback)gtk_widget_unrealize, NULL);
|
||
|
||
/* Disconnect frame clock */
|
||
gtk_css_node_invalidate_frame_clock (priv->cssnode, FALSE);
|
||
|
||
if (priv->clock_tick_id)
|
||
{
|
||
GdkFrameClock *frame_clock = gtk_widget_get_frame_clock (widget);
|
||
|
||
g_signal_handler_disconnect (frame_clock, priv->clock_tick_id);
|
||
priv->clock_tick_id = 0;
|
||
gdk_frame_clock_end_updating (frame_clock);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
priv->realized = FALSE;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
gtk_widget_adjust_size_request (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
GtkOrientation orientation,
|
||
gint *minimum_size,
|
||
gint *natural_size)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
if (orientation == GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL && priv->width_request > 0)
|
||
*minimum_size = MAX (*minimum_size, priv->width_request);
|
||
else if (orientation == GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL && priv->height_request > 0)
|
||
*minimum_size = MAX (*minimum_size, priv->height_request);
|
||
|
||
/* Fix it if set_size_request made natural size smaller than min size.
|
||
* This would also silently fix broken widgets, but we warn about them
|
||
* in gtksizerequest.c when calling their size request vfuncs.
|
||
*/
|
||
*natural_size = MAX (*natural_size, *minimum_size);
|
||
|
||
if (orientation == GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL)
|
||
{
|
||
*minimum_size += priv->margin.left + priv->margin.right;
|
||
*natural_size += priv->margin.left + priv->margin.right;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
*minimum_size += priv->margin.top + priv->margin.bottom;
|
||
*natural_size += priv->margin.top + priv->margin.bottom;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
gtk_widget_adjust_baseline_request (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
gint *minimum_baseline,
|
||
gint *natural_baseline)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
if (priv->height_request >= 0)
|
||
{
|
||
/* No baseline support for explicitly set height */
|
||
*minimum_baseline = -1;
|
||
*natural_baseline = -1;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
*minimum_baseline += priv->margin.top;
|
||
*natural_baseline += priv->margin.top;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static gboolean
|
||
is_my_surface (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
GdkSurface *surface)
|
||
{
|
||
if (!surface)
|
||
return FALSE;
|
||
|
||
return gdk_surface_get_widget (surface) == widget;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* _gtk_widget_get_device_surface:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
* @device: a #GdkDevice
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns: (nullable): the surface of @widget that @device is in, or %NULL
|
||
*/
|
||
GdkSurface *
|
||
_gtk_widget_get_device_surface (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
GdkDevice *device)
|
||
{
|
||
GdkSurface *surface;
|
||
|
||
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
|
||
g_return_val_if_fail (GDK_IS_DEVICE (device), NULL);
|
||
|
||
if (gdk_device_get_source (device) == GDK_SOURCE_KEYBOARD)
|
||
return NULL;
|
||
|
||
surface = gdk_device_get_last_event_surface (device);
|
||
if (surface && is_my_surface (widget, surface))
|
||
return surface;
|
||
else
|
||
return NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* _gtk_widget_list_devices:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns the list of pointer #GdkDevices that are currently
|
||
* on top of any surface belonging to @widget. Free the list
|
||
* with g_free(), the elements are owned by GTK+ and must
|
||
* not be freed.
|
||
*/
|
||
GdkDevice **
|
||
_gtk_widget_list_devices (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
guint *out_n_devices)
|
||
{
|
||
GPtrArray *result;
|
||
GdkSeat *seat;
|
||
GList *devices;
|
||
GList *l;
|
||
GdkDevice *device;
|
||
|
||
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
|
||
g_assert (out_n_devices);
|
||
|
||
if (!_gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
|
||
{
|
||
*out_n_devices = 0;
|
||
return NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
seat = gdk_display_get_default_seat (_gtk_widget_get_display (widget));
|
||
if (!seat)
|
||
{
|
||
*out_n_devices = 0;
|
||
return NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
device = gdk_seat_get_pointer (seat);
|
||
|
||
result = g_ptr_array_new ();
|
||
if (is_my_surface (widget, gdk_device_get_last_event_surface (device)))
|
||
g_ptr_array_add (result, device);
|
||
|
||
devices = gdk_seat_get_slaves (seat, GDK_SEAT_CAPABILITY_ALL_POINTING);
|
||
for (l = devices; l; l = l->next)
|
||
{
|
||
device = l->data;
|
||
if (is_my_surface (widget, gdk_device_get_last_event_surface (device)))
|
||
g_ptr_array_add (result, device);
|
||
}
|
||
g_list_free (devices);
|
||
|
||
*out_n_devices = result->len;
|
||
return (GdkDevice **)g_ptr_array_free (result, FALSE);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* _gtk_widget_synthesize_crossing:
|
||
* @from: the #GtkWidget the virtual pointer is leaving.
|
||
* @to: the #GtkWidget the virtual pointer is moving to.
|
||
* @mode: the #GdkCrossingMode to place on the synthesized events.
|
||
*
|
||
* Generate crossing event(s) on widget state (sensitivity) or GTK+ grab change.
|
||
*/
|
||
void
|
||
_gtk_widget_synthesize_crossing (GtkWidget *from,
|
||
GtkWidget *to,
|
||
GdkDevice *device,
|
||
GdkCrossingMode mode)
|
||
{
|
||
GdkSurface *from_surface = NULL, *to_surface = NULL;
|
||
GtkCrossingData crossing;
|
||
double x, y;
|
||
|
||
g_return_if_fail (from != NULL || to != NULL);
|
||
|
||
crossing.type = GTK_CROSSING_POINTER;
|
||
crossing.old_target = from;
|
||
crossing.new_target = to;
|
||
crossing.mode = mode;
|
||
|
||
if (from)
|
||
{
|
||
crossing.direction = GTK_CROSSING_OUT;
|
||
|
||
from_surface = _gtk_widget_get_device_surface (from, device);
|
||
if (!from_surface)
|
||
from_surface = gtk_widget_get_surface (from);
|
||
|
||
gdk_surface_get_device_position (from_surface, device, &x, &y, NULL);
|
||
gtk_widget_handle_crossing (from, &crossing, x, y);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (to)
|
||
{
|
||
to_surface = _gtk_widget_get_device_surface (to, device);
|
||
if (!to_surface)
|
||
to_surface = gtk_widget_get_surface (to);
|
||
|
||
crossing.direction = GTK_CROSSING_IN;
|
||
gdk_surface_get_device_position (to_surface, device, &x, &y, NULL);
|
||
gtk_widget_handle_crossing (to, &crossing, x, y);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
gtk_widget_propagate_state (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
const GtkStateData *data)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
GtkStateFlags new_flags, old_flags = priv->state_flags;
|
||
GtkStateData child_data;
|
||
GtkWidget *child;
|
||
gint new_scale_factor = gtk_widget_get_scale_factor (widget);
|
||
|
||
priv->state_flags |= data->flags_to_set;
|
||
priv->state_flags &= ~(data->flags_to_unset);
|
||
|
||
/* make insensitivity unoverridable */
|
||
if (!priv->sensitive)
|
||
priv->state_flags |= GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE;
|
||
|
||
if (gtk_widget_is_focus (widget) && !gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget))
|
||
gtk_root_set_focus (priv->root, NULL);
|
||
|
||
new_flags = priv->state_flags;
|
||
|
||
if (data->old_scale_factor != new_scale_factor)
|
||
_gtk_widget_scale_changed (widget);
|
||
|
||
if (old_flags != new_flags)
|
||
{
|
||
g_object_ref (widget);
|
||
|
||
if (!gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget) && gtk_widget_has_grab (widget))
|
||
gtk_grab_remove (widget);
|
||
|
||
gtk_css_node_set_state (priv->cssnode, new_flags);
|
||
|
||
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[STATE_FLAGS_CHANGED], 0, old_flags);
|
||
|
||
if (!priv->shadowed &&
|
||
(new_flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE) != (old_flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE))
|
||
{
|
||
guint i, n_devices;
|
||
GdkDevice **devices;
|
||
GList *event_surfaces = NULL;
|
||
|
||
devices = _gtk_widget_list_devices (widget, &n_devices);
|
||
|
||
for (i = 0; i < n_devices; i++)
|
||
{
|
||
GdkSurface *surface;
|
||
GdkDevice *device;
|
||
|
||
device = devices[i];
|
||
surface = _gtk_widget_get_device_surface (widget, device);
|
||
|
||
/* Do not propagate more than once to the
|
||
* same surface if non-multidevice aware.
|
||
*/
|
||
if (!gdk_surface_get_support_multidevice (surface) &&
|
||
g_list_find (event_surfaces, surface))
|
||
continue;
|
||
|
||
if (!gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget))
|
||
_gtk_widget_synthesize_crossing (widget, NULL, device,
|
||
GDK_CROSSING_STATE_CHANGED);
|
||
else
|
||
_gtk_widget_synthesize_crossing (NULL, widget, device,
|
||
GDK_CROSSING_STATE_CHANGED);
|
||
|
||
event_surfaces = g_list_prepend (event_surfaces, surface);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
g_list_free (event_surfaces);
|
||
g_free (devices);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (!gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget))
|
||
gtk_widget_reset_controllers (widget);
|
||
|
||
/* Make sure to only propagate the right states further */
|
||
child_data.old_scale_factor = new_scale_factor;
|
||
child_data.flags_to_set = data->flags_to_set & GTK_STATE_FLAGS_DO_SET_PROPAGATE;
|
||
child_data.flags_to_unset = data->flags_to_unset & GTK_STATE_FLAGS_DO_UNSET_PROPAGATE;
|
||
|
||
if (child_data.flags_to_set != 0 ||
|
||
child_data.flags_to_unset != 0)
|
||
{
|
||
for (child = _gtk_widget_get_first_child (widget);
|
||
child != NULL;
|
||
child = _gtk_widget_get_next_sibling (child))
|
||
{
|
||
gtk_widget_propagate_state (child, &child_data);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
g_object_unref (widget);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_requisition_new:
|
||
*
|
||
* Allocates a new #GtkRequisition-struct and initializes its elements to zero.
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns: a new empty #GtkRequisition. The newly allocated #GtkRequisition should
|
||
* be freed with gtk_requisition_free().
|
||
*/
|
||
GtkRequisition *
|
||
gtk_requisition_new (void)
|
||
{
|
||
return g_slice_new0 (GtkRequisition);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_requisition_copy:
|
||
* @requisition: a #GtkRequisition
|
||
*
|
||
* Copies a #GtkRequisition.
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns: a copy of @requisition
|
||
**/
|
||
GtkRequisition *
|
||
gtk_requisition_copy (const GtkRequisition *requisition)
|
||
{
|
||
return g_slice_dup (GtkRequisition, requisition);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_requisition_free:
|
||
* @requisition: a #GtkRequisition
|
||
*
|
||
* Frees a #GtkRequisition.
|
||
**/
|
||
void
|
||
gtk_requisition_free (GtkRequisition *requisition)
|
||
{
|
||
g_slice_free (GtkRequisition, requisition);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
G_DEFINE_BOXED_TYPE (GtkRequisition, gtk_requisition,
|
||
gtk_requisition_copy,
|
||
gtk_requisition_free)
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_class_set_accessible_type:
|
||
* @widget_class: class to set the accessible type for
|
||
* @type: The object type that implements the accessible for @widget_class
|
||
*
|
||
* Sets the type to be used for creating accessibles for widgets of
|
||
* @widget_class. The given @type must be a subtype of the type used for
|
||
* accessibles of the parent class.
|
||
*
|
||
* This function should only be called from class init functions of widgets.
|
||
**/
|
||
void
|
||
gtk_widget_class_set_accessible_type (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class,
|
||
GType type)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetClassPrivate *priv;
|
||
|
||
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (widget_class));
|
||
g_return_if_fail (g_type_is_a (type, widget_class->priv->accessible_type));
|
||
|
||
priv = widget_class->priv;
|
||
|
||
priv->accessible_type = type;
|
||
/* reset this - honoring the type's role is better. */
|
||
priv->accessible_role = ATK_ROLE_INVALID;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_class_set_accessible_role:
|
||
* @widget_class: class to set the accessible role for
|
||
* @role: The role to use for accessibles created for @widget_class
|
||
*
|
||
* Sets the default #AtkRole to be set on accessibles created for
|
||
* widgets of @widget_class. Accessibles may decide to not honor this
|
||
* setting if their role reporting is more refined. Calls to
|
||
* gtk_widget_class_set_accessible_type() will reset this value.
|
||
*
|
||
* In cases where you want more fine-grained control over the role of
|
||
* accessibles created for @widget_class, you should provide your own
|
||
* accessible type and use gtk_widget_class_set_accessible_type()
|
||
* instead.
|
||
*
|
||
* If @role is #ATK_ROLE_INVALID, the default role will not be changed
|
||
* and the accessible’s default role will be used instead.
|
||
*
|
||
* This function should only be called from class init functions of widgets.
|
||
**/
|
||
void
|
||
gtk_widget_class_set_accessible_role (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class,
|
||
AtkRole role)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetClassPrivate *priv;
|
||
|
||
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (widget_class));
|
||
|
||
priv = widget_class->priv;
|
||
|
||
priv->accessible_role = role;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* _gtk_widget_peek_accessible:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
*
|
||
* Gets the accessible for @widget, if it has been created yet.
|
||
* Otherwise, this function returns %NULL. If the @widget’s implementation
|
||
* does not use the default way to create accessibles, %NULL will always be
|
||
* returned.
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns: (nullable): the accessible for @widget or %NULL if none has been
|
||
* created yet.
|
||
**/
|
||
AtkObject *
|
||
_gtk_widget_peek_accessible (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
return priv->accessible;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_get_accessible:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns the accessible object that describes the widget to an
|
||
* assistive technology.
|
||
*
|
||
* If accessibility support is not available, this #AtkObject
|
||
* instance may be a no-op. Likewise, if no class-specific #AtkObject
|
||
* implementation is available for the widget instance in question,
|
||
* it will inherit an #AtkObject implementation from the first ancestor
|
||
* class for which such an implementation is defined.
|
||
*
|
||
* The documentation of the
|
||
* [ATK](http://developer.gnome.org/atk/stable/)
|
||
* library contains more information about accessible objects and their uses.
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns: (transfer none): the #AtkObject associated with @widget
|
||
*/
|
||
AtkObject*
|
||
gtk_widget_get_accessible (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
|
||
|
||
return GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->get_accessible (widget);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static AtkObject*
|
||
gtk_widget_real_get_accessible (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
AtkObject* accessible;
|
||
|
||
accessible = widget->priv->accessible;
|
||
|
||
if (!accessible)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetClass *widget_class;
|
||
GtkWidgetClassPrivate *priv;
|
||
|
||
widget_class = GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget);
|
||
priv = widget_class->priv;
|
||
|
||
accessible = g_object_new (priv->accessible_type,
|
||
"widget", widget,
|
||
NULL);
|
||
if (priv->accessible_role != ATK_ROLE_INVALID)
|
||
atk_object_set_role (accessible, priv->accessible_role);
|
||
|
||
widget->priv->accessible = accessible;
|
||
|
||
atk_object_initialize (accessible, widget);
|
||
|
||
/* Set the role again, since we don't want a role set
|
||
* in some parent initialize() function to override
|
||
* our own.
|
||
*/
|
||
if (priv->accessible_role != ATK_ROLE_INVALID)
|
||
atk_object_set_role (accessible, priv->accessible_role);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
return accessible;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Initialize an AtkImplementorIface instance’s virtual pointers as
|
||
* appropriate to this implementor’s class (GtkWidget).
|
||
*/
|
||
static void
|
||
gtk_widget_accessible_interface_init (AtkImplementorIface *iface)
|
||
{
|
||
iface->ref_accessible = gtk_widget_ref_accessible;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static AtkObject*
|
||
gtk_widget_ref_accessible (AtkImplementor *implementor)
|
||
{
|
||
AtkObject *accessible;
|
||
|
||
accessible = gtk_widget_get_accessible (GTK_WIDGET (implementor));
|
||
if (accessible)
|
||
g_object_ref (accessible);
|
||
return accessible;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Expand flag management
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
gtk_widget_update_computed_expand (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
if (priv->need_compute_expand)
|
||
{
|
||
gboolean h, v;
|
||
|
||
if (priv->hexpand_set)
|
||
h = priv->hexpand;
|
||
else
|
||
h = FALSE;
|
||
|
||
if (priv->vexpand_set)
|
||
v = priv->vexpand;
|
||
else
|
||
v = FALSE;
|
||
|
||
/* we don't need to use compute_expand if both expands are
|
||
* forced by the app
|
||
*/
|
||
if (!(priv->hexpand_set && priv->vexpand_set))
|
||
{
|
||
if (GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->compute_expand != NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
gboolean ignored;
|
||
|
||
GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->compute_expand (widget,
|
||
priv->hexpand_set ? &ignored : &h,
|
||
priv->vexpand_set ? &ignored : &v);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
priv->need_compute_expand = FALSE;
|
||
priv->computed_hexpand = h != FALSE;
|
||
priv->computed_vexpand = v != FALSE;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
*
|
||
* Mark @widget as needing to recompute its expand flags. Call
|
||
* this function when setting legacy expand child properties
|
||
* on the child of a container.
|
||
*
|
||
* See gtk_widget_compute_expand().
|
||
*/
|
||
static void
|
||
gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidget *parent;
|
||
gboolean changed_anything;
|
||
|
||
if (widget->priv->need_compute_expand)
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
changed_anything = FALSE;
|
||
parent = widget;
|
||
while (parent != NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
if (!parent->priv->need_compute_expand)
|
||
{
|
||
parent->priv->need_compute_expand = TRUE;
|
||
changed_anything = TRUE;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Note: if we had an invariant that "if a child needs to
|
||
* compute expand, its parents also do" then we could stop going
|
||
* up when we got to a parent that already needed to
|
||
* compute. However, in general we compute expand lazily (as
|
||
* soon as we see something in a subtree that is expand, we know
|
||
* we're expanding) and so this invariant does not hold and we
|
||
* have to always walk all the way up in case some ancestor
|
||
* is not currently need_compute_expand.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
parent = parent->priv->parent;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* recomputing expand always requires
|
||
* a relayout as well
|
||
*/
|
||
if (changed_anything)
|
||
gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_compute_expand:
|
||
* @widget: the widget
|
||
* @orientation: expand direction
|
||
*
|
||
* Computes whether a container should give this widget extra space
|
||
* when possible. Containers should check this, rather than
|
||
* looking at gtk_widget_get_hexpand() or gtk_widget_get_vexpand().
|
||
*
|
||
* This function already checks whether the widget is visible, so
|
||
* visibility does not need to be checked separately. Non-visible
|
||
* widgets are not expanded.
|
||
*
|
||
* The computed expand value uses either the expand setting explicitly
|
||
* set on the widget itself, or, if none has been explicitly set,
|
||
* the widget may expand if some of its children do.
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns: whether widget tree rooted here should be expanded
|
||
*/
|
||
gboolean
|
||
gtk_widget_compute_expand (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
GtkOrientation orientation)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
|
||
|
||
/* We never make a widget expand if not even showing. */
|
||
if (!_gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
|
||
return FALSE;
|
||
|
||
gtk_widget_update_computed_expand (widget);
|
||
|
||
if (orientation == GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL)
|
||
return priv->computed_hexpand;
|
||
else
|
||
return priv->computed_vexpand;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
gtk_widget_set_expand (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
GtkOrientation orientation,
|
||
gboolean expand)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
gint expand_prop;
|
||
gint expand_set_prop;
|
||
|
||
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
||
|
||
expand = expand != FALSE;
|
||
|
||
if (orientation == GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL)
|
||
{
|
||
if (priv->hexpand_set &&
|
||
priv->hexpand == expand)
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
priv->hexpand_set = TRUE;
|
||
priv->hexpand = expand;
|
||
|
||
expand_prop = PROP_HEXPAND;
|
||
expand_set_prop = PROP_HEXPAND_SET;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
if (priv->vexpand_set &&
|
||
priv->vexpand == expand)
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
priv->vexpand_set = TRUE;
|
||
priv->vexpand = expand;
|
||
|
||
expand_prop = PROP_VEXPAND;
|
||
expand_set_prop = PROP_VEXPAND_SET;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand (widget);
|
||
|
||
g_object_freeze_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
|
||
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[expand_prop]);
|
||
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[expand_set_prop]);
|
||
g_object_thaw_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
gtk_widget_set_expand_set (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
GtkOrientation orientation,
|
||
gboolean set)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
gint prop;
|
||
|
||
set = set != FALSE;
|
||
|
||
if (orientation == GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL)
|
||
{
|
||
if (set == priv->hexpand_set)
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
priv->hexpand_set = set;
|
||
prop = PROP_HEXPAND_SET;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
if (set == priv->vexpand_set)
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
priv->vexpand_set = set;
|
||
prop = PROP_VEXPAND_SET;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand (widget);
|
||
|
||
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[prop]);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_get_hexpand:
|
||
* @widget: the widget
|
||
*
|
||
* Gets whether the widget would like any available extra horizontal
|
||
* space. When a user resizes a #GtkWindow, widgets with expand=TRUE
|
||
* generally receive the extra space. For example, a list or
|
||
* scrollable area or document in your window would often be set to
|
||
* expand.
|
||
*
|
||
* Containers should use gtk_widget_compute_expand() rather than
|
||
* this function, to see whether a widget, or any of its children,
|
||
* has the expand flag set. If any child of a widget wants to
|
||
* expand, the parent may ask to expand also.
|
||
*
|
||
* This function only looks at the widget’s own hexpand flag, rather
|
||
* than computing whether the entire widget tree rooted at this widget
|
||
* wants to expand.
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns: whether hexpand flag is set
|
||
*/
|
||
gboolean
|
||
gtk_widget_get_hexpand (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
|
||
|
||
return priv->hexpand;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_set_hexpand:
|
||
* @widget: the widget
|
||
* @expand: whether to expand
|
||
*
|
||
* Sets whether the widget would like any available extra horizontal
|
||
* space. When a user resizes a #GtkWindow, widgets with expand=TRUE
|
||
* generally receive the extra space. For example, a list or
|
||
* scrollable area or document in your window would often be set to
|
||
* expand.
|
||
*
|
||
* Call this function to set the expand flag if you would like your
|
||
* widget to become larger horizontally when the window has extra
|
||
* room.
|
||
*
|
||
* By default, widgets automatically expand if any of their children
|
||
* want to expand. (To see if a widget will automatically expand given
|
||
* its current children and state, call gtk_widget_compute_expand(). A
|
||
* container can decide how the expandability of children affects the
|
||
* expansion of the container by overriding the compute_expand virtual
|
||
* method on #GtkWidget.).
|
||
*
|
||
* Setting hexpand explicitly with this function will override the
|
||
* automatic expand behavior.
|
||
*
|
||
* This function forces the widget to expand or not to expand,
|
||
* regardless of children. The override occurs because
|
||
* gtk_widget_set_hexpand() sets the hexpand-set property (see
|
||
* gtk_widget_set_hexpand_set()) which causes the widget’s hexpand
|
||
* value to be used, rather than looking at children and widget state.
|
||
*/
|
||
void
|
||
gtk_widget_set_hexpand (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
gboolean expand)
|
||
{
|
||
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
||
|
||
gtk_widget_set_expand (widget, GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL, expand);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_get_hexpand_set:
|
||
* @widget: the widget
|
||
*
|
||
* Gets whether gtk_widget_set_hexpand() has been used to
|
||
* explicitly set the expand flag on this widget.
|
||
*
|
||
* If hexpand is set, then it overrides any computed
|
||
* expand value based on child widgets. If hexpand is not
|
||
* set, then the expand value depends on whether any
|
||
* children of the widget would like to expand.
|
||
*
|
||
* There are few reasons to use this function, but it’s here
|
||
* for completeness and consistency.
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns: whether hexpand has been explicitly set
|
||
*/
|
||
gboolean
|
||
gtk_widget_get_hexpand_set (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
|
||
|
||
return priv->hexpand_set;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_set_hexpand_set:
|
||
* @widget: the widget
|
||
* @set: value for hexpand-set property
|
||
*
|
||
* Sets whether the hexpand flag (see gtk_widget_get_hexpand()) will
|
||
* be used.
|
||
*
|
||
* The hexpand-set property will be set automatically when you call
|
||
* gtk_widget_set_hexpand() to set hexpand, so the most likely
|
||
* reason to use this function would be to unset an explicit expand
|
||
* flag.
|
||
*
|
||
* If hexpand is set, then it overrides any computed
|
||
* expand value based on child widgets. If hexpand is not
|
||
* set, then the expand value depends on whether any
|
||
* children of the widget would like to expand.
|
||
*
|
||
* There are few reasons to use this function, but it’s here
|
||
* for completeness and consistency.
|
||
*/
|
||
void
|
||
gtk_widget_set_hexpand_set (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
gboolean set)
|
||
{
|
||
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
||
|
||
gtk_widget_set_expand_set (widget, GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL, set);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_get_vexpand:
|
||
* @widget: the widget
|
||
*
|
||
* Gets whether the widget would like any available extra vertical
|
||
* space.
|
||
*
|
||
* See gtk_widget_get_hexpand() for more detail.
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns: whether vexpand flag is set
|
||
*/
|
||
gboolean
|
||
gtk_widget_get_vexpand (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
|
||
|
||
return priv->vexpand;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_set_vexpand:
|
||
* @widget: the widget
|
||
* @expand: whether to expand
|
||
*
|
||
* Sets whether the widget would like any available extra vertical
|
||
* space.
|
||
*
|
||
* See gtk_widget_set_hexpand() for more detail.
|
||
*/
|
||
void
|
||
gtk_widget_set_vexpand (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
gboolean expand)
|
||
{
|
||
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
||
|
||
gtk_widget_set_expand (widget, GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL, expand);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_get_vexpand_set:
|
||
* @widget: the widget
|
||
*
|
||
* Gets whether gtk_widget_set_vexpand() has been used to
|
||
* explicitly set the expand flag on this widget.
|
||
*
|
||
* See gtk_widget_get_hexpand_set() for more detail.
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns: whether vexpand has been explicitly set
|
||
*/
|
||
gboolean
|
||
gtk_widget_get_vexpand_set (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
|
||
|
||
return priv->vexpand_set;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_set_vexpand_set:
|
||
* @widget: the widget
|
||
* @set: value for vexpand-set property
|
||
*
|
||
* Sets whether the vexpand flag (see gtk_widget_get_vexpand()) will
|
||
* be used.
|
||
*
|
||
* See gtk_widget_set_hexpand_set() for more detail.
|
||
*/
|
||
void
|
||
gtk_widget_set_vexpand_set (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
gboolean set)
|
||
{
|
||
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
||
|
||
gtk_widget_set_expand_set (widget, GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL, set);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* GtkBuildable implementation
|
||
*/
|
||
static GQuark quark_builder_atk_relations = 0;
|
||
static GQuark quark_builder_set_name = 0;
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
gtk_widget_buildable_add_child (GtkBuildable *buildable,
|
||
GtkBuilder *builder,
|
||
GObject *child,
|
||
const gchar *type)
|
||
{
|
||
if (type != NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
GTK_BUILDER_WARN_INVALID_CHILD_TYPE (buildable, type);
|
||
}
|
||
if (GTK_IS_WIDGET (child))
|
||
{
|
||
gtk_widget_set_parent (GTK_WIDGET (child), GTK_WIDGET (buildable));
|
||
}
|
||
else if (GTK_IS_EVENT_CONTROLLER (child))
|
||
{
|
||
gtk_widget_add_controller (GTK_WIDGET (buildable), g_object_ref (GTK_EVENT_CONTROLLER (child)));
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
g_warning ("Cannot add an object of type %s to a widget of type %s",
|
||
g_type_name (G_OBJECT_TYPE (child)), g_type_name (G_OBJECT_TYPE (buildable)));
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
gtk_widget_buildable_interface_init (GtkBuildableIface *iface)
|
||
{
|
||
quark_builder_atk_relations = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-builder-atk-relations");
|
||
quark_builder_set_name = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-builder-set-name");
|
||
|
||
iface->set_name = gtk_widget_buildable_set_name;
|
||
iface->get_name = gtk_widget_buildable_get_name;
|
||
iface->get_internal_child = gtk_widget_buildable_get_internal_child;
|
||
iface->parser_finished = gtk_widget_buildable_parser_finished;
|
||
iface->custom_tag_start = gtk_widget_buildable_custom_tag_start;
|
||
iface->custom_tag_end = gtk_widget_buildable_custom_tag_end;
|
||
iface->custom_finished = gtk_widget_buildable_custom_finished;
|
||
iface->add_child = gtk_widget_buildable_add_child;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
gtk_widget_buildable_set_name (GtkBuildable *buildable,
|
||
const gchar *name)
|
||
{
|
||
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_set_name,
|
||
g_strdup (name), g_free);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static const gchar *
|
||
gtk_widget_buildable_get_name (GtkBuildable *buildable)
|
||
{
|
||
return g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_set_name);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static GObject *
|
||
gtk_widget_buildable_get_internal_child (GtkBuildable *buildable,
|
||
GtkBuilder *builder,
|
||
const gchar *childname)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetClass *class;
|
||
GSList *l;
|
||
GType internal_child_type = 0;
|
||
|
||
if (strcmp (childname, "accessible") == 0)
|
||
return G_OBJECT (gtk_widget_get_accessible (GTK_WIDGET (buildable)));
|
||
|
||
/* Find a widget type which has declared an automated child as internal by
|
||
* the name 'childname', if any.
|
||
*/
|
||
for (class = GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (buildable);
|
||
GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (class);
|
||
class = g_type_class_peek_parent (class))
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetTemplate *template = class->priv->template;
|
||
|
||
if (!template)
|
||
continue;
|
||
|
||
for (l = template->children; l && internal_child_type == 0; l = l->next)
|
||
{
|
||
AutomaticChildClass *child_class = l->data;
|
||
|
||
if (child_class->internal_child && strcmp (childname, child_class->name) == 0)
|
||
internal_child_type = G_OBJECT_CLASS_TYPE (class);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Now return the 'internal-child' from the class which declared it, note
|
||
* that gtk_widget_get_template_child() an API used to access objects
|
||
* which are in the private scope of a given class.
|
||
*/
|
||
if (internal_child_type != 0)
|
||
return gtk_widget_get_template_child (GTK_WIDGET (buildable), internal_child_type, childname);
|
||
|
||
return NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
typedef struct
|
||
{
|
||
gchar *action_name;
|
||
GString *description;
|
||
gchar *context;
|
||
gboolean translatable;
|
||
} AtkActionData;
|
||
|
||
typedef struct
|
||
{
|
||
gchar *target;
|
||
AtkRelationType type;
|
||
gint line;
|
||
gint col;
|
||
} AtkRelationData;
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
free_action (AtkActionData *data, gpointer user_data)
|
||
{
|
||
g_free (data->action_name);
|
||
g_string_free (data->description, TRUE);
|
||
g_free (data->context);
|
||
g_slice_free (AtkActionData, data);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
free_relation (AtkRelationData *data, gpointer user_data)
|
||
{
|
||
g_free (data->target);
|
||
g_slice_free (AtkRelationData, data);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
gtk_widget_buildable_parser_finished (GtkBuildable *buildable,
|
||
GtkBuilder *builder)
|
||
{
|
||
GSList *atk_relations;
|
||
|
||
atk_relations = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable),
|
||
quark_builder_atk_relations);
|
||
if (atk_relations)
|
||
{
|
||
AtkObject *accessible;
|
||
AtkRelationSet *relation_set;
|
||
GSList *l;
|
||
GObject *target;
|
||
AtkObject *target_accessible;
|
||
|
||
accessible = gtk_widget_get_accessible (GTK_WIDGET (buildable));
|
||
relation_set = atk_object_ref_relation_set (accessible);
|
||
|
||
for (l = atk_relations; l; l = l->next)
|
||
{
|
||
AtkRelationData *relation = (AtkRelationData*)l->data;
|
||
|
||
target = _gtk_builder_lookup_object (builder, relation->target, relation->line, relation->col);
|
||
if (!target)
|
||
continue;
|
||
target_accessible = gtk_widget_get_accessible (GTK_WIDGET (target));
|
||
g_assert (target_accessible != NULL);
|
||
|
||
atk_relation_set_add_relation_by_type (relation_set, relation->type, target_accessible);
|
||
}
|
||
g_object_unref (relation_set);
|
||
|
||
g_slist_free_full (atk_relations, (GDestroyNotify) free_relation);
|
||
g_object_steal_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_atk_relations);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
typedef struct
|
||
{
|
||
GtkBuilder *builder;
|
||
GSList *actions;
|
||
GSList *relations;
|
||
AtkRole role;
|
||
} AccessibilitySubParserData;
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
accessibility_start_element (GtkBuildableParseContext *context,
|
||
const gchar *element_name,
|
||
const gchar **names,
|
||
const gchar **values,
|
||
gpointer user_data,
|
||
GError **error)
|
||
{
|
||
AccessibilitySubParserData *data = (AccessibilitySubParserData*)user_data;
|
||
|
||
if (strcmp (element_name, "relation") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
gchar *target = NULL;
|
||
gchar *type = NULL;
|
||
AtkRelationData *relation;
|
||
AtkRelationType relation_type;
|
||
|
||
if (!_gtk_builder_check_parent (data->builder, context, "accessibility", error))
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
if (!g_markup_collect_attributes (element_name, names, values, error,
|
||
G_MARKUP_COLLECT_STRING, "target", &target,
|
||
G_MARKUP_COLLECT_STRING, "type", &type,
|
||
G_MARKUP_COLLECT_INVALID))
|
||
{
|
||
_gtk_builder_prefix_error (data->builder, context, error);
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
relation_type = atk_relation_type_for_name (type);
|
||
if (relation_type == ATK_RELATION_NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
g_set_error (error,
|
||
GTK_BUILDER_ERROR,
|
||
GTK_BUILDER_ERROR_INVALID_VALUE,
|
||
"No such relation type: '%s'", type);
|
||
_gtk_builder_prefix_error (data->builder, context, error);
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
relation = g_slice_new (AtkRelationData);
|
||
relation->target = g_strdup (target);
|
||
relation->type = relation_type;
|
||
|
||
data->relations = g_slist_prepend (data->relations, relation);
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcmp (element_name, "action") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
const gchar *action_name;
|
||
const gchar *description = NULL;
|
||
const gchar *msg_context = NULL;
|
||
gboolean translatable = FALSE;
|
||
AtkActionData *action;
|
||
|
||
if (!_gtk_builder_check_parent (data->builder, context, "accessibility", error))
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
if (!g_markup_collect_attributes (element_name, names, values, error,
|
||
G_MARKUP_COLLECT_STRING, "action_name", &action_name,
|
||
G_MARKUP_COLLECT_STRING|G_MARKUP_COLLECT_OPTIONAL, "description", &description,
|
||
G_MARKUP_COLLECT_STRING|G_MARKUP_COLLECT_OPTIONAL, "comments", NULL,
|
||
G_MARKUP_COLLECT_STRING|G_MARKUP_COLLECT_OPTIONAL, "context", &msg_context,
|
||
G_MARKUP_COLLECT_BOOLEAN|G_MARKUP_COLLECT_OPTIONAL, "translatable", &translatable,
|
||
G_MARKUP_COLLECT_INVALID))
|
||
{
|
||
_gtk_builder_prefix_error (data->builder, context, error);
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
action = g_slice_new (AtkActionData);
|
||
action->action_name = g_strdup (action_name);
|
||
action->description = g_string_new (description);
|
||
action->context = g_strdup (msg_context);
|
||
action->translatable = translatable;
|
||
|
||
data->actions = g_slist_prepend (data->actions, action);
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcmp (element_name, "role") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
const gchar *type;
|
||
AtkRole role;
|
||
|
||
if (!_gtk_builder_check_parent (data->builder, context, "accessibility", error))
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
if (data->role != ATK_ROLE_INVALID)
|
||
{
|
||
g_set_error (error,
|
||
GTK_BUILDER_ERROR,
|
||
GTK_BUILDER_ERROR_INVALID_VALUE,
|
||
"Duplicate accessibility role definition");
|
||
_gtk_builder_prefix_error (data->builder, context, error);
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (!g_markup_collect_attributes (element_name, names, values, error,
|
||
G_MARKUP_COLLECT_STRING, "type", &type,
|
||
G_MARKUP_COLLECT_INVALID))
|
||
{
|
||
_gtk_builder_prefix_error (data->builder, context, error);
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
role = atk_role_for_name (type);
|
||
if (role == ATK_ROLE_INVALID)
|
||
{
|
||
g_set_error (error,
|
||
GTK_BUILDER_ERROR,
|
||
GTK_BUILDER_ERROR_INVALID_VALUE,
|
||
"No such role type: '%s'", type);
|
||
_gtk_builder_prefix_error (data->builder, context, error);
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
data->role = role;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcmp (element_name, "accessibility") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
if (!_gtk_builder_check_parent (data->builder, context, "object", error))
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
if (!g_markup_collect_attributes (element_name, names, values, error,
|
||
G_MARKUP_COLLECT_INVALID, NULL, NULL,
|
||
G_MARKUP_COLLECT_INVALID))
|
||
_gtk_builder_prefix_error (data->builder, context, error);
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
_gtk_builder_error_unhandled_tag (data->builder, context,
|
||
"GtkWidget", element_name,
|
||
error);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
accessibility_text (GtkBuildableParseContext *context,
|
||
const gchar *text,
|
||
gsize text_len,
|
||
gpointer user_data,
|
||
GError **error)
|
||
{
|
||
AccessibilitySubParserData *data = (AccessibilitySubParserData*)user_data;
|
||
|
||
if (strcmp (gtk_buildable_parse_context_get_element (context), "action") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
AtkActionData *action = data->actions->data;
|
||
|
||
g_string_append_len (action->description, text, text_len);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static const GtkBuildableParser accessibility_parser =
|
||
{
|
||
accessibility_start_element,
|
||
NULL,
|
||
accessibility_text,
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
typedef struct
|
||
{
|
||
GtkBuilder *builder;
|
||
GSList *classes;
|
||
} StyleParserData;
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
style_start_element (GtkBuildableParseContext *context,
|
||
const gchar *element_name,
|
||
const gchar **names,
|
||
const gchar **values,
|
||
gpointer user_data,
|
||
GError **error)
|
||
{
|
||
StyleParserData *data = (StyleParserData *)user_data;
|
||
|
||
if (strcmp (element_name, "class") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
const gchar *name;
|
||
|
||
if (!_gtk_builder_check_parent (data->builder, context, "style", error))
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
if (!g_markup_collect_attributes (element_name, names, values, error,
|
||
G_MARKUP_COLLECT_STRING, "name", &name,
|
||
G_MARKUP_COLLECT_INVALID))
|
||
{
|
||
_gtk_builder_prefix_error (data->builder, context, error);
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
data->classes = g_slist_prepend (data->classes, g_strdup (name));
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcmp (element_name, "style") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
if (!_gtk_builder_check_parent (data->builder, context, "object", error))
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
if (!g_markup_collect_attributes (element_name, names, values, error,
|
||
G_MARKUP_COLLECT_INVALID, NULL, NULL,
|
||
G_MARKUP_COLLECT_INVALID))
|
||
_gtk_builder_prefix_error (data->builder, context, error);
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
_gtk_builder_error_unhandled_tag (data->builder, context,
|
||
"GtkWidget", element_name,
|
||
error);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static const GtkBuildableParser style_parser =
|
||
{
|
||
style_start_element,
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
typedef struct
|
||
{
|
||
char *name;
|
||
GString *value;
|
||
char *context;
|
||
gboolean translatable;
|
||
} LayoutPropertyInfo;
|
||
|
||
typedef struct
|
||
{
|
||
GObject *object;
|
||
GtkBuilder *builder;
|
||
|
||
LayoutPropertyInfo *cur_property;
|
||
|
||
/* SList<LayoutPropertyInfo> */
|
||
GSList *properties;
|
||
} LayoutParserData;
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
layout_property_info_free (gpointer data)
|
||
{
|
||
LayoutPropertyInfo *pinfo = data;
|
||
|
||
if (pinfo == NULL)
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
g_free (pinfo->name);
|
||
g_free (pinfo->context);
|
||
g_string_free (pinfo->value, TRUE);
|
||
g_free (pinfo);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
layout_start_element (GtkBuildableParseContext *context,
|
||
const gchar *element_name,
|
||
const gchar **names,
|
||
const gchar **values,
|
||
gpointer user_data,
|
||
GError **error)
|
||
{
|
||
LayoutParserData *layout_data = user_data;
|
||
|
||
if (strcmp (element_name, "property") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
const char *name = NULL;
|
||
const char *ctx = NULL;
|
||
gboolean translatable = FALSE;
|
||
LayoutPropertyInfo *pinfo;
|
||
|
||
if (!_gtk_builder_check_parent (layout_data->builder, context, "layout", error))
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
if (!g_markup_collect_attributes (element_name, names, values, error,
|
||
G_MARKUP_COLLECT_STRING, "name", &name,
|
||
G_MARKUP_COLLECT_BOOLEAN | G_MARKUP_COLLECT_OPTIONAL, "translatable", &translatable,
|
||
G_MARKUP_COLLECT_STRING | G_MARKUP_COLLECT_OPTIONAL, "context", &ctx,
|
||
G_MARKUP_COLLECT_INVALID))
|
||
{
|
||
_gtk_builder_prefix_error (layout_data->builder, context, error);
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
pinfo = g_new0 (LayoutPropertyInfo, 1);
|
||
pinfo->name = g_strdup (name);
|
||
pinfo->translatable = translatable;
|
||
pinfo->context = g_strdup (ctx);
|
||
pinfo->value = g_string_new (NULL);
|
||
|
||
layout_data->cur_property = pinfo;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcmp (element_name, "layout") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
if (!_gtk_builder_check_parent (layout_data->builder, context, "object", error))
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
if (!g_markup_collect_attributes (element_name, names, values, error,
|
||
G_MARKUP_COLLECT_INVALID, NULL, NULL,
|
||
G_MARKUP_COLLECT_INVALID))
|
||
_gtk_builder_prefix_error (layout_data->builder, context, error);
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
_gtk_builder_error_unhandled_tag (layout_data->builder, context,
|
||
"GtkWidget", element_name,
|
||
error);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
layout_text (GtkBuildableParseContext *context,
|
||
const gchar *text,
|
||
gsize text_len,
|
||
gpointer user_data,
|
||
GError **error)
|
||
{
|
||
LayoutParserData *layout_data = user_data;
|
||
|
||
if (layout_data->cur_property != NULL)
|
||
g_string_append_len (layout_data->cur_property->value, text, text_len);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
layout_end_element (GtkBuildableParseContext *context,
|
||
const char *element_name,
|
||
gpointer user_data,
|
||
GError **error)
|
||
{
|
||
LayoutParserData *layout_data = user_data;
|
||
|
||
if (layout_data->cur_property != NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
LayoutPropertyInfo *pinfo = g_steal_pointer (&layout_data->cur_property);
|
||
|
||
/* Translate the string, if needed */
|
||
if (pinfo->value->len != 0 && pinfo->translatable)
|
||
{
|
||
const char *translated;
|
||
const char *domain;
|
||
|
||
domain = gtk_builder_get_translation_domain (layout_data->builder);
|
||
|
||
translated = _gtk_builder_parser_translate (domain, pinfo->context, pinfo->value->str);
|
||
|
||
g_string_assign (pinfo->value, translated);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* We assign all properties at the end of the `layout` section */
|
||
layout_data->properties = g_slist_prepend (layout_data->properties, pinfo);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static const GtkBuildableParser layout_parser =
|
||
{
|
||
layout_start_element,
|
||
layout_end_element,
|
||
layout_text,
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
static gboolean
|
||
gtk_widget_buildable_custom_tag_start (GtkBuildable *buildable,
|
||
GtkBuilder *builder,
|
||
GObject *child,
|
||
const gchar *tagname,
|
||
GtkBuildableParser *parser,
|
||
gpointer *parser_data)
|
||
{
|
||
if (strcmp (tagname, "accessibility") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
AccessibilitySubParserData *data;
|
||
|
||
data = g_slice_new0 (AccessibilitySubParserData);
|
||
data->builder = builder;
|
||
|
||
*parser = accessibility_parser;
|
||
*parser_data = data;
|
||
|
||
return TRUE;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (strcmp (tagname, "style") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
StyleParserData *data;
|
||
|
||
data = g_slice_new0 (StyleParserData);
|
||
data->builder = builder;
|
||
|
||
*parser = style_parser;
|
||
*parser_data = data;
|
||
|
||
return TRUE;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (strcmp (tagname, "layout") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
LayoutParserData *data;
|
||
|
||
data = g_slice_new0 (LayoutParserData);
|
||
data->builder = builder;
|
||
data->object = (GObject *) g_object_ref (buildable);
|
||
|
||
*parser = layout_parser;
|
||
*parser_data = data;
|
||
|
||
return TRUE;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
return FALSE;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
gtk_widget_buildable_custom_tag_end (GtkBuildable *buildable,
|
||
GtkBuilder *builder,
|
||
GObject *child,
|
||
const gchar *tagname,
|
||
gpointer data)
|
||
{
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
gtk_widget_buildable_finish_layout_properties (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
GtkWidget *parent,
|
||
gpointer data)
|
||
{
|
||
LayoutParserData *layout_data = data;
|
||
GtkLayoutManager *layout_manager;
|
||
GtkLayoutChild *layout_child;
|
||
GObject *gobject;
|
||
GObjectClass *gobject_class;
|
||
GSList *layout_properties, *l;
|
||
|
||
layout_manager = gtk_widget_get_layout_manager (parent);
|
||
if (layout_manager == NULL)
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
layout_child = gtk_layout_manager_get_layout_child (layout_manager, widget);
|
||
if (layout_child == NULL)
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
gobject = G_OBJECT (layout_child);
|
||
gobject_class = G_OBJECT_GET_CLASS (layout_child);
|
||
|
||
layout_properties = g_slist_reverse (layout_data->properties);
|
||
layout_data->properties = NULL;
|
||
|
||
for (l = layout_properties; l != NULL; l = l->next)
|
||
{
|
||
LayoutPropertyInfo *pinfo = l->data;
|
||
GParamSpec *pspec;
|
||
GValue value = G_VALUE_INIT;
|
||
GError *error = NULL;
|
||
|
||
pspec = g_object_class_find_property (gobject_class, pinfo->name);
|
||
if (pspec == NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
g_warning ("Unable to find layout property “%s” for children "
|
||
"of layout managers of type “%s”",
|
||
pinfo->name,
|
||
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (layout_manager));
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
gtk_builder_value_from_string (layout_data->builder,
|
||
pspec,
|
||
pinfo->value->str,
|
||
&value,
|
||
&error);
|
||
if (error != NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
g_warning ("Failed to set property “%s.%s” to “%s”: %s",
|
||
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (layout_child),
|
||
pinfo->name,
|
||
pinfo->value->str,
|
||
error->message);
|
||
g_error_free (error);
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
g_object_set_property (gobject, pinfo->name, &value);
|
||
g_value_unset (&value);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
g_slist_free_full (layout_properties, layout_property_info_free);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
gtk_widget_buildable_custom_finished (GtkBuildable *buildable,
|
||
GtkBuilder *builder,
|
||
GObject *child,
|
||
const gchar *tagname,
|
||
gpointer user_data)
|
||
{
|
||
if (strcmp (tagname, "accessibility") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
AccessibilitySubParserData *a11y_data;
|
||
|
||
a11y_data = (AccessibilitySubParserData*)user_data;
|
||
|
||
if (a11y_data->actions)
|
||
{
|
||
AtkObject *accessible;
|
||
AtkAction *action;
|
||
gint i, n_actions;
|
||
GSList *l;
|
||
|
||
accessible = gtk_widget_get_accessible (GTK_WIDGET (buildable));
|
||
|
||
if (ATK_IS_ACTION (accessible))
|
||
{
|
||
action = ATK_ACTION (accessible);
|
||
n_actions = atk_action_get_n_actions (action);
|
||
|
||
for (l = a11y_data->actions; l; l = l->next)
|
||
{
|
||
AtkActionData *action_data = (AtkActionData*)l->data;
|
||
|
||
for (i = 0; i < n_actions; i++)
|
||
if (strcmp (atk_action_get_name (action, i),
|
||
action_data->action_name) == 0)
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
if (i < n_actions)
|
||
{
|
||
const gchar *description;
|
||
|
||
if (action_data->translatable && action_data->description->len)
|
||
description = _gtk_builder_parser_translate (gtk_builder_get_translation_domain (builder),
|
||
action_data->context,
|
||
action_data->description->str);
|
||
else
|
||
description = action_data->description->str;
|
||
|
||
atk_action_set_description (action, i, description);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
g_warning ("accessibility action on a widget that does not implement AtkAction");
|
||
|
||
g_slist_free_full (a11y_data->actions, (GDestroyNotify) free_action);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (a11y_data->relations)
|
||
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_atk_relations,
|
||
a11y_data->relations);
|
||
|
||
if (a11y_data->role != ATK_ROLE_INVALID)
|
||
{
|
||
AtkObject *accessible = gtk_widget_get_accessible (GTK_WIDGET (buildable));
|
||
atk_object_set_role (accessible, a11y_data->role);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
g_slice_free (AccessibilitySubParserData, a11y_data);
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcmp (tagname, "style") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
StyleParserData *style_data = (StyleParserData *)user_data;
|
||
GSList *l;
|
||
|
||
for (l = style_data->classes; l; l = l->next)
|
||
gtk_widget_add_css_class (GTK_WIDGET (buildable), (const char *)l->data);
|
||
|
||
g_slist_free_full (style_data->classes, g_free);
|
||
g_slice_free (StyleParserData, style_data);
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcmp (tagname, "layout") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
LayoutParserData *layout_data = (LayoutParserData *) user_data;
|
||
GtkWidget *parent = _gtk_widget_get_parent (GTK_WIDGET (buildable));
|
||
|
||
if (parent != NULL)
|
||
gtk_widget_buildable_finish_layout_properties (GTK_WIDGET (buildable),
|
||
parent,
|
||
layout_data);
|
||
|
||
/* Free the unapplied properties, if any */
|
||
g_slist_free_full (layout_data->properties, layout_property_info_free);
|
||
g_object_unref (layout_data->object);
|
||
g_slice_free (LayoutParserData, layout_data);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static GtkSizeRequestMode
|
||
gtk_widget_real_get_request_mode (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
/* By default widgets don't trade size at all. */
|
||
return GTK_SIZE_REQUEST_CONSTANT_SIZE;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
gtk_widget_real_measure (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
GtkOrientation orientation,
|
||
int for_size,
|
||
int *minimum,
|
||
int *natural,
|
||
int *minimum_baseline,
|
||
int *natural_baseline)
|
||
{
|
||
*minimum = 0;
|
||
*natural = 0;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_get_halign:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
*
|
||
* Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:halign property.
|
||
*
|
||
* For backwards compatibility reasons this method will never return
|
||
* %GTK_ALIGN_BASELINE, but instead it will convert it to
|
||
* %GTK_ALIGN_FILL. Baselines are not supported for horizontal
|
||
* alignment.
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns: the horizontal alignment of @widget
|
||
*/
|
||
GtkAlign
|
||
gtk_widget_get_halign (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
GtkAlign align;
|
||
|
||
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), GTK_ALIGN_FILL);
|
||
|
||
align = priv->halign;
|
||
if (align == GTK_ALIGN_BASELINE)
|
||
return GTK_ALIGN_FILL;
|
||
return align;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_set_halign:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
* @align: the horizontal alignment
|
||
*
|
||
* Sets the horizontal alignment of @widget.
|
||
* See the #GtkWidget:halign property.
|
||
*/
|
||
void
|
||
gtk_widget_set_halign (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
GtkAlign align)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
||
|
||
if (priv->halign == align)
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
priv->halign = align;
|
||
gtk_widget_queue_allocate (widget);
|
||
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_HALIGN]);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_get_valign:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
*
|
||
* Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:valign property.
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns: the vertical alignment of @widget
|
||
*/
|
||
GtkAlign
|
||
gtk_widget_get_valign (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), GTK_ALIGN_FILL);
|
||
|
||
return priv->valign;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_set_valign:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
* @align: the vertical alignment
|
||
*
|
||
* Sets the vertical alignment of @widget.
|
||
* See the #GtkWidget:valign property.
|
||
*/
|
||
void
|
||
gtk_widget_set_valign (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
GtkAlign align)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
||
|
||
if (priv->valign == align)
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
priv->valign = align;
|
||
gtk_widget_queue_allocate (widget);
|
||
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_VALIGN]);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_get_margin_start:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
*
|
||
* Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:margin-start property.
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns: The start margin of @widget
|
||
*/
|
||
gint
|
||
gtk_widget_get_margin_start (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
|
||
|
||
return priv->margin.left;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_set_margin_start:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
* @margin: the start margin
|
||
*
|
||
* Sets the start margin of @widget.
|
||
* See the #GtkWidget:margin-start property.
|
||
*/
|
||
void
|
||
gtk_widget_set_margin_start (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
gint margin)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
||
g_return_if_fail (margin <= G_MAXINT16);
|
||
|
||
/* We always save margin-start as .left */
|
||
|
||
if (priv->margin.left == margin)
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
priv->margin.left = margin;
|
||
gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
|
||
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_MARGIN_START]);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_get_margin_end:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
*
|
||
* Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:margin-end property.
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns: The end margin of @widget
|
||
*/
|
||
gint
|
||
gtk_widget_get_margin_end (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
|
||
|
||
return priv->margin.right;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_set_margin_end:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
* @margin: the end margin
|
||
*
|
||
* Sets the end margin of @widget.
|
||
* See the #GtkWidget:margin-end property.
|
||
*/
|
||
void
|
||
gtk_widget_set_margin_end (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
gint margin)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
||
g_return_if_fail (margin <= G_MAXINT16);
|
||
|
||
/* We always set margin-end as .right */
|
||
|
||
if (priv->margin.right == margin)
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
priv->margin.right = margin;
|
||
gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
|
||
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_MARGIN_END]);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_get_margin_top:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
*
|
||
* Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:margin-top property.
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns: The top margin of @widget
|
||
*/
|
||
gint
|
||
gtk_widget_get_margin_top (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
|
||
|
||
return priv->margin.top;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_set_margin_top:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
* @margin: the top margin
|
||
*
|
||
* Sets the top margin of @widget.
|
||
* See the #GtkWidget:margin-top property.
|
||
*/
|
||
void
|
||
gtk_widget_set_margin_top (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
gint margin)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
||
g_return_if_fail (margin <= G_MAXINT16);
|
||
|
||
if (priv->margin.top == margin)
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
priv->margin.top = margin;
|
||
gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
|
||
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_MARGIN_TOP]);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_get_margin_bottom:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
*
|
||
* Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:margin-bottom property.
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns: The bottom margin of @widget
|
||
*/
|
||
gint
|
||
gtk_widget_get_margin_bottom (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
|
||
|
||
return priv->margin.bottom;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_set_margin_bottom:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
* @margin: the bottom margin
|
||
*
|
||
* Sets the bottom margin of @widget.
|
||
* See the #GtkWidget:margin-bottom property.
|
||
*/
|
||
void
|
||
gtk_widget_set_margin_bottom (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
gint margin)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
||
g_return_if_fail (margin <= G_MAXINT16);
|
||
|
||
if (priv->margin.bottom == margin)
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
priv->margin.bottom = margin;
|
||
gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
|
||
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_MARGIN_BOTTOM]);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_get_clipboard:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
*
|
||
* This is a utility function to get the clipboard object for the
|
||
* #GdkDisplay that @widget is using.
|
||
*
|
||
* Note that this function always works, even when @widget is not
|
||
* realized yet.
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns: (transfer none): the appropriate clipboard object.
|
||
**/
|
||
GdkClipboard *
|
||
gtk_widget_get_clipboard (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
|
||
|
||
return gdk_display_get_clipboard (_gtk_widget_get_display (widget));
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_get_primary_clipboard:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
*
|
||
* This is a utility function to get the primary clipboard object
|
||
* for the #GdkDisplay that @widget is using.
|
||
*
|
||
* Note that this function always works, even when @widget is not
|
||
* realized yet.
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns: (transfer none): the appropriate clipboard object.
|
||
**/
|
||
GdkClipboard *
|
||
gtk_widget_get_primary_clipboard (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
|
||
|
||
return gdk_display_get_primary_clipboard (_gtk_widget_get_display (widget));
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_list_mnemonic_labels:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns a newly allocated list of the widgets, normally labels, for
|
||
* which this widget is the target of a mnemonic (see for example,
|
||
* gtk_label_set_mnemonic_widget()).
|
||
|
||
* The widgets in the list are not individually referenced. If you
|
||
* want to iterate through the list and perform actions involving
|
||
* callbacks that might destroy the widgets, you
|
||
* must call `g_list_foreach (result,
|
||
* (GFunc)g_object_ref, NULL)` first, and then unref all the
|
||
* widgets afterwards.
|
||
|
||
* Returns: (element-type GtkWidget) (transfer container): the list of
|
||
* mnemonic labels; free this list
|
||
* with g_list_free() when you are done with it.
|
||
**/
|
||
GList *
|
||
gtk_widget_list_mnemonic_labels (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GList *list = NULL;
|
||
GSList *l;
|
||
|
||
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
|
||
|
||
for (l = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_mnemonic_labels); l; l = l->next)
|
||
list = g_list_prepend (list, l->data);
|
||
|
||
return list;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_add_mnemonic_label:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
* @label: a #GtkWidget that acts as a mnemonic label for @widget
|
||
*
|
||
* Adds a widget to the list of mnemonic labels for
|
||
* this widget. (See gtk_widget_list_mnemonic_labels()). Note the
|
||
* list of mnemonic labels for the widget is cleared when the
|
||
* widget is destroyed, so the caller must make sure to update
|
||
* its internal state at this point as well, by using a connection
|
||
* to the #GtkWidget::destroy signal or a weak notifier.
|
||
**/
|
||
void
|
||
gtk_widget_add_mnemonic_label (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
GtkWidget *label)
|
||
{
|
||
GSList *old_list, *new_list;
|
||
|
||
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
||
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (label));
|
||
|
||
old_list = g_object_steal_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_mnemonic_labels);
|
||
new_list = g_slist_prepend (old_list, label);
|
||
|
||
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_mnemonic_labels,
|
||
new_list, (GDestroyNotify) g_slist_free);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_remove_mnemonic_label:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
* @label: a #GtkWidget that was previously set as a mnemonic label for
|
||
* @widget with gtk_widget_add_mnemonic_label().
|
||
*
|
||
* Removes a widget from the list of mnemonic labels for
|
||
* this widget. (See gtk_widget_list_mnemonic_labels()). The widget
|
||
* must have previously been added to the list with
|
||
* gtk_widget_add_mnemonic_label().
|
||
**/
|
||
void
|
||
gtk_widget_remove_mnemonic_label (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
GtkWidget *label)
|
||
{
|
||
GSList *old_list, *new_list;
|
||
|
||
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
||
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (label));
|
||
|
||
old_list = g_object_steal_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_mnemonic_labels);
|
||
new_list = g_slist_remove (old_list, label);
|
||
|
||
if (new_list)
|
||
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_mnemonic_labels,
|
||
new_list, (GDestroyNotify) g_slist_free);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_trigger_tooltip_query:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
*
|
||
* Triggers a tooltip query on the display where the toplevel of @widget
|
||
* is located. See gtk_tooltip_trigger_tooltip_query() for more
|
||
* information.
|
||
*/
|
||
void
|
||
gtk_widget_trigger_tooltip_query (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
gtk_tooltip_trigger_tooltip_query (widget);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_set_tooltip_text:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
* @text: (nullable): the contents of the tooltip for @widget
|
||
*
|
||
* Sets @text as the contents of the tooltip.
|
||
*
|
||
* If @text contains any markup, it will be escaped.
|
||
*
|
||
* This function will take care of setting #GtkWidget:has-tooltip
|
||
* as a side effect, and of the default handler for the
|
||
* #GtkWidget::query-tooltip signal.
|
||
*
|
||
* See also the #GtkWidget:tooltip-text property and
|
||
* gtk_tooltip_set_text().
|
||
*/
|
||
void
|
||
gtk_widget_set_tooltip_text (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
const char *text)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
GObject *object = G_OBJECT (widget);
|
||
char *tooltip_text, *tooltip_markup;
|
||
|
||
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
||
|
||
g_object_freeze_notify (object);
|
||
|
||
/* Treat an empty string as a NULL string,
|
||
* because an empty string would be useless for a tooltip:
|
||
*/
|
||
if (text != NULL && *text == '\0')
|
||
{
|
||
tooltip_text = NULL;
|
||
tooltip_markup = NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
tooltip_text = g_strdup (text);
|
||
tooltip_markup = text != NULL ? g_markup_escape_text (text, -1) : NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
g_clear_pointer (&priv->tooltip_markup, g_free);
|
||
g_clear_pointer (&priv->tooltip_text, g_free);
|
||
|
||
priv->tooltip_text = tooltip_text;
|
||
priv->tooltip_markup = tooltip_markup;
|
||
|
||
gtk_widget_set_has_tooltip (widget, priv->tooltip_text != NULL);
|
||
if (_gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
|
||
gtk_widget_trigger_tooltip_query (widget);
|
||
|
||
g_object_notify_by_pspec (object, widget_props[PROP_TOOLTIP_TEXT]);
|
||
g_object_notify_by_pspec (object, widget_props[PROP_TOOLTIP_MARKUP]);
|
||
g_object_notify_by_pspec (object, widget_props[PROP_HAS_TOOLTIP]);
|
||
|
||
g_object_thaw_notify (object);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_get_tooltip_text:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
*
|
||
* Gets the contents of the tooltip for @widget.
|
||
*
|
||
* If the @widget's tooltip was set using gtk_widget_set_tooltip_markup(),
|
||
* this function will return the escaped text.
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns: (nullable): the tooltip text
|
||
*/
|
||
const char *
|
||
gtk_widget_get_tooltip_text (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
|
||
|
||
return priv->tooltip_text;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_set_tooltip_markup:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
* @markup: (nullable): the contents of the tooltip for @widget
|
||
*
|
||
* Sets @markup as the contents of the tooltip, which is marked up with
|
||
* the [Pango text markup language][PangoMarkupFormat].
|
||
*
|
||
* This function will take care of setting the #GtkWidget:has-tooltip as
|
||
* a side effect, and of the default handler for the #GtkWidget::query-tooltip signal.
|
||
*
|
||
* See also the #GtkWidget:tooltip-markup property and
|
||
* gtk_tooltip_set_markup().
|
||
*/
|
||
void
|
||
gtk_widget_set_tooltip_markup (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
const char *markup)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
GObject *object = G_OBJECT (widget);
|
||
char *tooltip_markup;
|
||
|
||
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
||
|
||
g_object_freeze_notify (object);
|
||
|
||
/* Treat an empty string as a NULL string,
|
||
* because an empty string would be useless for a tooltip:
|
||
*/
|
||
if (markup != NULL && *markup == '\0')
|
||
tooltip_markup = NULL;
|
||
else
|
||
tooltip_markup = g_strdup (markup);
|
||
|
||
g_clear_pointer (&priv->tooltip_text, g_free);
|
||
g_clear_pointer (&priv->tooltip_markup, g_free);
|
||
|
||
priv->tooltip_markup = tooltip_markup;
|
||
|
||
/* Store the tooltip without markup, as we might end up using
|
||
* it for widget descriptions in the accessibility layer
|
||
*/
|
||
if (priv->tooltip_markup != NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
pango_parse_markup (priv->tooltip_markup, -1, 0, NULL,
|
||
&priv->tooltip_text,
|
||
NULL,
|
||
NULL);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
gtk_widget_set_has_tooltip (widget, tooltip_markup != NULL);
|
||
if (_gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
|
||
gtk_widget_trigger_tooltip_query (widget);
|
||
|
||
g_object_notify_by_pspec (object, widget_props[PROP_TOOLTIP_TEXT]);
|
||
g_object_notify_by_pspec (object, widget_props[PROP_TOOLTIP_MARKUP]);
|
||
g_object_notify_by_pspec (object, widget_props[PROP_HAS_TOOLTIP]);
|
||
|
||
g_object_thaw_notify (object);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_get_tooltip_markup:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
*
|
||
* Gets the contents of the tooltip for @widget set using
|
||
* gtk_widget_set_tooltip_markup().
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns: (nullable): the tooltip text
|
||
*/
|
||
const char *
|
||
gtk_widget_get_tooltip_markup (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
|
||
|
||
return priv->tooltip_markup;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_set_has_tooltip:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
* @has_tooltip: whether or not @widget has a tooltip.
|
||
*
|
||
* Sets the has-tooltip property on @widget to @has_tooltip. See
|
||
* #GtkWidget:has-tooltip for more information.
|
||
*/
|
||
void
|
||
gtk_widget_set_has_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
gboolean has_tooltip)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
||
|
||
has_tooltip = !!has_tooltip;
|
||
|
||
if (priv->has_tooltip != has_tooltip)
|
||
{
|
||
priv->has_tooltip = has_tooltip;
|
||
|
||
if (priv->accessible != NULL)
|
||
gtk_widget_accessible_notify_tooltip (GTK_WIDGET_ACCESSIBLE (priv->accessible));
|
||
|
||
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_HAS_TOOLTIP]);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_get_has_tooltip:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns the current value of the has-tooltip property. See
|
||
* #GtkWidget:has-tooltip for more information.
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns: current value of has-tooltip on @widget.
|
||
*/
|
||
gboolean
|
||
gtk_widget_get_has_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
|
||
|
||
return priv->has_tooltip;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_get_allocation:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
* @allocation: (out): a pointer to a #GtkAllocation to copy to
|
||
*
|
||
* Retrieves the widget’s allocation.
|
||
*
|
||
* Note, when implementing a #GtkContainer: a widget’s allocation will
|
||
* be its “adjusted” allocation, that is, the widget’s parent
|
||
* container typically calls gtk_widget_size_allocate() with an
|
||
* allocation, and that allocation is then adjusted (to handle margin
|
||
* and alignment for example) before assignment to the widget.
|
||
* gtk_widget_get_allocation() returns the adjusted allocation that
|
||
* was actually assigned to the widget. The adjusted allocation is
|
||
* guaranteed to be completely contained within the
|
||
* gtk_widget_size_allocate() allocation, however. So a #GtkContainer
|
||
* is guaranteed that its children stay inside the assigned bounds,
|
||
* but not that they have exactly the bounds the container assigned.
|
||
*/
|
||
void
|
||
gtk_widget_get_allocation (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
GtkAllocation *allocation)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
const graphene_rect_t *margin_rect;
|
||
float dx, dy;
|
||
GtkCssBoxes boxes;
|
||
|
||
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
||
g_return_if_fail (allocation != NULL);
|
||
|
||
gtk_css_boxes_init (&boxes, widget);
|
||
margin_rect = gtk_css_boxes_get_margin_rect (&boxes);
|
||
|
||
if (gsk_transform_get_category (priv->transform) >= GSK_TRANSFORM_CATEGORY_2D_TRANSLATE)
|
||
gsk_transform_to_translate (priv->transform, &dx, &dy);
|
||
else
|
||
dx = dy = 0;
|
||
|
||
allocation->x = dx + ceil (margin_rect->origin.x);
|
||
allocation->y = dy + ceil (margin_rect->origin.y);
|
||
allocation->width = ceil (margin_rect->size.width);
|
||
allocation->height = ceil (margin_rect->size.height);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_contains:
|
||
* @widget: the widget to query
|
||
* @x: X coordinate to test, relative to @widget's origin
|
||
* @y: Y coordinate to test, relative to @widget's origin
|
||
*
|
||
* Tests if the point at (@x, @y) is contained in @widget.
|
||
*
|
||
* The coordinates for (@x, @y) must be in widget coordinates, so
|
||
* (0, 0) is assumed to be the top left of @widget's content area.
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns: %TRUE if @widget contains (@x, @y).
|
||
**/
|
||
gboolean
|
||
gtk_widget_contains (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
gdouble x,
|
||
gdouble y)
|
||
{
|
||
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
|
||
|
||
if (!_gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
|
||
return FALSE;
|
||
|
||
return GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->contains (widget, x, y);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* do the checks for gtk_widget_pick that do not depend on position */
|
||
static gboolean
|
||
gtk_widget_can_be_picked (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
GtkPickFlags flags)
|
||
{
|
||
if (!_gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
|
||
return FALSE;
|
||
|
||
if (!(flags & GTK_PICK_NON_TARGETABLE) &&
|
||
!gtk_widget_get_can_target (widget))
|
||
return FALSE;
|
||
|
||
if (!(flags & GTK_PICK_INSENSITIVE) &&
|
||
!_gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget))
|
||
return FALSE;
|
||
|
||
return TRUE;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static GtkWidget *
|
||
gtk_widget_do_pick (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
gdouble x,
|
||
gdouble y,
|
||
GtkPickFlags flags)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
GtkWidget *child;
|
||
|
||
if (priv->overflow == GTK_OVERFLOW_HIDDEN)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkCssBoxes boxes;
|
||
|
||
gtk_css_boxes_init (&boxes, widget);
|
||
|
||
if (!gsk_rounded_rect_contains_point (gtk_css_boxes_get_padding_box (&boxes),
|
||
&GRAPHENE_POINT_INIT (x, y)))
|
||
return NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
for (child = _gtk_widget_get_last_child (widget);
|
||
child;
|
||
child = _gtk_widget_get_prev_sibling (child))
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *child_priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (child);
|
||
GtkWidget *picked;
|
||
graphene_point3d_t res;
|
||
|
||
if (!gtk_widget_can_be_picked (child, flags))
|
||
continue;
|
||
|
||
if (GTK_IS_NATIVE (child))
|
||
continue;
|
||
|
||
if (child_priv->transform)
|
||
{
|
||
if (gsk_transform_get_category (child_priv->transform) >= GSK_TRANSFORM_CATEGORY_2D_AFFINE)
|
||
{
|
||
graphene_point_t transformed_p;
|
||
|
||
gsk_transform_transform_point (child_priv->transform,
|
||
&(graphene_point_t) { 0, 0 },
|
||
&transformed_p);
|
||
|
||
graphene_point3d_init (&res, x - transformed_p.x, y - transformed_p.y, 0.);
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
GskTransform *transform;
|
||
graphene_matrix_t inv;
|
||
graphene_point3d_t p0, p1;
|
||
|
||
transform = gsk_transform_invert (gsk_transform_ref (child_priv->transform));
|
||
if (transform == NULL)
|
||
continue;
|
||
|
||
gsk_transform_to_matrix (transform, &inv);
|
||
gsk_transform_unref (transform);
|
||
graphene_point3d_init (&p0, x, y, 0);
|
||
graphene_point3d_init (&p1, x, y, 1);
|
||
graphene_matrix_transform_point3d (&inv, &p0, &p0);
|
||
graphene_matrix_transform_point3d (&inv, &p1, &p1);
|
||
if (fabs (p0.z - p1.z) < 1.f / 4096)
|
||
continue;
|
||
|
||
graphene_point3d_interpolate (&p0, &p1, p0.z / (p0.z - p1.z), &res);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
graphene_point3d_init (&res, x, y, 0);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
picked = gtk_widget_do_pick (child, res.x, res.y, flags);
|
||
if (picked)
|
||
return picked;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (!GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->contains (widget, x, y))
|
||
return NULL;
|
||
|
||
return widget;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_pick:
|
||
* @widget: the widget to query
|
||
* @x: X coordinate to test, relative to @widget's origin
|
||
* @y: Y coordinate to test, relative to @widget's origin
|
||
* @flags: Flags to influence what is picked
|
||
*
|
||
* Finds the descendant of @widget (including @widget itself) closest
|
||
* to the screen at the point (@x, @y). The point must be given in
|
||
* widget coordinates, so (0, 0) is assumed to be the top left of
|
||
* @widget's content area.
|
||
*
|
||
* Usually widgets will return %NULL if the given coordinate is not
|
||
* contained in @widget checked via gtk_widget_contains(). Otherwise
|
||
* they will recursively try to find a child that does not return %NULL.
|
||
* Widgets are however free to customize their picking algorithm.
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is used on the toplevel to determine the widget below
|
||
* the mouse cursor for purposes of hover hilighting and delivering events.
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): The widget descendant at the given
|
||
* coordinate or %NULL if none.
|
||
**/
|
||
GtkWidget *
|
||
gtk_widget_pick (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
gdouble x,
|
||
gdouble y,
|
||
GtkPickFlags flags)
|
||
{
|
||
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
|
||
|
||
if (!gtk_widget_can_be_picked (widget, flags))
|
||
return NULL;
|
||
|
||
return gtk_widget_do_pick (widget, x, y, flags);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_compute_transform:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
* @target: the target widget that the matrix will transform to
|
||
* @out_transform: (out caller-allocates): location to
|
||
* store the final transformation
|
||
*
|
||
* Computes a matrix suitable to describe a transformation from
|
||
* @widget's coordinate system into @target's coordinate system.
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns: %TRUE if the transform could be computed, %FALSE otherwise.
|
||
* The transform can not be computed in certain cases, for example when
|
||
* @widget and @target do not share a common ancestor. In that
|
||
* case @out_transform gets set to the identity matrix.
|
||
*/
|
||
gboolean
|
||
gtk_widget_compute_transform (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
GtkWidget *target,
|
||
graphene_matrix_t *out_transform)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidget *ancestor, *iter;
|
||
graphene_matrix_t transform, inverse, tmp;
|
||
|
||
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
|
||
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (target), FALSE);
|
||
g_return_val_if_fail (out_transform != NULL, FALSE);
|
||
|
||
if (widget->priv->root != target->priv->root)
|
||
return FALSE;
|
||
|
||
/* optimization for common case: parent wants coordinates of a direct child */
|
||
if (target == widget->priv->parent)
|
||
{
|
||
gsk_transform_to_matrix (widget->priv->transform, out_transform);
|
||
return TRUE;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
ancestor = gtk_widget_common_ancestor (widget, target);
|
||
if (ancestor == NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
graphene_matrix_init_identity (out_transform);
|
||
return FALSE;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
graphene_matrix_init_identity (&transform);
|
||
for (iter = widget; iter != ancestor; iter = iter->priv->parent)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (iter);
|
||
gsk_transform_to_matrix (priv->transform, &tmp);
|
||
|
||
graphene_matrix_multiply (&transform, &tmp, &transform);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* optimization for common case: parent wants coordinates of a non-direct child */
|
||
if (ancestor == target)
|
||
{
|
||
graphene_matrix_init_from_matrix (out_transform, &transform);
|
||
return TRUE;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
graphene_matrix_init_identity (&inverse);
|
||
for (iter = target; iter != ancestor; iter = iter->priv->parent)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (iter);
|
||
gsk_transform_to_matrix (priv->transform, &tmp);
|
||
|
||
graphene_matrix_multiply (&inverse, &tmp, &inverse);
|
||
}
|
||
if (!graphene_matrix_inverse (&inverse, &inverse))
|
||
{
|
||
graphene_matrix_init_identity (out_transform);
|
||
return FALSE;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
graphene_matrix_multiply (&transform, &inverse, out_transform);
|
||
|
||
return TRUE;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_compute_bounds:
|
||
* @widget: the #GtkWidget to query
|
||
* @target: the #GtkWidget
|
||
* @out_bounds: (out caller-allocates): the rectangle taking the bounds
|
||
*
|
||
* Computes the bounds for @widget in the coordinate space of @target.
|
||
* FIXME: Explain what "bounds" are.
|
||
*
|
||
* If the operation is successful, %TRUE is returned. If @widget has no
|
||
* bounds or the bounds cannot be expressed in @target's coordinate space
|
||
* (for example if both widgets are in different windows), %FALSE is
|
||
* returned and @bounds is set to the zero rectangle.
|
||
*
|
||
* It is valid for @widget and @target to be the same widget.
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns: %TRUE if the bounds could be computed
|
||
**/
|
||
gboolean
|
||
gtk_widget_compute_bounds (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
GtkWidget *target,
|
||
graphene_rect_t *out_bounds)
|
||
{
|
||
graphene_matrix_t transform;
|
||
GtkCssBoxes boxes;
|
||
|
||
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
|
||
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (target), FALSE);
|
||
g_return_val_if_fail (out_bounds != NULL, FALSE);
|
||
|
||
if (!gtk_widget_compute_transform (widget, target, &transform))
|
||
{
|
||
graphene_rect_init_from_rect (out_bounds, graphene_rect_zero ());
|
||
return FALSE;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
gtk_css_boxes_init (&boxes, widget);
|
||
graphene_matrix_transform_bounds (&transform,
|
||
gtk_css_boxes_get_border_rect (&boxes),
|
||
out_bounds);
|
||
|
||
return TRUE;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_get_allocated_width:
|
||
* @widget: the widget to query
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns the width that has currently been allocated to @widget.
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns: the width of the @widget
|
||
**/
|
||
int
|
||
gtk_widget_get_allocated_width (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkCssBoxes boxes;
|
||
|
||
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
|
||
|
||
gtk_css_boxes_init (&boxes, widget);
|
||
|
||
return gtk_css_boxes_get_margin_rect (&boxes)->size.width;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_get_allocated_height:
|
||
* @widget: the widget to query
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns the height that has currently been allocated to @widget.
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns: the height of the @widget
|
||
**/
|
||
int
|
||
gtk_widget_get_allocated_height (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkCssBoxes boxes;
|
||
|
||
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
|
||
|
||
gtk_css_boxes_init (&boxes, widget);
|
||
|
||
return gtk_css_boxes_get_margin_rect (&boxes)->size.height;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_get_allocated_baseline:
|
||
* @widget: the widget to query
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns the baseline that has currently been allocated to @widget.
|
||
* This function is intended to be used when implementing handlers
|
||
* for the #GtkWidgetClass.snapshot() function, and when allocating child
|
||
* widgets in #GtkWidget::size_allocate.
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns: the baseline of the @widget, or -1 if none
|
||
**/
|
||
int
|
||
gtk_widget_get_allocated_baseline (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
GtkCssStyle *style;
|
||
GtkBorder margin, border, padding;
|
||
|
||
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
|
||
|
||
if (priv->baseline == -1)
|
||
return -1;
|
||
|
||
style = gtk_css_node_get_style (priv->cssnode);
|
||
get_box_margin (style, &margin);
|
||
get_box_border (style, &border);
|
||
get_box_padding (style, &padding);
|
||
|
||
return priv->baseline - margin.top - border.top - padding.top;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_get_support_multidevice:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns %TRUE if @widget is multiple pointer aware. See
|
||
* gtk_widget_set_support_multidevice() for more information.
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns: %TRUE if @widget is multidevice aware.
|
||
**/
|
||
gboolean
|
||
gtk_widget_get_support_multidevice (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
|
||
|
||
return priv->multidevice;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_set_support_multidevice:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
* @support_multidevice: %TRUE to support input from multiple devices.
|
||
*
|
||
* Enables or disables multiple pointer awareness. If this setting is %TRUE,
|
||
* @widget will start receiving multiple, per device enter/leave events. Note
|
||
* that if custom #GdkSurfaces are created in #GtkWidget::realize,
|
||
* gdk_surface_set_support_multidevice() will have to be called manually on them.
|
||
**/
|
||
void
|
||
gtk_widget_set_support_multidevice (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
gboolean support_multidevice)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
||
|
||
priv->multidevice = (support_multidevice == TRUE);
|
||
|
||
if (_gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
|
||
{
|
||
GdkSurface *surface = gtk_widget_get_surface (widget);
|
||
|
||
if (surface)
|
||
gdk_surface_set_support_multidevice (surface, support_multidevice);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_set_opacity:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
* @opacity: desired opacity, between 0 and 1
|
||
*
|
||
* Request the @widget to be rendered partially transparent,
|
||
* with opacity 0 being fully transparent and 1 fully opaque. (Opacity values
|
||
* are clamped to the [0,1] range.).
|
||
* This works on both toplevel widget, and child widgets, although there
|
||
* are some limitations:
|
||
*
|
||
* For toplevel widgets this depends on the capabilities of the windowing
|
||
* system. On X11 this has any effect only on X displays with a compositing manager
|
||
* running. See gdk_display_is_composited(). On Windows it should work
|
||
* always, although setting a window’s opacity after the window has been
|
||
* shown causes it to flicker once on Windows.
|
||
*
|
||
* For child widgets it doesn’t work if any affected widget has a native window.
|
||
**/
|
||
void
|
||
gtk_widget_set_opacity (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
gdouble opacity)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
guint8 alpha;
|
||
|
||
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
||
|
||
opacity = CLAMP (opacity, 0.0, 1.0);
|
||
|
||
alpha = round (opacity * 255);
|
||
|
||
if (alpha == priv->user_alpha)
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
priv->user_alpha = alpha;
|
||
|
||
gtk_widget_queue_draw (widget);
|
||
|
||
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_OPACITY]);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_get_opacity:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
*
|
||
* Fetches the requested opacity for this widget.
|
||
* See gtk_widget_set_opacity().
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns: the requested opacity for this widget.
|
||
**/
|
||
gdouble
|
||
gtk_widget_get_opacity (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0.0);
|
||
|
||
return priv->user_alpha / 255.0;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_set_overflow:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
* @overflow: desired overflow
|
||
*
|
||
* Sets how @widget treats content that is drawn outside the widget's content area.
|
||
* See the definition of #GtkOverflow for details.
|
||
*
|
||
* This setting is provided for widget implementations and should not be used by
|
||
* application code.
|
||
*
|
||
* The default value is %GTK_OVERFLOW_VISIBLE.
|
||
**/
|
||
void
|
||
gtk_widget_set_overflow (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
GtkOverflow overflow)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
||
|
||
if (priv->overflow == overflow)
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
priv->overflow = overflow;
|
||
|
||
gtk_widget_queue_draw (widget);
|
||
|
||
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_OVERFLOW]);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_get_overflow:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns the value set via gtk_widget_set_overflow().
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns: The widget's overflow.
|
||
**/
|
||
GtkOverflow
|
||
gtk_widget_get_overflow (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), GTK_OVERFLOW_VISIBLE);
|
||
|
||
return priv->overflow;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
gtk_widget_set_has_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
gboolean has_focus)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
if (priv->has_focus == has_focus)
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
priv->has_focus = has_focus;
|
||
|
||
if (priv->accessible != NULL)
|
||
gtk_widget_accessible_notify_focus (GTK_WIDGET_ACCESSIBLE (priv->accessible));
|
||
|
||
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_HAS_FOCUS]);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_in_destruction:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns whether the widget is currently being destroyed.
|
||
* This information can sometimes be used to avoid doing
|
||
* unnecessary work.
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns: %TRUE if @widget is being destroyed
|
||
*/
|
||
gboolean
|
||
gtk_widget_in_destruction (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
return priv->in_destruction;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
gboolean
|
||
_gtk_widget_get_shadowed (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
return priv->shadowed;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
_gtk_widget_set_shadowed (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
gboolean shadowed)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
priv->shadowed = shadowed;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
gboolean
|
||
_gtk_widget_get_alloc_needed (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
return priv->alloc_needed;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
gtk_widget_set_alloc_needed (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
priv->alloc_needed = TRUE;
|
||
|
||
do
|
||
{
|
||
if (priv->alloc_needed_on_child)
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
priv->alloc_needed_on_child = TRUE;
|
||
|
||
if (!priv->visible)
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
if (!priv->parent && GTK_IS_ROOT (widget))
|
||
{
|
||
gtk_root_start_layout (GTK_ROOT (widget));
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
widget = priv->parent;
|
||
if (widget == NULL)
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
priv = widget->priv;
|
||
}
|
||
while (TRUE);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
gboolean
|
||
gtk_widget_needs_allocate (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
if (!priv->visible || !priv->child_visible)
|
||
return FALSE;
|
||
|
||
if (priv->resize_needed || priv->alloc_needed || priv->alloc_needed_on_child)
|
||
return TRUE;
|
||
|
||
return FALSE;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
gtk_widget_ensure_allocate (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
if (!gtk_widget_needs_allocate (widget))
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
gtk_widget_ensure_resize (widget);
|
||
|
||
/* This code assumes that we only reach here if the previous
|
||
* allocation is still valid (ie no resize was queued).
|
||
* If that wasn't true, the parent would have taken care of
|
||
* things.
|
||
*/
|
||
if (priv->alloc_needed)
|
||
{
|
||
gtk_widget_allocate (widget,
|
||
priv->allocated_width,
|
||
priv->allocated_height,
|
||
priv->allocated_size_baseline,
|
||
gsk_transform_ref (priv->allocated_transform));
|
||
}
|
||
else if (priv->alloc_needed_on_child)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidget *child;
|
||
|
||
priv->alloc_needed_on_child = FALSE;
|
||
|
||
for (child = _gtk_widget_get_first_child (widget);
|
||
child != NULL;
|
||
child = _gtk_widget_get_next_sibling (child))
|
||
{
|
||
gtk_widget_ensure_allocate (child);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
gtk_widget_ensure_resize (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
if (!priv->resize_needed)
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
priv->resize_needed = FALSE;
|
||
_gtk_size_request_cache_clear (&priv->requests);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
_gtk_widget_add_sizegroup (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
gpointer group)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
GSList *groups;
|
||
|
||
groups = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_size_groups);
|
||
groups = g_slist_prepend (groups, group);
|
||
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_size_groups, groups);
|
||
|
||
priv->have_size_groups = TRUE;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
_gtk_widget_remove_sizegroup (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
gpointer group)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
GSList *groups;
|
||
|
||
groups = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_size_groups);
|
||
groups = g_slist_remove (groups, group);
|
||
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_size_groups, groups);
|
||
|
||
priv->have_size_groups = groups != NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
GSList *
|
||
_gtk_widget_get_sizegroups (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
if (priv->have_size_groups)
|
||
return g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_size_groups);
|
||
|
||
return NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_class_set_css_name:
|
||
* @widget_class: class to set the name on
|
||
* @name: name to use
|
||
*
|
||
* Sets the name to be used for CSS matching of widgets.
|
||
*
|
||
* If this function is not called for a given class, the name
|
||
* of the parent class is used.
|
||
*/
|
||
void
|
||
gtk_widget_class_set_css_name (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class,
|
||
const char *name)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetClassPrivate *priv;
|
||
|
||
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (widget_class));
|
||
g_return_if_fail (name != NULL);
|
||
|
||
priv = widget_class->priv;
|
||
|
||
priv->css_name = g_quark_from_string (name);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static gboolean
|
||
gtk_widget_class_get_visible_by_default (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class)
|
||
{
|
||
return !g_type_is_a (G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (widget_class), GTK_TYPE_NATIVE);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_class_get_css_name:
|
||
* @widget_class: class to set the name on
|
||
*
|
||
* Gets the name used by this class for matching in CSS code. See
|
||
* gtk_widget_class_set_css_name() for details.
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns: the CSS name of the given class
|
||
*/
|
||
const char *
|
||
gtk_widget_class_get_css_name (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class)
|
||
{
|
||
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (widget_class), NULL);
|
||
|
||
return g_quark_to_string (widget_class->priv->css_name);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
gtk_widget_css_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
GtkCssStyleChange *change)
|
||
{
|
||
GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->css_changed (widget, change);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
gtk_widget_system_setting_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
GtkSystemSetting setting)
|
||
{
|
||
GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->system_setting_changed (widget, setting);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
gtk_system_setting_changed (GdkDisplay *display,
|
||
GtkSystemSetting setting)
|
||
{
|
||
GList *list, *toplevels;
|
||
|
||
toplevels = gtk_window_list_toplevels ();
|
||
g_list_foreach (toplevels, (GFunc) g_object_ref, NULL);
|
||
|
||
for (list = toplevels; list; list = list->next)
|
||
{
|
||
if (gtk_widget_get_display (list->data) == display)
|
||
gtk_widget_system_setting_changed (list->data, setting);
|
||
g_object_unref (list->data);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
g_list_free (toplevels);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
GtkCssNode *
|
||
gtk_widget_get_css_node (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
return priv->cssnode;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
GtkStyleContext *
|
||
_gtk_widget_peek_style_context (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
return priv->context;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_get_style_context:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns the style context associated to @widget. The returned object is
|
||
* guaranteed to be the same for the lifetime of @widget.
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns: (transfer none): a #GtkStyleContext. This memory is owned by @widget and
|
||
* must not be freed.
|
||
**/
|
||
GtkStyleContext *
|
||
gtk_widget_get_style_context (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
|
||
|
||
if (G_UNLIKELY (priv->context == NULL))
|
||
{
|
||
GdkDisplay *display;
|
||
|
||
priv->context = gtk_style_context_new_for_node (priv->cssnode);
|
||
|
||
gtk_style_context_set_scale (priv->context, gtk_widget_get_scale_factor (widget));
|
||
|
||
display = _gtk_widget_get_display (widget);
|
||
if (display)
|
||
gtk_style_context_set_display (priv->context, display);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
return priv->context;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static GtkActionMuxer *
|
||
gtk_widget_get_parent_muxer (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
gboolean create)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidget *parent;
|
||
|
||
if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (widget))
|
||
return gtk_application_get_parent_muxer_for_window (GTK_WINDOW (widget));
|
||
|
||
parent = _gtk_widget_get_parent (widget);
|
||
|
||
if (parent)
|
||
return _gtk_widget_get_action_muxer (parent, create);
|
||
|
||
return NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
_gtk_widget_update_parent_muxer (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkActionMuxer *muxer;
|
||
GtkWidget *child;
|
||
|
||
muxer = (GtkActionMuxer*)g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_action_muxer);
|
||
if (muxer == NULL)
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
gtk_action_muxer_set_parent (muxer,
|
||
gtk_widget_get_parent_muxer (widget, FALSE));
|
||
for (child = gtk_widget_get_first_child (widget);
|
||
child != NULL;
|
||
child = gtk_widget_get_next_sibling (child))
|
||
_gtk_widget_update_parent_muxer (child);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
GtkActionMuxer *
|
||
_gtk_widget_get_action_muxer (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
gboolean create)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkActionMuxer *muxer;
|
||
GtkWidgetClass *widget_class = GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget);
|
||
GtkWidgetClassPrivate *priv = widget_class->priv;
|
||
|
||
muxer = (GtkActionMuxer*)g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_action_muxer);
|
||
if (muxer)
|
||
return muxer;
|
||
|
||
if (create || priv->actions)
|
||
{
|
||
muxer = gtk_action_muxer_new (widget);
|
||
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget),
|
||
quark_action_muxer,
|
||
muxer,
|
||
g_object_unref);
|
||
_gtk_widget_update_parent_muxer (widget);
|
||
|
||
return muxer;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
return gtk_widget_get_parent_muxer (widget, FALSE);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_insert_action_group:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
* @name: the prefix for actions in @group
|
||
* @group: (allow-none): a #GActionGroup, or %NULL
|
||
*
|
||
* Inserts @group into @widget. Children of @widget that implement
|
||
* #GtkActionable can then be associated with actions in @group by
|
||
* setting their “action-name” to @prefix.`action-name`.
|
||
*
|
||
* Note that inheritance is defined for individual actions. I.e.
|
||
* even if you insert a group with prefix @prefix, actions with
|
||
* the same prefix will still be inherited from the parent, unless
|
||
* the group contains an action with the same name.
|
||
*
|
||
* If @group is %NULL, a previously inserted group for @name is
|
||
* removed from @widget.
|
||
*/
|
||
void
|
||
gtk_widget_insert_action_group (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
const gchar *name,
|
||
GActionGroup *group)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkActionMuxer *muxer;
|
||
|
||
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
||
g_return_if_fail (name != NULL);
|
||
|
||
muxer = _gtk_widget_get_action_muxer (widget, TRUE);
|
||
|
||
if (group)
|
||
gtk_action_muxer_insert (muxer, name, group);
|
||
else
|
||
gtk_action_muxer_remove (muxer, name);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/****************************************************************
|
||
* GtkBuilder automated templates *
|
||
****************************************************************/
|
||
static AutomaticChildClass *
|
||
template_child_class_new (const gchar *name,
|
||
gboolean internal_child,
|
||
gssize offset)
|
||
{
|
||
AutomaticChildClass *child_class = g_slice_new0 (AutomaticChildClass);
|
||
|
||
child_class->name = g_strdup (name);
|
||
child_class->internal_child = internal_child;
|
||
child_class->offset = offset;
|
||
|
||
return child_class;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
template_child_class_free (AutomaticChildClass *child_class)
|
||
{
|
||
if (child_class)
|
||
{
|
||
g_free (child_class->name);
|
||
g_slice_free (AutomaticChildClass, child_class);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
template_data_free (GtkWidgetTemplate *template_data)
|
||
{
|
||
if (template_data)
|
||
{
|
||
g_bytes_unref (template_data->data);
|
||
g_slist_free_full (template_data->children, (GDestroyNotify)template_child_class_free);
|
||
|
||
g_object_unref (template_data->scope);
|
||
|
||
g_slice_free (GtkWidgetTemplate, template_data);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static GHashTable *
|
||
get_auto_child_hash (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
GType type,
|
||
gboolean create)
|
||
{
|
||
GHashTable *auto_children;
|
||
GHashTable *auto_child_hash;
|
||
|
||
auto_children = (GHashTable *)g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_auto_children);
|
||
if (auto_children == NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
if (!create)
|
||
return NULL;
|
||
|
||
auto_children = g_hash_table_new_full (g_direct_hash,
|
||
NULL,
|
||
NULL, (GDestroyNotify)g_hash_table_destroy);
|
||
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget),
|
||
quark_auto_children,
|
||
auto_children,
|
||
(GDestroyNotify)g_hash_table_destroy);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
auto_child_hash =
|
||
g_hash_table_lookup (auto_children, GSIZE_TO_POINTER (type));
|
||
|
||
if (!auto_child_hash && create)
|
||
{
|
||
auto_child_hash = g_hash_table_new_full (g_str_hash,
|
||
g_str_equal,
|
||
NULL,
|
||
(GDestroyNotify)g_object_unref);
|
||
|
||
g_hash_table_insert (auto_children,
|
||
GSIZE_TO_POINTER (type),
|
||
auto_child_hash);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
return auto_child_hash;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static gboolean
|
||
setup_template_child (GtkWidgetTemplate *template_data,
|
||
GType class_type,
|
||
AutomaticChildClass *child_class,
|
||
GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
GtkBuilder *builder)
|
||
{
|
||
GHashTable *auto_child_hash;
|
||
GObject *object;
|
||
|
||
object = gtk_builder_get_object (builder, child_class->name);
|
||
if (!object)
|
||
{
|
||
g_critical ("Unable to retrieve object '%s' from class template for type '%s' while building a '%s'",
|
||
child_class->name, g_type_name (class_type), G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget));
|
||
return FALSE;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Insert into the hash so that it can be fetched with
|
||
* gtk_widget_get_template_child() and also in automated
|
||
* implementations of GtkBuildable.get_internal_child()
|
||
*/
|
||
auto_child_hash = get_auto_child_hash (widget, class_type, TRUE);
|
||
g_hash_table_insert (auto_child_hash, child_class->name, g_object_ref (object));
|
||
|
||
if (child_class->offset != 0)
|
||
{
|
||
gpointer field_p;
|
||
|
||
/* Assign 'object' to the specified offset in the instance (or private) data */
|
||
field_p = G_STRUCT_MEMBER_P (widget, child_class->offset);
|
||
(* (gpointer *) field_p) = object;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
return TRUE;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_init_template:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
*
|
||
* Creates and initializes child widgets defined in templates. This
|
||
* function must be called in the instance initializer for any
|
||
* class which assigned itself a template using gtk_widget_class_set_template()
|
||
*
|
||
* It is important to call this function in the instance initializer
|
||
* of a #GtkWidget subclass and not in #GObject.constructed() or
|
||
* #GObject.constructor() for two reasons.
|
||
*
|
||
* One reason is that generally derived widgets will assume that parent
|
||
* class composite widgets have been created in their instance
|
||
* initializers.
|
||
*
|
||
* Another reason is that when calling g_object_new() on a widget with
|
||
* composite templates, it’s important to build the composite widgets
|
||
* before the construct properties are set. Properties passed to g_object_new()
|
||
* should take precedence over properties set in the private template XML.
|
||
*/
|
||
void
|
||
gtk_widget_init_template (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetTemplate *template;
|
||
GtkBuilder *builder;
|
||
GError *error = NULL;
|
||
GObject *object;
|
||
GSList *l;
|
||
GType class_type;
|
||
|
||
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
||
|
||
object = G_OBJECT (widget);
|
||
class_type = G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget);
|
||
|
||
template = GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->priv->template;
|
||
g_return_if_fail (template != NULL);
|
||
|
||
builder = gtk_builder_new ();
|
||
|
||
if (template->scope)
|
||
gtk_builder_set_scope (builder, template->scope);
|
||
|
||
gtk_builder_set_current_object (builder, G_OBJECT (widget));
|
||
|
||
/* This will build the template XML as children to the widget instance, also it
|
||
* will validate that the template is created for the correct GType and assert that
|
||
* there is no infinite recursion.
|
||
*/
|
||
if (!gtk_builder_extend_with_template (builder, G_OBJECT (widget), class_type,
|
||
(const gchar *)g_bytes_get_data (template->data, NULL),
|
||
g_bytes_get_size (template->data),
|
||
&error))
|
||
{
|
||
g_critical ("Error building template class '%s' for an instance of type '%s': %s",
|
||
g_type_name (class_type), G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (object), error->message);
|
||
g_error_free (error);
|
||
|
||
/* This should never happen, if the template XML cannot be built
|
||
* then it is a critical programming error.
|
||
*/
|
||
g_object_unref (builder);
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Build the automatic child data
|
||
*/
|
||
for (l = template->children; l; l = l->next)
|
||
{
|
||
AutomaticChildClass *child_class = l->data;
|
||
|
||
/* This will setup the pointer of an automated child, and cause
|
||
* it to be available in any GtkBuildable.get_internal_child()
|
||
* invocations which may follow by reference in child classes.
|
||
*/
|
||
if (!setup_template_child (template,
|
||
class_type,
|
||
child_class,
|
||
widget,
|
||
builder))
|
||
{
|
||
g_object_unref (builder);
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
g_object_unref (builder);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_class_set_template:
|
||
* @widget_class: A #GtkWidgetClass
|
||
* @template_bytes: A #GBytes holding the #GtkBuilder XML
|
||
*
|
||
* This should be called at class initialization time to specify
|
||
* the GtkBuilder XML to be used to extend a widget.
|
||
*
|
||
* For convenience, gtk_widget_class_set_template_from_resource() is also provided.
|
||
*
|
||
* Note that any class that installs templates must call gtk_widget_init_template()
|
||
* in the widget’s instance initializer.
|
||
*/
|
||
void
|
||
gtk_widget_class_set_template (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class,
|
||
GBytes *template_bytes)
|
||
{
|
||
GBytes *data = NULL;
|
||
|
||
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (widget_class));
|
||
g_return_if_fail (widget_class->priv->template == NULL);
|
||
g_return_if_fail (template_bytes != NULL);
|
||
|
||
widget_class->priv->template = g_slice_new0 (GtkWidgetTemplate);
|
||
|
||
if (!_gtk_buildable_parser_is_precompiled (g_bytes_get_data (template_bytes, NULL), g_bytes_get_size (template_bytes)))
|
||
{
|
||
GError *error = NULL;
|
||
|
||
data = _gtk_buildable_parser_precompile (g_bytes_get_data (template_bytes, NULL),
|
||
g_bytes_get_size (template_bytes),
|
||
&error);
|
||
if (data == NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
g_warning ("Failed to precompile template for class %s: %s", G_OBJECT_CLASS_NAME (widget_class), error->message);
|
||
g_error_free (error);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (data)
|
||
widget_class->priv->template->data = data;
|
||
else
|
||
widget_class->priv->template->data = g_bytes_ref (template_bytes);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_class_set_template_from_resource:
|
||
* @widget_class: A #GtkWidgetClass
|
||
* @resource_name: The name of the resource to load the template from
|
||
*
|
||
* A convenience function to call gtk_widget_class_set_template().
|
||
*
|
||
* Note that any class that installs templates must call gtk_widget_init_template()
|
||
* in the widget’s instance initializer.
|
||
*/
|
||
void
|
||
gtk_widget_class_set_template_from_resource (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class,
|
||
const gchar *resource_name)
|
||
{
|
||
GError *error = NULL;
|
||
GBytes *bytes = NULL;
|
||
|
||
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (widget_class));
|
||
g_return_if_fail (widget_class->priv->template == NULL);
|
||
g_return_if_fail (resource_name && resource_name[0]);
|
||
|
||
/* This is a hack, because class initializers now access resources
|
||
* and GIR/gtk-doc initializes classes without initializing GTK+,
|
||
* we ensure that our base resources are registered here and
|
||
* avoid warnings which building GIRs/documentation.
|
||
*/
|
||
_gtk_ensure_resources ();
|
||
|
||
bytes = g_resources_lookup_data (resource_name, 0, &error);
|
||
if (!bytes)
|
||
{
|
||
g_critical ("Unable to load resource for composite template for type '%s': %s",
|
||
G_OBJECT_CLASS_NAME (widget_class), error->message);
|
||
g_error_free (error);
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
gtk_widget_class_set_template (widget_class, bytes);
|
||
g_bytes_unref (bytes);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_class_bind_template_callback_full:
|
||
* @widget_class: A #GtkWidgetClass
|
||
* @callback_name: The name of the callback as expected in the template XML
|
||
* @callback_symbol: (scope async): The callback symbol
|
||
*
|
||
* Declares a @callback_symbol to handle @callback_name from the template XML
|
||
* defined for @widget_type. This function is not supported after
|
||
* gtk_widget_class_set_template_scope() has been used on @widget_class.
|
||
* See gtk_builder_cscope_add_callback_symbol().
|
||
*
|
||
* Note that this must be called from a composite widget classes class
|
||
* initializer after calling gtk_widget_class_set_template().
|
||
*/
|
||
void
|
||
gtk_widget_class_bind_template_callback_full (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class,
|
||
const gchar *callback_name,
|
||
GCallback callback_symbol)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetTemplate *template;
|
||
|
||
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (widget_class));
|
||
g_return_if_fail (widget_class->priv->template != NULL);
|
||
g_return_if_fail (callback_name && callback_name[0]);
|
||
g_return_if_fail (callback_symbol != NULL);
|
||
|
||
template = widget_class->priv->template;
|
||
if (template->scope == NULL)
|
||
template->scope = gtk_builder_cscope_new ();
|
||
|
||
if (GTK_IS_BUILDER_CSCOPE (template->scope))
|
||
{
|
||
gtk_builder_cscope_add_callback_symbol (GTK_BUILDER_CSCOPE (template->scope),
|
||
callback_name,
|
||
callback_symbol);
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
g_critical ("Adding a callback to %s, but scope is not a GtkBuilderCScope.", G_OBJECT_CLASS_NAME (widget_class));
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_class_set_template_scope:
|
||
* @widget_class: A #GtkWidgetClass
|
||
* @scope: (transfer none): The #GtkBuilderScope to use when loading the class template
|
||
*
|
||
* For use in language bindings, this will override the default #GtkBuilderScope to be
|
||
* used when parsing GtkBuilder XML from this class’s template data.
|
||
*
|
||
* Note that this must be called from a composite widget classes class
|
||
* initializer after calling gtk_widget_class_set_template().
|
||
*/
|
||
void
|
||
gtk_widget_class_set_template_scope (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class,
|
||
GtkBuilderScope *scope)
|
||
{
|
||
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (widget_class));
|
||
g_return_if_fail (widget_class->priv->template != NULL);
|
||
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_BUILDER_SCOPE (scope));
|
||
|
||
/* Defensive, destroy any previously set data */
|
||
g_set_object (&widget_class->priv->template->scope, scope);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_class_bind_template_child_full:
|
||
* @widget_class: A #GtkWidgetClass
|
||
* @name: The “id” of the child defined in the template XML
|
||
* @internal_child: Whether the child should be accessible as an “internal-child”
|
||
* when this class is used in GtkBuilder XML
|
||
* @struct_offset: The structure offset into the composite widget’s instance public or private structure
|
||
* where the automated child pointer should be set, or 0 to not assign the pointer.
|
||
*
|
||
* Automatically assign an object declared in the class template XML to be set to a location
|
||
* on a freshly built instance’s private data, or alternatively accessible via gtk_widget_get_template_child().
|
||
*
|
||
* The struct can point either into the public instance, then you should use G_STRUCT_OFFSET(WidgetType, member)
|
||
* for @struct_offset, or in the private struct, then you should use G_PRIVATE_OFFSET(WidgetType, member).
|
||
*
|
||
* An explicit strong reference will be held automatically for the duration of your
|
||
* instance’s life cycle, it will be released automatically when #GObjectClass.dispose() runs
|
||
* on your instance and if a @struct_offset that is != 0 is specified, then the automatic location
|
||
* in your instance public or private data will be set to %NULL. You can however access an automated child
|
||
* pointer the first time your classes #GObjectClass.dispose() runs, or alternatively in
|
||
* #GtkWidgetClass.destroy().
|
||
*
|
||
* If @internal_child is specified, #GtkBuildableIface.get_internal_child() will be automatically
|
||
* implemented by the #GtkWidget class so there is no need to implement it manually.
|
||
*
|
||
* The wrapper macros gtk_widget_class_bind_template_child(), gtk_widget_class_bind_template_child_internal(),
|
||
* gtk_widget_class_bind_template_child_private() and gtk_widget_class_bind_template_child_internal_private()
|
||
* might be more convenient to use.
|
||
*
|
||
* Note that this must be called from a composite widget classes class
|
||
* initializer after calling gtk_widget_class_set_template().
|
||
*/
|
||
void
|
||
gtk_widget_class_bind_template_child_full (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class,
|
||
const gchar *name,
|
||
gboolean internal_child,
|
||
gssize struct_offset)
|
||
{
|
||
AutomaticChildClass *child_class;
|
||
|
||
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (widget_class));
|
||
g_return_if_fail (widget_class->priv->template != NULL);
|
||
g_return_if_fail (name && name[0]);
|
||
|
||
child_class = template_child_class_new (name,
|
||
internal_child,
|
||
struct_offset);
|
||
widget_class->priv->template->children =
|
||
g_slist_prepend (widget_class->priv->template->children, child_class);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_get_template_child:
|
||
* @widget: A #GtkWidget
|
||
* @widget_type: The #GType to get a template child for
|
||
* @name: The “id” of the child defined in the template XML
|
||
*
|
||
* Fetch an object build from the template XML for @widget_type in this @widget instance.
|
||
*
|
||
* This will only report children which were previously declared with
|
||
* gtk_widget_class_bind_template_child_full() or one of its
|
||
* variants.
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is only meant to be called for code which is private to the @widget_type which
|
||
* declared the child and is meant for language bindings which cannot easily make use
|
||
* of the GObject structure offsets.
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns: (transfer none): The object built in the template XML with the id @name
|
||
*/
|
||
GObject *
|
||
gtk_widget_get_template_child (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
GType widget_type,
|
||
const gchar *name)
|
||
{
|
||
GHashTable *auto_child_hash;
|
||
GObject *ret = NULL;
|
||
|
||
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
|
||
g_return_val_if_fail (g_type_name (widget_type) != NULL, NULL);
|
||
g_return_val_if_fail (name && name[0], NULL);
|
||
|
||
auto_child_hash = get_auto_child_hash (widget, widget_type, FALSE);
|
||
|
||
if (auto_child_hash)
|
||
ret = g_hash_table_lookup (auto_child_hash, name);
|
||
|
||
return ret;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_activate_action_variant: (rename-to gtk_widget_activate_action)
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
* @name: the name of the action to activate
|
||
* @args: (allow-none): parameters to use, or %NULL
|
||
*
|
||
* Looks up the action in the action groups associated
|
||
* with @widget and its ancestors, and activates it.
|
||
*
|
||
* If the action is in an action group added with
|
||
* gtk_widget_insert_action_group(), the @name is
|
||
* expected to be prefixed with the prefix that was
|
||
* used when the group was inserted.
|
||
*
|
||
* The arguments must match the actions expected parameter
|
||
* type, as returned by g_action_get_parameter_type().
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns: %TRUE if the action was activated, %FALSE if the action does
|
||
* not exist.
|
||
*/
|
||
gboolean
|
||
gtk_widget_activate_action_variant (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
const char *name,
|
||
GVariant *args)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkActionMuxer *muxer;
|
||
|
||
muxer = _gtk_widget_get_action_muxer (widget, FALSE);
|
||
if (muxer == NULL)
|
||
return FALSE;
|
||
|
||
if (!g_action_group_has_action (G_ACTION_GROUP (muxer), name))
|
||
return FALSE;
|
||
|
||
g_action_group_activate_action (G_ACTION_GROUP (muxer), name, args);
|
||
|
||
return TRUE;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_activate_action:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
* @name: the name of the action to activate
|
||
* @format_string: GVariant format string for arguments or %NULL
|
||
* for no arguments
|
||
* @...: arguments, as given by format string
|
||
*
|
||
* Looks up the action in the action groups associated
|
||
* with @widget and its ancestors, and activates it.
|
||
*
|
||
* This is a wrapper around gtk_widget_activate_action_variant()
|
||
* that constructs the @args variant according to @format_string.
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns: %TRUE if the action was activated, %FALSE if the action does
|
||
* not exist.
|
||
*/
|
||
gboolean
|
||
gtk_widget_activate_action (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
const char *name,
|
||
const char *format_string,
|
||
...)
|
||
{
|
||
GVariant *parameters = NULL;
|
||
gboolean result;
|
||
|
||
if (format_string != NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
va_list args;
|
||
|
||
va_start (args, format_string);
|
||
parameters = g_variant_new_va (format_string, NULL, &args);
|
||
va_end (args);
|
||
|
||
g_variant_ref_sink (parameters);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
result = gtk_widget_activate_action_variant (widget, name, parameters);
|
||
|
||
g_clear_pointer (¶meters, g_variant_unref);
|
||
|
||
return result;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_activate_default:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
*
|
||
* Activate the default.activate action from @widget.
|
||
*/
|
||
void
|
||
gtk_widget_activate_default (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
gtk_widget_activate_action (widget, "default.activate", NULL);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
gtk_widget_cancel_event_sequence (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
GtkGesture *gesture,
|
||
GdkEventSequence *sequence,
|
||
GtkEventSequenceState state)
|
||
{
|
||
gboolean handled = FALSE;
|
||
GtkWidget *event_widget;
|
||
gboolean cancel = TRUE;
|
||
GdkEvent *event;
|
||
|
||
handled = _gtk_widget_set_sequence_state_internal (widget, sequence,
|
||
state, gesture);
|
||
|
||
if (!handled || state != GTK_EVENT_SEQUENCE_CLAIMED)
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
event = _gtk_widget_get_last_event (widget, sequence, &event_widget);
|
||
|
||
if (!event)
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
while (event_widget)
|
||
{
|
||
if (event_widget == widget)
|
||
cancel = FALSE;
|
||
else if (cancel)
|
||
_gtk_widget_cancel_sequence (event_widget, sequence);
|
||
else
|
||
_gtk_widget_set_sequence_state_internal (event_widget, sequence,
|
||
GTK_EVENT_SEQUENCE_DENIED,
|
||
NULL);
|
||
|
||
event_widget = _gtk_widget_get_parent (event_widget);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_add_controller:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
* @controller: (transfer full): a #GtkEventController that hasn't been
|
||
* added to a widget yet
|
||
*
|
||
* Adds @controller to @widget so that it will receive events. You will
|
||
* usually want to call this function right after creating any kind of
|
||
* #GtkEventController.
|
||
**/
|
||
void
|
||
gtk_widget_add_controller (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
GtkEventController *controller)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
||
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_EVENT_CONTROLLER (controller));
|
||
g_return_if_fail (gtk_event_controller_get_widget (controller) == NULL);
|
||
|
||
GTK_EVENT_CONTROLLER_GET_CLASS (controller)->set_widget (controller, widget);
|
||
|
||
if (G_UNLIKELY (!priv->controllers))
|
||
priv->controllers = g_ptr_array_new ();
|
||
|
||
g_ptr_array_add (priv->controllers, controller);
|
||
|
||
if (priv->controller_observer)
|
||
gtk_list_list_model_item_added_at (priv->controller_observer, 0);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_remove_controller:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
* @controller: (transfer none): a #GtkEventController
|
||
*
|
||
* Removes @controller from @widget, so that it doesn't process
|
||
* events anymore. It should not be used again.
|
||
*
|
||
* Widgets will remove all event controllers automatically when they
|
||
* are destroyed, there is normally no need to call this function.
|
||
**/
|
||
void
|
||
gtk_widget_remove_controller (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
GtkEventController *controller)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
||
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_EVENT_CONTROLLER (controller));
|
||
g_return_if_fail (gtk_event_controller_get_widget (controller) == widget);
|
||
|
||
if (priv->controller_observer)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Here we care about the index */
|
||
guint index;
|
||
|
||
g_ptr_array_find (priv->controllers, controller, &index);
|
||
|
||
gtk_list_list_model_item_removed_at (priv->controller_observer, index);
|
||
g_ptr_array_remove_index_fast (priv->controllers, index);
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
/* XXX _fast really possible? */
|
||
g_ptr_array_remove_fast (priv->controllers, controller);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
gtk_widget_unset_controller (widget, controller);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
gboolean
|
||
gtk_widget_consumes_motion (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
GtkWidget *parent,
|
||
GdkEventSequence *sequence)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
while (widget != NULL && widget != parent)
|
||
{
|
||
guint i;
|
||
|
||
if (!priv->controllers)
|
||
goto next;
|
||
|
||
for (i = 0; i < priv->controllers->len; i++)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkEventController *controller = g_ptr_array_index (priv->controllers, i);
|
||
|
||
if (controller == NULL ||
|
||
!GTK_IS_GESTURE (controller))
|
||
continue;
|
||
|
||
if ((!GTK_IS_GESTURE_SINGLE (controller) ||
|
||
GTK_IS_GESTURE_DRAG (controller) ||
|
||
GTK_IS_GESTURE_SWIPE (controller)) &&
|
||
gtk_gesture_handles_sequence (GTK_GESTURE (controller), sequence))
|
||
return TRUE;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
next:
|
||
widget = priv->parent;
|
||
priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
return FALSE;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
gtk_widget_reset_controllers (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
guint i;
|
||
|
||
if (!priv->controllers)
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
/* Reset all controllers */
|
||
for (i = 0; i < priv->controllers->len; i++)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkEventController *controller = g_ptr_array_index (priv->controllers, i);
|
||
|
||
if (controller == NULL)
|
||
continue;
|
||
|
||
gtk_event_controller_reset (controller);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
GtkEventController **
|
||
gtk_widget_list_controllers (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
GtkPropagationPhase phase,
|
||
guint *out_n_controllers)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
GPtrArray *controllers = g_ptr_array_new ();
|
||
guint i;
|
||
|
||
g_assert (out_n_controllers);
|
||
|
||
for (i = 0; i < priv->controllers->len; i++)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkEventController *controller = g_ptr_array_index (priv->controllers, i);
|
||
|
||
if (gtk_event_controller_get_propagation_phase (controller) == phase)
|
||
g_ptr_array_add (controllers, controller);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
*out_n_controllers = controllers->len;
|
||
|
||
return (GtkEventController **)g_ptr_array_free (controllers, FALSE);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static inline void
|
||
gtk_widget_maybe_add_debug_render_nodes (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
GtkSnapshot *snapshot)
|
||
{
|
||
#ifdef G_ENABLE_DEBUG
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
GdkDisplay *display = _gtk_widget_get_display (widget);
|
||
|
||
if (GTK_DISPLAY_DEBUG_CHECK (display, RESIZE) && priv->highlight_resize)
|
||
{
|
||
GdkRGBA blue = {0, 0, 1, 0.2};
|
||
graphene_rect_t bounds;
|
||
|
||
graphene_rect_init (&bounds,
|
||
0, 0,
|
||
priv->width, priv->height);
|
||
|
||
gtk_snapshot_append_color (snapshot,
|
||
&blue,
|
||
&bounds);
|
||
priv->highlight_resize = FALSE;
|
||
gtk_widget_queue_draw (widget);
|
||
}
|
||
#endif
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static GskRenderNode *
|
||
gtk_widget_create_render_node (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
GtkSnapshot *snapshot)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetClass *klass = GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget);
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
GtkCssBoxes boxes;
|
||
GtkCssValue *filter_value;
|
||
double css_opacity, opacity;
|
||
GtkCssStyle *style;
|
||
|
||
style = gtk_css_node_get_style (priv->cssnode);
|
||
|
||
css_opacity = _gtk_css_number_value_get (style->other->opacity, 100);
|
||
opacity = CLAMP (css_opacity, 0.0, 1.0) * priv->user_alpha / 255.0;
|
||
|
||
if (opacity <= 0.0)
|
||
return NULL;
|
||
|
||
gtk_css_boxes_init (&boxes, widget);
|
||
|
||
gtk_snapshot_push_collect (snapshot);
|
||
gtk_snapshot_push_debug (snapshot,
|
||
"RenderNode for %s %p",
|
||
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
|
||
|
||
filter_value = gtk_css_node_get_style (priv->cssnode)->other->filter;
|
||
if (filter_value)
|
||
gtk_css_filter_value_push_snapshot (filter_value, snapshot);
|
||
|
||
if (opacity < 1.0)
|
||
gtk_snapshot_push_opacity (snapshot, opacity);
|
||
|
||
gtk_css_style_snapshot_background (&boxes, snapshot);
|
||
gtk_css_style_snapshot_border (&boxes, snapshot);
|
||
|
||
if (priv->overflow == GTK_OVERFLOW_HIDDEN)
|
||
{
|
||
gtk_snapshot_push_rounded_clip (snapshot, gtk_css_boxes_get_padding_box (&boxes));
|
||
klass->snapshot (widget, snapshot);
|
||
gtk_snapshot_pop (snapshot);
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
klass->snapshot (widget, snapshot);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
gtk_css_style_snapshot_outline (&boxes, snapshot);
|
||
|
||
if (opacity < 1.0)
|
||
gtk_snapshot_pop (snapshot);
|
||
|
||
gtk_css_filter_value_pop_snapshot (filter_value, snapshot);
|
||
|
||
#ifdef G_ENABLE_DEBUG
|
||
gtk_widget_maybe_add_debug_render_nodes (widget, snapshot);
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
gtk_snapshot_pop (snapshot);
|
||
|
||
return gtk_snapshot_pop_collect (snapshot);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
gtk_widget_snapshot (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
GtkSnapshot *snapshot)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
if (!_gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
if (_gtk_widget_get_alloc_needed (widget))
|
||
{
|
||
g_warning ("Trying to snapshot %s %p without a current allocation", gtk_widget_get_name (widget), widget);
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (priv->draw_needed)
|
||
{
|
||
GskRenderNode *render_node;
|
||
|
||
gtk_widget_push_paintables (widget);
|
||
|
||
render_node = gtk_widget_create_render_node (widget, snapshot);
|
||
/* This can happen when nested drawing happens and a widget contains itself
|
||
* or when we replace a clipped area */
|
||
g_clear_pointer (&priv->render_node, gsk_render_node_unref);
|
||
priv->render_node = render_node;
|
||
|
||
priv->draw_needed = FALSE;
|
||
|
||
gtk_widget_pop_paintables (widget);
|
||
gtk_widget_update_paintables (widget);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (priv->render_node)
|
||
gtk_snapshot_append_node (snapshot, priv->render_node);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
gtk_widget_render (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
GdkSurface *surface,
|
||
const cairo_region_t *region)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkSnapshot *snapshot;
|
||
GskRenderer *renderer;
|
||
GskRenderNode *root;
|
||
double x, y;
|
||
gint64 before_snapshot = g_get_monotonic_time ();
|
||
gint64 before_render = 0;
|
||
|
||
if (!GTK_IS_NATIVE (widget))
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
renderer = gtk_native_get_renderer (GTK_NATIVE (widget));
|
||
if (renderer == NULL)
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
snapshot = gtk_snapshot_new ();
|
||
gtk_native_get_surface_transform (GTK_NATIVE (widget), &x, &y);
|
||
gtk_snapshot_translate (snapshot, &GRAPHENE_POINT_INIT (x, y));
|
||
gtk_widget_snapshot (widget, snapshot);
|
||
root = gtk_snapshot_free_to_node (snapshot);
|
||
|
||
if (GDK_PROFILER_IS_RUNNING)
|
||
{
|
||
before_render = g_get_monotonic_time ();
|
||
gdk_profiler_add_mark (before_snapshot, (before_render - before_snapshot), "widget snapshot", "");
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (root != NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
root = gtk_inspector_prepare_render (widget,
|
||
renderer,
|
||
surface,
|
||
region,
|
||
root);
|
||
|
||
gsk_renderer_render (renderer, root, region);
|
||
|
||
gsk_render_node_unref (root);
|
||
|
||
if (GDK_PROFILER_IS_RUNNING)
|
||
gdk_profiler_end_mark (before_render, "widget render", "");
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
gtk_widget_child_observer_destroyed (gpointer widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
priv->children_observer = NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_observe_children:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns a #GListModel to track the children of @widget.
|
||
*
|
||
* Calling this function will enable extra internal bookkeeping to track
|
||
* children and emit signals on the returned listmodel. It may slow down
|
||
* operations a lot.
|
||
*
|
||
* Applications should try hard to avoid calling this function because of
|
||
* the slowdowns.
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns: (transfer full) (attributes element-type=GtkWidget): a #GListModel
|
||
* tracking @widget's children
|
||
**/
|
||
GListModel *
|
||
gtk_widget_observe_children (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
|
||
|
||
if (priv->children_observer)
|
||
return g_object_ref (G_LIST_MODEL (priv->children_observer));
|
||
|
||
priv->children_observer = gtk_list_list_model_new (GTK_TYPE_WIDGET,
|
||
(gpointer) gtk_widget_get_first_child,
|
||
(gpointer) gtk_widget_get_next_sibling,
|
||
(gpointer) gtk_widget_get_prev_sibling,
|
||
(gpointer) gtk_widget_get_last_child,
|
||
(gpointer) g_object_ref,
|
||
widget,
|
||
gtk_widget_child_observer_destroyed);
|
||
|
||
return G_LIST_MODEL (priv->children_observer);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
gtk_widget_controller_observer_destroyed (gpointer widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
priv->controller_observer = NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static gpointer
|
||
gtk_widget_controller_list_get_first (gpointer widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
if (priv->controllers)
|
||
return g_ptr_array_index (priv->controllers, 0);
|
||
|
||
return NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static gpointer
|
||
gtk_widget_controller_list_get_next (gpointer item,
|
||
gpointer widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
guint index;
|
||
|
||
g_ptr_array_find (priv->controllers, item, &index);
|
||
|
||
if (index + 1 <= priv->controllers->len - 1)
|
||
return g_ptr_array_index (priv->controllers, index + 1);
|
||
|
||
return NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static gpointer
|
||
gtk_widget_controller_list_get_prev (gpointer item,
|
||
gpointer widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
guint index;
|
||
|
||
g_ptr_array_find (priv->controllers, item, &index);
|
||
|
||
if (index >= 0)
|
||
return g_ptr_array_index (priv->controllers, index - 1);
|
||
|
||
return NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_observe_controllers:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns a #GListModel to track the #GtkEventControllers of @widget.
|
||
*
|
||
* Calling this function will enable extra internal bookkeeping to track
|
||
* controllers and emit signals on the returned listmodel. It may slow down
|
||
* operations a lot.
|
||
*
|
||
* Applications should try hard to avoid calling this function because of
|
||
* the slowdowns.
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns: (transfer full) (attributes element-type=GtkEventController): a
|
||
* #GListModel tracking @widget's controllers
|
||
**/
|
||
GListModel *
|
||
gtk_widget_observe_controllers (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
|
||
|
||
if (priv->controller_observer)
|
||
return g_object_ref (G_LIST_MODEL (priv->controller_observer));
|
||
|
||
priv->controller_observer = gtk_list_list_model_new (GTK_TYPE_EVENT_CONTROLLER,
|
||
gtk_widget_controller_list_get_first,
|
||
gtk_widget_controller_list_get_next,
|
||
gtk_widget_controller_list_get_prev,
|
||
NULL,
|
||
(gpointer) g_object_ref,
|
||
widget,
|
||
gtk_widget_controller_observer_destroyed);
|
||
|
||
return G_LIST_MODEL (priv->controller_observer);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_get_first_child:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns the widgets first child.
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): The widget's first child
|
||
*/
|
||
GtkWidget *
|
||
gtk_widget_get_first_child (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
|
||
|
||
return priv->first_child;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_get_last_child:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns the widgets last child.
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): The widget's last child
|
||
*/
|
||
GtkWidget *
|
||
gtk_widget_get_last_child (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
|
||
|
||
return priv->last_child;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_get_next_sibling:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns the widgets next sibling.
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): The widget's next sibling
|
||
*/
|
||
GtkWidget *
|
||
gtk_widget_get_next_sibling (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
|
||
|
||
return priv->next_sibling;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_get_prev_sibling:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns the widgets previous sibling.
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): The widget's previous sibling
|
||
*/
|
||
GtkWidget *
|
||
gtk_widget_get_prev_sibling (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
|
||
|
||
return priv->prev_sibling;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_insert_after:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
* @parent: the parent #GtkWidget to insert @widget into
|
||
* @previous_sibling: (nullable): the new previous sibling of @widget or %NULL
|
||
*
|
||
* Inserts @widget into the child widget list of @parent.
|
||
* It will be placed after @previous_sibling, or at the beginning if @previous_sibling is %NULL.
|
||
*
|
||
* After calling this function, gtk_widget_get_prev_sibling(widget) will return @previous_sibling.
|
||
*
|
||
* If @parent is already set as the parent widget of @widget, this function can also be used
|
||
* to reorder @widget in the child widget list of @parent.
|
||
*/
|
||
void
|
||
gtk_widget_insert_after (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
GtkWidget *parent,
|
||
GtkWidget *previous_sibling)
|
||
{
|
||
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
||
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (parent));
|
||
g_return_if_fail (previous_sibling == NULL || GTK_IS_WIDGET (previous_sibling));
|
||
g_return_if_fail (previous_sibling == NULL || _gtk_widget_get_parent (previous_sibling) == parent);
|
||
|
||
if (widget == previous_sibling ||
|
||
(previous_sibling && _gtk_widget_get_prev_sibling (widget) == previous_sibling))
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
if (!previous_sibling && _gtk_widget_get_first_child (parent) == widget)
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
gtk_widget_reposition_after (widget,
|
||
parent,
|
||
previous_sibling);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_insert_before:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
* @parent: the parent #GtkWidget to insert @widget into
|
||
* @next_sibling: (nullable): the new next sibling of @widget or %NULL
|
||
*
|
||
* Inserts @widget into the child widget list of @parent.
|
||
* It will be placed before @next_sibling, or at the end if @next_sibling is %NULL.
|
||
*
|
||
* After calling this function, gtk_widget_get_next_sibling(widget) will return @next_sibling.
|
||
*
|
||
* If @parent is already set as the parent widget of @widget, this function can also be used
|
||
* to reorder @widget in the child widget list of @parent.
|
||
*/
|
||
void
|
||
gtk_widget_insert_before (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
GtkWidget *parent,
|
||
GtkWidget *next_sibling)
|
||
{
|
||
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
||
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (parent));
|
||
g_return_if_fail (next_sibling == NULL || GTK_IS_WIDGET (next_sibling));
|
||
g_return_if_fail (next_sibling == NULL || _gtk_widget_get_parent (next_sibling) == parent);
|
||
|
||
if (widget == next_sibling ||
|
||
(next_sibling && _gtk_widget_get_next_sibling (widget) == next_sibling))
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
if (!next_sibling && _gtk_widget_get_last_child (parent) == widget)
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
gtk_widget_reposition_after (widget, parent,
|
||
next_sibling ? _gtk_widget_get_prev_sibling (next_sibling) :
|
||
_gtk_widget_get_last_child (parent));
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
gtk_widget_forall (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
GtkCallback callback,
|
||
gpointer user_data)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidget *child;
|
||
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
||
|
||
child = _gtk_widget_get_first_child (widget);
|
||
while (child)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidget *next = _gtk_widget_get_next_sibling (child);
|
||
|
||
callback(child, user_data);
|
||
|
||
child = next;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_snapshot_child:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
* @child: a child of @widget
|
||
* @snapshot: #GtkSnapshot as passed to the widget. In particular, no
|
||
* calls to gtk_snapshot_translate() or other transform calls should
|
||
* have been made.
|
||
*
|
||
* When a widget receives a call to the snapshot function, it must send
|
||
* synthetic #GtkWidgetClass.snapshot() calls to all children. This function
|
||
* provides a convenient way of doing this. A widget, when it receives
|
||
* a call to its #GtkWidgetClass.snapshot() function, calls
|
||
* gtk_widget_snapshot_child() once for each child, passing in
|
||
* the @snapshot the widget received.
|
||
*
|
||
* gtk_widget_snapshot_child() takes care of translating the origin of
|
||
* @snapshot, and deciding whether the child needs to be snapshot.
|
||
*
|
||
* This function does nothing for children that implement #GtkNative.
|
||
**/
|
||
void
|
||
gtk_widget_snapshot_child (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
GtkWidget *child,
|
||
GtkSnapshot *snapshot)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (child);
|
||
|
||
g_return_if_fail (_gtk_widget_get_parent (child) == widget);
|
||
g_return_if_fail (snapshot != NULL);
|
||
|
||
if (GTK_IS_NATIVE (child))
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
if (!_gtk_widget_get_mapped (child))
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
if (priv->transform)
|
||
{
|
||
gtk_snapshot_save (snapshot);
|
||
gtk_snapshot_transform (snapshot, priv->transform);
|
||
|
||
gtk_widget_snapshot (child, snapshot);
|
||
|
||
gtk_snapshot_restore (snapshot);
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
gtk_widget_snapshot (child, snapshot);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_set_focus_child:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
* @child: (nullable): a direct child widget of @widget or %NULL
|
||
* to unset the focus child of @widget
|
||
*
|
||
* Set @child as the current focus child of @widget. The previous
|
||
* focus child will be unset.
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is only suitable for widget implementations.
|
||
* If you want a certain widget to get the input focus, call
|
||
* gtk_widget_grab_focus() on it.
|
||
*/
|
||
void
|
||
gtk_widget_set_focus_child (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
GtkWidget *child)
|
||
{
|
||
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
||
|
||
if (child != NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (child));
|
||
g_return_if_fail (gtk_widget_get_parent (child) == widget);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->set_focus_child (widget, child);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
gtk_widget_real_set_focus_child (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
GtkWidget *child)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
g_set_object (&priv->focus_child, child);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_get_focus_child:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns the current focus child of @widget.
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): The current focus child of @widget,
|
||
* or %NULL in case the focus child is unset.
|
||
*/
|
||
GtkWidget *
|
||
gtk_widget_get_focus_child (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
|
||
|
||
return priv->focus_child;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_set_cursor:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
* @cursor: (allow-none): the new cursor or %NULL to use the default
|
||
* cursor
|
||
*
|
||
* Sets the cursor to be shown when pointer devices point towards @widget.
|
||
*
|
||
* If the @cursor is NULL, @widget will use the cursor inherited from the
|
||
* parent widget.
|
||
**/
|
||
void
|
||
gtk_widget_set_cursor (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
GdkCursor *cursor)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
GtkRoot *root;
|
||
|
||
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
||
g_return_if_fail (cursor == NULL || GDK_IS_CURSOR (cursor));
|
||
|
||
if (!g_set_object (&priv->cursor, cursor))
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
root = _gtk_widget_get_root (widget);
|
||
if (root)
|
||
gtk_window_maybe_update_cursor (GTK_WINDOW (root), widget, NULL);
|
||
|
||
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_CURSOR]);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_set_cursor_from_name:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
* @name: (nullable): The name of the cursor or %NULL to use the default
|
||
* cursor
|
||
*
|
||
* Sets a named cursor to be shown when pointer devices point towards @widget.
|
||
*
|
||
* This is a utility function that creates a cursor via
|
||
* gdk_cursor_new_from_name() and then sets it on @widget with
|
||
* gtk_widget_set_cursor(). See those 2 functions for details.
|
||
*
|
||
* On top of that, this function allows @name to be %NULL, which will
|
||
* do the same as calling gtk_widget_set_cursor() with a %NULL cursor.
|
||
**/
|
||
void
|
||
gtk_widget_set_cursor_from_name (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
const char *name)
|
||
{
|
||
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
||
|
||
if (name)
|
||
{
|
||
GdkCursor *cursor;
|
||
|
||
cursor = gdk_cursor_new_from_name (name, NULL);
|
||
gtk_widget_set_cursor (widget, cursor);
|
||
g_object_unref (cursor);
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
gtk_widget_set_cursor (widget, NULL);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_get_cursor:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
*
|
||
* Queries the cursor set via gtk_widget_set_cursor(). See that function for
|
||
* details.
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): the cursor currently in use or %NULL
|
||
* to use the default.
|
||
**/
|
||
GdkCursor *
|
||
gtk_widget_get_cursor (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
|
||
|
||
return priv->cursor;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_set_can_target:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
* @can_target: whether this widget should be able to receive pointer events
|
||
*
|
||
* Sets whether @widget can be the target of pointer events.
|
||
*/
|
||
void
|
||
gtk_widget_set_can_target (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
gboolean can_target)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
can_target = !!can_target;
|
||
|
||
if (priv->can_target == can_target)
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
priv->can_target = can_target;
|
||
|
||
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_CAN_TARGET]);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_get_can_target:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
*
|
||
* Queries whether @widget can be the target of pointer events.
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns: %TRUE if @widget can receive pointer events
|
||
*/
|
||
gboolean
|
||
gtk_widget_get_can_target (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
return priv->can_target;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_get_width:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns the content width of the widget, as passed to its size-allocate implementation.
|
||
* This is the size you should be using in GtkWidgetClass.snapshot(). For pointer
|
||
* events, see gtk_widget_contains().
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns: The width of @widget
|
||
*/
|
||
int
|
||
gtk_widget_get_width (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
|
||
|
||
return priv->width;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_get_height:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns the content height of the widget, as passed to its size-allocate implementation.
|
||
* This is the size you should be using in GtkWidgetClass.snapshot(). For pointer
|
||
* events, see gtk_widget_contains().
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns: The height of @widget
|
||
*/
|
||
int
|
||
gtk_widget_get_height (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
|
||
|
||
return priv->height;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_get_size:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
* @orientation: the orientation to query
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns the content width or height of the widget, depending on @orientation.
|
||
* This is equivalent to calling gtk_widget_get_width() for %GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL
|
||
* or gtk_widget_get_height() for %GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL, but can be used when
|
||
* writing orientation-independent code, such as when implementing #GtkOrientable
|
||
* widgets.
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns: The size of @widget in @orientation.
|
||
*/
|
||
int
|
||
gtk_widget_get_size (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
GtkOrientation orientation)
|
||
{
|
||
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
|
||
|
||
if (orientation == GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL)
|
||
return gtk_widget_get_width (widget);
|
||
else
|
||
return gtk_widget_get_height (widget);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_class_set_layout_manager_type:
|
||
* @widget_class: class to set the layout manager type for
|
||
* @type: The object type that implements the #GtkLayoutManager for @widget_class
|
||
*
|
||
* Sets the type to be used for creating layout managers for widgets of
|
||
* @widget_class. The given @type must be a subtype of #GtkLayoutManager.
|
||
*
|
||
* This function should only be called from class init functions of widgets.
|
||
**/
|
||
void
|
||
gtk_widget_class_set_layout_manager_type (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class,
|
||
GType type)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetClassPrivate *priv;
|
||
|
||
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (widget_class));
|
||
g_return_if_fail (g_type_is_a (type, GTK_TYPE_LAYOUT_MANAGER));
|
||
|
||
priv = widget_class->priv;
|
||
|
||
priv->layout_manager_type = type;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_class_get_layout_manager_type:
|
||
* @widget_class: a #GtkWidgetClass
|
||
*
|
||
* Retrieves the type of the #GtkLayoutManager used by the #GtkWidget class.
|
||
*
|
||
* See also: gtk_widget_class_set_layout_manager_type()
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns: a #GtkLayoutManager subclass, or %G_TYPE_INVALID
|
||
*/
|
||
GType
|
||
gtk_widget_class_get_layout_manager_type (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetClassPrivate *priv;
|
||
|
||
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (widget_class), G_TYPE_INVALID);
|
||
|
||
priv = widget_class->priv;
|
||
|
||
return priv->layout_manager_type;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_set_layout_manager:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
* @layout_manager: (nullable) (transfer full): a #GtkLayoutManager
|
||
*
|
||
* Sets the layout manager delegate instance that provides an implementation
|
||
* for measuring and allocating the children of @widget.
|
||
*/
|
||
void
|
||
gtk_widget_set_layout_manager (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
GtkLayoutManager *layout_manager)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
||
g_return_if_fail (layout_manager == NULL || GTK_IS_LAYOUT_MANAGER (layout_manager));
|
||
g_return_if_fail (layout_manager == NULL || gtk_layout_manager_get_widget (layout_manager) == NULL);
|
||
|
||
if (priv->layout_manager == layout_manager)
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
if (priv->layout_manager)
|
||
{
|
||
gtk_layout_manager_set_widget (priv->layout_manager, NULL);
|
||
g_object_unref (priv->layout_manager);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
priv->layout_manager = layout_manager;
|
||
if (priv->layout_manager != NULL)
|
||
gtk_layout_manager_set_widget (priv->layout_manager, widget);
|
||
|
||
gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
|
||
|
||
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_LAYOUT_MANAGER]);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_get_layout_manager:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
*
|
||
* Retrieves the layout manager set using gtk_widget_set_layout_manager().
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): a #GtkLayoutManager
|
||
*/
|
||
GtkLayoutManager *
|
||
gtk_widget_get_layout_manager (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
|
||
|
||
return priv->layout_manager;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_should_layout:
|
||
* @widget: a widget
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns whether @widget should contribute to
|
||
* the measuring and allocation of its parent.
|
||
* This is %FALSE for invisible children, but also
|
||
* for children that have their own surface.
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns: %TRUE if child should be included in
|
||
* measuring and allocating
|
||
*/
|
||
gboolean
|
||
gtk_widget_should_layout (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
if (!_gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
|
||
return FALSE;
|
||
|
||
if (GTK_IS_NATIVE (widget))
|
||
return FALSE;
|
||
|
||
return TRUE;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
gtk_widget_class_add_action (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class,
|
||
GtkWidgetAction *action)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetClassPrivate *priv = widget_class->priv;
|
||
|
||
GTK_NOTE(ACTIONS, g_message ("%sClass: Adding %s action\n",
|
||
g_type_name (G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (widget_class)),
|
||
action->name));
|
||
|
||
action->next = priv->actions;
|
||
priv->actions = action;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_class_install_action:
|
||
* @widget_class: a #GtkWidgetClass
|
||
* @action_name: a prefixed action name, such as "clipboard.paste"
|
||
* @parameter_type: (nullable): the parameter type, or %NULL
|
||
* @activate: (scope call): callback to use when the action is activated
|
||
*
|
||
* This should be called at class initialization time to specify
|
||
* actions to be added for all instances of this class.
|
||
*
|
||
* Actions installed by this function are stateless. The only state
|
||
* they have is whether they are enabled or not.
|
||
*/
|
||
void
|
||
gtk_widget_class_install_action (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class,
|
||
const char *action_name,
|
||
const char *parameter_type,
|
||
GtkWidgetActionActivateFunc activate)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetAction *action;
|
||
|
||
action = g_new0 (GtkWidgetAction, 1);
|
||
action->owner = G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (widget_class);
|
||
action->name = g_strdup (action_name);
|
||
if (parameter_type)
|
||
action->parameter_type = g_variant_type_new (parameter_type);
|
||
else
|
||
action->parameter_type = NULL;
|
||
action->activate = activate;
|
||
|
||
gtk_widget_class_add_action (widget_class, action);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static const GVariantType *
|
||
determine_type (GParamSpec *pspec)
|
||
{
|
||
if (G_TYPE_IS_ENUM (pspec->value_type))
|
||
return G_VARIANT_TYPE_STRING;
|
||
|
||
switch (pspec->value_type)
|
||
{
|
||
case G_TYPE_BOOLEAN:
|
||
return G_VARIANT_TYPE_BOOLEAN;
|
||
|
||
case G_TYPE_INT:
|
||
return G_VARIANT_TYPE_INT32;
|
||
|
||
case G_TYPE_UINT:
|
||
return G_VARIANT_TYPE_UINT32;
|
||
|
||
case G_TYPE_DOUBLE:
|
||
case G_TYPE_FLOAT:
|
||
return G_VARIANT_TYPE_DOUBLE;
|
||
|
||
case G_TYPE_STRING:
|
||
return G_VARIANT_TYPE_STRING;
|
||
|
||
default:
|
||
g_critical ("Unable to use gtk_widget_class_install_property_action with property '%s:%s' of type '%s'",
|
||
g_type_name (pspec->owner_type), pspec->name, g_type_name (pspec->value_type));
|
||
return NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_class_install_property_action:
|
||
* @widget_class: a #GtkWidgetClass
|
||
* @action_name: name of the action
|
||
* @property_name: name of the property in instances of @widget_class
|
||
* or any parent class.
|
||
*
|
||
* Installs an action called @action_name on @widget_class and binds its
|
||
* state to the value of the @property_name property.
|
||
*
|
||
* This function will perform a few santity checks on the property selected
|
||
* via @property_name. Namely, the property must exist, must be readable,
|
||
* writable and must not be construct-only. There are also restrictions
|
||
* on the type of the given property, it must be boolean, int, unsigned int,
|
||
* double or string. If any of these conditions are not met, a critical
|
||
* warning will be printed and no action will be added.
|
||
*
|
||
* The state type of the action matches the property type.
|
||
*
|
||
* If the property is boolean, the action will have no parameter and
|
||
* toggle the property value. Otherwise, the action will have a parameter
|
||
* of the same type as the property.
|
||
*/
|
||
void
|
||
gtk_widget_class_install_property_action (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class,
|
||
const char *action_name,
|
||
const char *property_name)
|
||
{
|
||
GParamSpec *pspec;
|
||
GtkWidgetAction *action;
|
||
const GVariantType *state_type;
|
||
|
||
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (widget_class));
|
||
|
||
pspec = g_object_class_find_property (G_OBJECT_CLASS (widget_class), property_name);
|
||
|
||
if (pspec == NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
g_critical ("Attempted to use non-existent property '%s:%s' for gtk_widget_class_install_property_action",
|
||
g_type_name (G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (widget_class)), property_name);
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (~pspec->flags & G_PARAM_READABLE || ~pspec->flags & G_PARAM_WRITABLE || pspec->flags & G_PARAM_CONSTRUCT_ONLY)
|
||
{
|
||
g_critical ("Property '%s:%s' used with gtk_widget_class_install_property_action must be readable, writable, and not construct-only",
|
||
g_type_name (G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (widget_class)), property_name);
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
state_type = determine_type (pspec);
|
||
|
||
if (!state_type)
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
action = g_new0 (GtkWidgetAction, 1);
|
||
action->owner = G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (widget_class);
|
||
action->name = g_strdup (action_name);
|
||
action->pspec = pspec;
|
||
action->state_type = state_type;
|
||
if (action->pspec->value_type == G_TYPE_BOOLEAN)
|
||
action->parameter_type = NULL;
|
||
else
|
||
action->parameter_type = action->state_type;
|
||
action->activate = NULL;
|
||
|
||
gtk_widget_class_add_action (widget_class, action);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_action_set_enabled:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
* @action_name: action name, such as "clipboard.paste"
|
||
* @enabled: whether the action is now enabled
|
||
*
|
||
* Enable or disable an action installed with
|
||
* gtk_widget_class_install_action().
|
||
*/
|
||
void
|
||
gtk_widget_action_set_enabled (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
const char *action_name,
|
||
gboolean enabled)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkActionMuxer *muxer;
|
||
|
||
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
||
|
||
muxer = _gtk_widget_get_action_muxer (widget, TRUE);
|
||
gtk_action_muxer_action_enabled_changed (muxer, action_name, enabled);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_class_query_action:
|
||
* @widget_class: a #GtkWidgetClass
|
||
* @index_: position of the action to query
|
||
* @owner: (out): return location for the type where the action was defined
|
||
* @action_name: (out): return location for the action name
|
||
* @parameter_type: (out): return location for the parameter type
|
||
* @property_name: (out): return location for the property name
|
||
*
|
||
* Queries the actions that have been installed for
|
||
* a widget class using gtk_widget_class_install_action()
|
||
* during class initialization.
|
||
*
|
||
* Note that this function will also return actions defined
|
||
* by parent classes. You can identify those by looking
|
||
* at @owner.
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns: %TRUE if the action was found,
|
||
* %FALSE if @index_ is out of range
|
||
*/
|
||
gboolean
|
||
gtk_widget_class_query_action (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class,
|
||
guint index_,
|
||
GType *owner,
|
||
const char **action_name,
|
||
const GVariantType **parameter_type,
|
||
const char **property_name)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetClassPrivate *priv = widget_class->priv;
|
||
GtkWidgetAction *action = priv->actions;
|
||
|
||
for (; index_ > 0 && action != NULL; index_--)
|
||
action = action->next;
|
||
|
||
if (action != NULL && index_ == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
*owner = action->owner;
|
||
*action_name = action->name;
|
||
*parameter_type = action->parameter_type;
|
||
if (action->pspec)
|
||
*property_name = action->pspec->name;
|
||
else
|
||
*property_name = NULL;
|
||
|
||
return TRUE;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
return FALSE;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_get_css_name:
|
||
* @self: a #GtkWidget
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns the CSS name that is used for @self.
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns: (transfer none): the CSS name
|
||
**/
|
||
const char *
|
||
gtk_widget_get_css_name (GtkWidget *self)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (self);
|
||
|
||
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (self), NULL);
|
||
|
||
return g_quark_to_string (gtk_css_node_get_name (priv->cssnode));
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_add_css_class:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
* @css_class: The style class to add to @widget, without
|
||
* the leading '.' used for notation of style classes
|
||
*
|
||
* Adds @css_class to @widget. After calling this function, @widget's
|
||
* style will match for @css_class, after the CSS matching rules.
|
||
*/
|
||
void
|
||
gtk_widget_add_css_class (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
const char *css_class)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
||
g_return_if_fail (css_class != NULL);
|
||
g_return_if_fail (css_class[0] != '\0');
|
||
g_return_if_fail (css_class[0] != '.');
|
||
|
||
gtk_css_node_add_class (priv->cssnode, g_quark_from_string (css_class));
|
||
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_CSS_CLASSES]);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_remove_css_class:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
* @css_class: The style class to remove from @widget, without
|
||
* the leading '.' used for notation of style classes
|
||
*
|
||
* Removes @css_class from @widget. After this, the style of @widget
|
||
* will stop matching for @css_class.
|
||
*/
|
||
void
|
||
gtk_widget_remove_css_class (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
const char *css_class)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
GQuark class_quark;
|
||
|
||
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
||
g_return_if_fail (css_class != NULL);
|
||
g_return_if_fail (css_class[0] != '\0');
|
||
g_return_if_fail (css_class[0] != '.');
|
||
|
||
class_quark = g_quark_try_string (css_class);
|
||
if (!class_quark)
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
gtk_css_node_remove_class (priv->cssnode, class_quark);
|
||
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_CSS_CLASSES]);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_has_css_class:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
* @css_class: A CSS style class, without the leading '.'
|
||
* used for notation of style classes
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns whether @css_class is currently applied to @widget.
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns: %TRUE if @css_class is currently applied to @widget,
|
||
* %FALSE otherwise.
|
||
*/
|
||
gboolean
|
||
gtk_widget_has_css_class (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
const char *css_class)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
GQuark class_quark;
|
||
|
||
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
|
||
g_return_val_if_fail (css_class != NULL, FALSE);
|
||
g_return_val_if_fail (css_class[0] != '\0', FALSE);
|
||
g_return_val_if_fail (css_class[0] != '.', FALSE);
|
||
|
||
class_quark = g_quark_try_string (css_class);
|
||
if (!class_quark)
|
||
return FALSE;
|
||
|
||
return gtk_css_node_has_class (priv->cssnode, class_quark);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_get_css_classes:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns the list of css classes applied to @widget.
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns: (transfer full): a %NULL-terminated list of
|
||
* css classes currently applied to @widget. The returned
|
||
* list can be freed using g_strfreev().
|
||
*/
|
||
char **
|
||
gtk_widget_get_css_classes (GtkWidget *widget)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
const GQuark *classes;
|
||
guint n_classes;
|
||
char **strv;
|
||
guint i;
|
||
|
||
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
|
||
|
||
classes = gtk_css_node_list_classes (priv->cssnode, &n_classes);
|
||
strv = g_new (char *, n_classes + 1);
|
||
|
||
for (i = 0; i < n_classes; i++)
|
||
strv[i] = g_strdup (g_quark_to_string (classes[i]));
|
||
|
||
strv[n_classes] = NULL;
|
||
|
||
return strv;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* gtk_widget_set_css_classes:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
||
* @classes: (transfer none) (array zero-terminated=1): %NULL-terminated list
|
||
* of css classes to apply to @widget.
|
||
*
|
||
* Will clear all css classes applied to @widget
|
||
* and replace them with @classes.
|
||
*/
|
||
void
|
||
gtk_widget_set_css_classes (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
const char **classes)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
||
|
||
gtk_css_node_set_classes (priv->cssnode, classes);
|
||
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_CSS_CLASSES]);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*< private >
|
||
* gtk_widget_update_orientation:
|
||
* @widget: a #GtkWidget implementing #GtkOrientable
|
||
* @orientation: the orientation
|
||
*
|
||
* Update the internal state associated to the given @orientation of a
|
||
* #GtkWidget.
|
||
*/
|
||
void
|
||
gtk_widget_update_orientation (GtkWidget *widget,
|
||
GtkOrientation orientation)
|
||
{
|
||
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
||
|
||
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
||
|
||
if (orientation == GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL)
|
||
{
|
||
gtk_widget_add_css_class (widget, GTK_STYLE_CLASS_HORIZONTAL);
|
||
gtk_widget_remove_css_class (widget, GTK_STYLE_CLASS_VERTICAL);
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
gtk_widget_add_css_class (widget, GTK_STYLE_CLASS_VERTICAL);
|
||
gtk_widget_remove_css_class (widget, GTK_STYLE_CLASS_HORIZONTAL);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (priv->accessible != NULL)
|
||
gtk_widget_accessible_notify_orientation (GTK_WIDGET_ACCESSIBLE (priv->accessible));
|
||
}
|